FitSugar

Stretch It: Crossing Child's Pose

FitSugar — Sat, 03 Jan 2009 03:00:00 -0800

If you suffer from a tight lower back, Child's Pose is one of the best stretches. Give this variation a try and it adds a nice stretch to your shoulder and the side of your body.

To learn how to do this relaxing stretch read more.

Sit on the floor with your knees bent, and your tush on your heels. Then walk your hands out in front of you, lowering your torso so your belly is resting on your thighs.
Extend your arms as much as possible. Keep your right hand where it is and lift your left hand up and place it to the right of your right pinky. Lower your head and just breathe. Actively press your hips down toward your heels to lengthen your spine and intensify the stretch.

Stay for as long as you want (at least 30 seconds), then bring your left hand back to the starting position. When you're ready, cross your right hand over to the left side of your left pinky. Remain here for at least 30 seconds, and then bring your right hand back to center. Repeat this stretch again on both sides.

Scoliosis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:13 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Diagnosing Scoliosis

Scoliosis is diagnosed typically in children 10 - 15 years of age. However, only about 1% of cases actually require treatment. There is a large female preponderance for larger curves that do require treatment.

Defining Scoliosis

Nonstructural scoliosis is a simple side-to-side curve of the spine. Structural scoliosis adds to that simple curve a rotation of the vertebrae, resulting in a twisting of the spine.

Causes

In about 80% of scoliosis cases, the cause is unknown (idiopathic scoliosis). Research has not been able to identify any genetic abnormality that would make a person susceptible to developing scoliosis.

Treatment with Bracing

Bracing has long been the standard treatment to prevent progression of the curvature of scoliosis. However, patient compliance has been a problem, especially for younger patients. Newer braces are now more comfortable and can be worn discretely under the clothing, thus improving patient compliance and treatment results.

Introduction

Scoliosis is the abnormal curvature of the spine. While the normal spine has gentle natural curves that round the shoulders and make the lower back curve inward, scoliosis typically involves a three-dimensional deformity of the spinal column and rib cage. To varying degrees, the spine curves from side-to-side, and some of the spinal bones may rotate slightly, making the hips or shoulders appear uneven. It may develop in the following way:

As a single primary side-to-side curve (resembling the letter C), or
As two curves (a primary curve along with a compensating secondary curve that forms an S shape).

Scoliosis most commonly develops in the area between the upper back (the thoracic area) and lower back (lumbar area). It may also occur only in the upper or lower back. The doctor attempts to define scoliosis by the following characteristics:

The shape of the curve
Its location
Its direction
Its magnitude
Its causes, if possible

Click the icon to see an image of scoliosis.

The severity of scoliosis is determined by the extent of the spinal curvature and the angle of the trunk rotation (ATR) and is usually measured in degrees. Curves of less than 20 degrees are considered mild and account for 80% of scoliosis cases. Curves that progress beyond 20% require medical attention. Such attention, however, usually involves periodic monitoring to make sure the condition is not becoming worse.

Scoliosis affects about 2 - 3% of the population (about 6 million people in the United States). It can occur in adults but is more commonly diagnosed for the first time in children aged 10 - 15 years. About 10% of the adolescent population has some degree of scoliosis, but less than 1% develops scoliosis that requires treatment. The condition also tends to run in families. Among persons with relatives that have scoliosis, about 20% develop the condition.

Among adults, previous reports have indicated a prevalence of scoliosis of up to 32%. But a recent study of 75 healthy adults aged 60 years and older with no known history of scoliosis or prior spine surgery suggested a rate of 68%. However, scoliosis was not linked to physical or social impairment in this population.

Scoliosis is often categorized by the shape of the curve, usually as either structural or nonstructural.

Structural scoliosis. In addition to the spine curving from side to side, the vertebrae rotate, twisting the spine. As it twists, one side of the rib cage is pushed outward so that the spaces between the ribs widen and the shoulder blade protrudes (producing the rib-cage deformity, or hump). The other half of the rib cage is twisted inward, compressing the ribs.
Nonstructural scoliosis. The curve does not twist but is a simple side-to-side curve.

Other abnormalities of the spine that may occur alone or in combination with scoliosis include hyperkyphosis (an abnormal exaggeration in the backward rounding of the upper spine) and hyperlordosis (an exaggerated forward curving of the lower spine, also called swayback).

Click the icon to see an image of kyphosis.

The location of a structural curve is defined by the location of the apical vertebra. This is bone at the highest point (the apex) in the spinal hump. This particular vertebra also undergoes the most severe rotation during the disease process.

The direction of the curve in structural scoliosis is determined by whether the convex (rounded) side of the curve bends to the right or left. For example, a doctor will diagnose a patient as having right thoracic scoliosis if the apical vertebra is in the thoracic (upper back) region of the spine, and the curve bends to the right.

The magnitude of the curve is determined by taking measurements of the length and angle of the curve on an x-ray view.

Vertebrae. The spine is a column of small bones, or vertebrae, that support the entire upper body. The column is grouped into three sections of vertebrae:

Cervical (C) vertebrae are the 7 spinal bones that support the neck.
Thoracic (T) vertebrae are the 12 spinal bones that connect to the rib cage.
Lumbar (L) vertebrae are the 5 lowest and largest bones of the spinal column. Most of the body's weight and stress falls on the lumbar vertebrae.

Each vertebra can be designated by using a letter and number; the letter reflects the region (C=cervical, T=thoracic, and L=lumbar), and the number signifies its location within that region. For example, C4 is the fourth bone down in the cervical region, and T8 is the eighth thoracic vertebra.

Below the lumbar region is the sacrum, a shield-shaped bony structure that connects with the pelvis at the sacroiliac joints. At the end of the sacrum are 2 - 4 tiny, partially fused vertebrae known as the coccyx or "tail bone."

The Spinal Column and its Curves. Altogether, the vertebrae form the spinal column. In the upper trunk the column normally has a gentle outward curve (kyphosis) while the lower back has a reverse inward curve (lordosis).

The Disks. Vertebrae in the spinal column are separated from each other by small cushions of cartilage known as intervertebral disks. Inside each disk is a jelly-like substance called the nucleus pulposus, which is surrounded by a tough, fibrous ring called the annulus fibrosis. The disk is 80% water. This structure makes the disk both elastic and strong. The disks have no blood supply of their own, relying instead on nearby blood vessels to keep them nourished.

Processes. Each vertebra in the spine has a number of bony projections, known as processes. The spinal and transverse processes attach to the muscles in the back and act like little levers, allowing the spine to twist or bend. The particular processes form the joints between the vertebrae themselves, meeting together and interlocking at the zygapophysial joints (more commonly known as facet or z joints).

Spinal Canal. Each vertebra and its processes surround and protect an arch-shaped central opening. These arches, aligned to run down the spine, form the spinal canal, which encloses the spinal cord, the central trunk of nerves that connects the brain with the rest of the body.

Click the icon to see an image of the spine.

Click the icon to see an image of the sacrum.

Click the icon to see an image of the curves of the spine.

Click the icon to see an image of an intervertebral disk.

Click the icon to see an image of the spinal canal.

Causes

In 80% of patients, the cause of scoliosis is unknown. Such cases are called idiopathic scoliosis. (Idiopathic means without a known cause.) Idiopathic scoliosis may be due to multiple, poorly understood inherited factors, most likely from the mother's side. However, the severity often varies widely among family members who have the condition, suggesting that other factors must be present.

Researchers have not been able to identify the specific genetic abnormalities that make a young person susceptible to spinal distortion. Inherited physical abnormalities, problems in coordination, abnormalities in the central nervous system, and other inherited factors may play some role either alone or in combination with other conditions to produce scoliosis.

Physical Abnormalities. Researchers are investigating possible physical abnormalities that may cause imbalances in bones or muscles that would lead to scoliosis. Among them are the following:

Imbalances in Muscles around the Vertebrae. Some research suggests that imbalances in the muscles around the vertebrae may make children susceptible to spinal distortions as they grow.
High Arches. One study showed a higher incidence of abnormally high arches in the feet in people with idiopathic scoliosis, suggesting that altered balance may be a factor in certain cases.

Problems in Coordination. Some experts are looking at inherited defects in perception or coordination that may cause asymmetrical growth in the spine of some children with scoliosis.

Genetic Abnormalities in the Central Nervous System. Genetic defects that cause altered processing in the brain may play a role in producing abnormalities in the growing spine. For example, research has implicated low levels of melatonin, a hormone secreted in the pineal gland in brain. Melatonin is involved with sleep and growth. Researchers speculate that genetic factors that cause reduced blood levels of melatonin may adversely affect muscle tone and development during sleep, perhaps contributing to scoliosis.

Other Biologic Factors. Several other biologic factors are being investigated for some contribution to scoliosis:

Abnormalities in collagen, the critical structural protein found in muscles and bones. Enzymes known as matrix metalloproteinases are involved in the repair and remodeling of collagen. Researchers have found high levels of the enzymes in the disks of patients with scoliosis, which suggests that the enzymes may contribute to curve progression. Elevated levels of the enzymes can cause abnormalities in components in the spinal disks, contributing to disk degeneration.
A possible defective gene responsible for production of fibrillin, an important component of connective tissue, which makes up bones and muscles.
Abnormalities in a protein called platelet calmodulin that binds to calcium. This protein acts like a tiny muscle and pulls clots together. Measuring levels of this protein may eventually help predict whether scoliosis will worsen.

Congenital scoliosis is caused by inborn spinal deformities that may result in the development of absent or fused vertebrae. Kidney problems, particularly having only one kidney, often coincide with congenital scoliosis. The condition usually becomes evident at either age 2 or between ages 8 and 13 as the spine begins to grow more quickly, putting additional stress on the abnormal vertebrae. It is essential to diagnose and monitor such curvatures as early as possible, since they can progress quickly. Early surgical treatment -- before age 5 -- may be important in many of these patients to prevent serious complications.

Adult scoliosis has two primary causes:

Progression of childhood scoliosis.
Degenerative lumbar scoliosis. Degenerative lumbar scoliosis is a condition that typically develops after age 50. With this condition, the lower spine is affected, usually due to disk degeneration. Osteoporosis, a serious problem in many older adults, is not a risk factor for new-onset scoliosis, but it can be a contributing factor. In most cases, however, it is not known why scoliosis occurs in adults.

Scoliosis may be a result of various conditions that affect bones and muscles associated with the spinal column. They include the following:

Muscle paralysis.
Muscle deterioration from diseases such as muscular dystrophy, polio, or cerebral palsy.
Injury to the spinal cord.
Tumors, growths, or other small abnormalities on the spinal column. For example, syringomyelia, a disorder in which cysts form along the spine, can cause scoliosis. These spinal abnormalities may play a larger role in causing some cases of scoliosis than previously thought.
Familial dysautonomia, a rare disorder in Jewish children of Ashkenazi descent. (Only about 500 cases have been reported.)
Stress fractures and hormonal abnormalities that affect bone growth in young, competitive athletes.
Birth defects, including spina bifida (an open spinal cord) and myelomeningocele (a hernia of the central nervous system).
Turner syndrome, a genetic disease in females that affects physical and reproductive development.
Other diseases that can cause scoliosis are Marfan syndrome, Aicardi syndrome, Friedreich ataxia, Albers-Schonberg disease, rheumatoid arthritis, Cushing syndrome, and osteogenesis imperfecta.

Spina bifida is a congenital disorder (birth defect) in which the backbone and spinal canal do not close before birth. In severe cases, this can result in the spinal cord and its covering membranes protruding out of an affected infant's back. Spina bifida may also be nearly inconsequential, or may be repairable through surgery.

Nonstructural scoliosis is usually not a serious problem, since the curve is side to side. It can develop from a number of physical problems, including the following:

Unequal leg length. Injury, a shortened Achilles tendon, or other structural in-born problems can cause this very common condition. Unequal leg length rarely causes any problems and in most cases requires no treatment other than a lift in one of the shoes to equalize the length.
Muscle spasms.

Risk Factors

Risk Factors for Initial Scoliosis. Idiopathic scoliosis, the most common form, occurs most often during the growth spurt right before and during adolescence. (Between 12 - 21% of idiopathic cases occur in children ages 3 - 10 years, and less than 1% in infants.) Mild curvature (under 20 degrees) occurs about equally in girls and boys, but curve progression is 10 times more likely to occur in girls. Being taller than average at earlier ages may put some girls at risk, but other factors must be present to produce scoliosis. A risk factor that affects females is a delayed onset of menstruation, which can prolong the growth spurt period, thus increasing the possibility for the development of scoliosis.

Risk Factors for Curvature Progression. Once scoliosis is diagnosed, it is very difficult to predict who is at highest risk for curve progression. About 2 - 4% of all adolescents develop curvature of 10 degrees or more, but only about 0.3 - 0.5% of teenagers have curves greater than 20 degrees, which requires some medical attention.

People with certain medical conditions that affect the joints and muscles are at higher risk for scoliosis. These conditions include rheumatoid arthritis, muscular dystrophy, polio, and cerebral palsy. Children who receive organ transplants (kidney, liver, heart) are also at increased risk.

In one study, idiopathic scoliosis occurred in about 5% of close family members of children with the condition.

Scoliosis may be evident in young athletes, with a prevalence of 2 - 24%. The highest rates are observed among dancers, gymnasts, and swimmers. The scoliosis may have been due in part to loosening of the joints, delay in puberty onset (which can lead to weakened bones), and stresses on the growing spine. There have also been other isolated reports of a higher risk for scoliosis in young athletes who engage vigorously in sports that put an uneven load on the spine. These include figure skating, dance, tennis, skiing, and javelin throwing, among other sports. In most cases, the scoliosis is minor, and everyday sports do not lead to scoliosis. Exercise has many benefits for people both young and old and may even help patients with scoliosis.

Prognosis

In general, the severity of the scoliosis depends on the degree of the curvature and whether it threatens vital organs, specifically the lungs and heart.

Mild Scoliosis (less than 20 degrees). Mild scoliosis is not serious and requires no treatment other than monitoring.
Moderate Scoliosis (between 25 and 70 degrees). It is still not clear whether untreated moderate scoliosis causes significant health problems later on. Some studies have found no difference in either back pain or survival rates in adult untreated patients versus the general population. In one study, adults with moderate scoliosis had normal lung function, although they had difficulty exercising. (This low exercise tolerance might have been because many patients with scoliosis do not engage in regular physical activity.)
Severe Scoliosis (over 70 degrees). If the curvature exceeds 70 degrees, the severe twisting of the spine that occurs in structural scoliosis can cause the ribs to press against the lungs, restrict breathing, and reduce oxygen levels. The distortions may also affect the heart and possibly cause dangerous changes.
Very Severe Scoliosis (Over 100 degrees). Eventually, if the curve reaches over 100 degrees, both the lungs and heart can be injured. Patients with this degree of severity are susceptible to lung infections and pneumonia. Curves greater than 100 degrees increase mortality rates, but this problem is very uncommon in America.

Some experts argue that simply measuring the degree of the curve may not identify patients in the moderate and severe groups who are at greatest risk for lung problems. Other factors (spinal flexibility, the extent of asymmetry between the ribs and the vertebrae) may be more important in predicting severity in this group.

Scoliosis is associated with osteopenia, a condition characterized by loss of bone mass. About 27 - 38% of adolescent girls who have scoliosis also have osteopenia. Some experts recommend measuring bone mineral density when a patient is diagnosed with scoliosis. The amount of bone loss may help predict how severely the spine will curve. Preventing and treating osteopenia may help limit further curve progression.

If not treated, osteopenia can later develop into osteoporosis. Osteoporosis is a more serious loss of bone density that is common among postmenopausal women. Adolescents who have scoliosis are at increased risk of developing osteoporosis later in life. [See In-Depth Report#18: Osteoporosis.]

Osteoporosis is a condition characterized by progressive loss of bone density, thinning of bone tissue, and increased vulnerability to fractures. Osteoporosis may result from disease, dietary or hormonal deficiency, or advanced age. Regular exercise and vitamin and mineral supplements can reduce and even reverse loss of bone density.

After 20 years or more, scoliosis patients who were previously treated with surgery experience small but significant physical impairment, (mainly mild back problems), compared to their peers without scoliosis. In one study, 65% of patients reported some low back pain compared to 47% of people without a history of scoliosis. In general it was mild, although 45% of patients reported having to take days off from work compared to 19% of nonscolosis patients. In another study, only 1.5% of the scoliosis group had severe debilitating back pain. In general, the quality of life was similar, however. Pain also did not play a major role in social limitations.

The following are some possible causes of later back problems in people with a history of treated scoliosis:

Spinal fusion disease. Patients who are surgically treated with fusion techniques lose flexibility and may experience weakness in back muscles due to injuries during surgery.
Disk degeneration and low back pain. With disk degeneration, the disks between the vertebrae may become weakened and rupture. In some patients, years after the original surgeries, particularly with the first generation of the Harrington rods, the weight of the instrumentation can cause disk and joint degeneration severe enough to require surgery. Treatment may involve removal of the old instrumentation and extension of the fusion into the lower back. Still, most patients do not experience significant back pain from these problems.
Height loss.
Scarred regions. Pain can occur from old scars in the incision areas.
Lumbar flatback. This condition is most often the result of a scoliosis surgical procedure called the Harrington technique, which eliminated lordosis (the inward curve in the lower back). Adult patients with flatback syndrome tend to stoop forward. They may experience fatigue and back and even neck pain.
Rotational trunk shift (uneven shoulders and hips).

Evidence suggests that previous treatment with braces may also cause mild back pain and more days off, but problems appear to be less than with surgery. In one study, dysfunction was comparable to people without a history of scoliosis.

Pain in adult-onset or untreated childhood scoliosis often develops because of posture problems that cause uneven stresses on the back, hips, shoulders, necks, and legs. In one study conducted 20 years after growth had stopped, two-thirds of adults who had lived with curvatures of 20 - 55 degrees reported they experienced back pain. Other studies have reported that adults with a history of scoliosis tend to have chronic and more back pain than the general population.

Nearly all individuals with untreated scoliosis at some point develop spondylosis, an arthritic condition in the spine. The joints become inflamed, the cartilage that cushions the disks may thin, and bone spurs may develop. If the disk degenerates or the curvature progresses to the point that the spinal vertebrae begin pressing on the nerves, pain can be very severe and may require surgery. Even surgically treated patients are at risk for spondylosis if inflammation occurs in vertebrae around the fusion site.

Emotional Impact in Childhood. The emotional impact of scoliosis, particularly on young girls or boys during their most vulnerable years, should not be underestimated. Adults who have had scoliosis and its treatments often recall significant social isolation and physical pain. Follow-up studies of children who had scoliosis without having strong family and professional support often report significant behavioral problems. Fortunately, current treatments are solving many of the problems that previous generations had to deal with, including unsightly bracing and extremely painful surgeries with little pain control.

Emotional Effects in Adults. Of some concern are growing numbers of adults with scoliosis. This group experiences considerable problems in general health, social functioning, emotional and mental health, as well as pain.

Older people with a history of treated scoliosis may carry negative emotional events into adulthood that have their roots in their early experiences with scoliosis. Many studies have reported that patients who were treated for scoliosis have limited social activities and a poorer body image in adulthood. Some patients with a history of scoliosis have reported a slight negative effect on their sexual life. Pain appears to be only a minor reason for such limitation.

Women who have been successfully treated for scoliosis have only minor or no additional risks at all for complications during pregnancy and delivery. A history of scoliosis also does not endanger the child. Pregnancy itself, even multiple pregnancies, does not increase the risk for curve progression. Women who have severe scoliosis that restricts the lungs, however, should be monitored closely.

Some evidence suggests a slightly higher risk for breast cancer and leukemia in patients who had multiple x-rays. Risks are highest in patients who had the largest radiation exposure, such as those who had been surgically treated.

Patients who simply received x-ray series for untreated idiopathic scoliosis or scoliosis caused by uneven length legs or hip abnormalities have a very low risk for future complications.

Click the icon to see an image of an x-ray.

Symptoms

Scoliosis is usually painless. The curvature itself may often be too subtle to be noticed, even by observant parents. Some parents may notice abnormal posture in their growing child that includes:

A tilted head that does not line up over the hips
A protruding shoulder blade
One hip or shoulder that is higher than the other, causing an uneven hem or shirt line
An uneven neckline
Leaning more to one side than the other
In developing girls, breasts appearing to be of unequal size
One side of the upper back being higher than the other when the child bends over, knees together, with the arms dangling down

Scoliosis may be suspected when one shoulder appears to be higher than the other, there is a curvature in the spine, or the pelvis appears to be tilted. The treatment of scoliosis can involve the use of a brace or surgery. Treatment is determined by the cause of the scoliosis, the size and location of the curve, and the stage of bone growth of the patient.

With more advanced scoliosis, fatigue may occur after prolonged sitting or standing. Scoliosis caused by muscle spasms or growths on the spine can sometimes cause pain. Nearly always, however, mild scoliosis produces no symptoms, and the condition is usually detected by the pediatrician or during a school screening test.

Diagnosis

The severity of scoliosis and need for treatment is usually determined by two factors:

The extent of the spinal curvature. (Scoliosis is diagnosed when the curve measures 11 degrees or more.)
The angle of the trunk rotation (ATR).

Both are measured in degrees. These two factors are usually related. For example, a person with a spinal curve of 20 degrees will usually have a trunk rotation (ATR) of 5 degrees. These two measurements, in fact, used to be the cutoff for recommending treatment. However, the great majority of 20-degree curves do not get worse. Patients do not usually need medical attention until the curve reaches 30 degrees, and the ATR is 7 degrees.

Adam's Forward Bend Test. The screening test used most often in schools and in the offices of pediatricians and primary care doctors is called the Adam's forward bend test.

The child bends forward dangling the arms, with the feet together and knees straight. The curve of structural scoliosis is more apparent when bending over. In a child with scoliosis, the examiner may observe an imbalanced rib cage, with one side being higher than the other, or other deformities.

The forward bend test is used most often in schools and doctor's offices to screen for scoliosis. During the test, the child bends forward with the feet together and knees straight while dangling the arms. Any imbalances in the rib cage or other deformities along the back could be a sign of scoliosis.

The forward bend test, however, is not sensitive to abnormalities in the lower back, a very common site for scoliosis. Because the test misses about 15% of scoliosis cases, many experts do not recommend it as the sole method for screening for scoliosis.

Other Physical Tests.

The patient walks on the toes, then the heels, and then jumps up and down on one foot. Such activities indicate leg strength and balance.
The doctor will check leg length and look for tight tendons in the back of the leg, which may cause an uneven leg length or other back problems.
The doctor will also check for neurologic impairment by testing reflexes, nerve sensation, and muscle function.

Proper diagnosis is important. A misjudgment can lead to unnecessary x-rays and stressful treatments in children not actually at risk for progression. Unfortunately, although measurements of curves and rotation are useful, no test exists yet to determine whether a curve will progress.

Inclinometer (Scoliometer). An inclinometer, also known as a Scoliometer, measures distortions of the torso. The procedure is as follows:

The patient bends over, arms dangling and palms pressed together, until a curve can be observed in the upper back (thoracic area).
The Scoliometer is placed on the back and measures the apex (the highest point) of the upper back curve.
The patient continues bending until the curve can be seen in the lower back (lumbar area). The apex of this curve is also measured.
Measurements are repeated twice, with the patient returning to a standing position between repetitions.
If results show a deformity, x-rays probably need to be performed to determine the extent.

Some experts believe the Scoliometer would make a useful device for widespread screening. Scoliometers, however, indicate rib cage distortions in more than half of children who turn out to have very minor or no sideways curves. They are therefore not accurate enough to guide treatment.

Currently, x-rays are the most cost-effective method for diagnosing scoliosis. Experts hope that accurate, noninvasive diagnostic techniques will eventually be developed to replace some of the x-rays used to monitor the progression of scoliosis. To date, imaging techniques under investigation appear to be fairly accurate for detecting scoliosis in the upper back (the thoracic region), but not scoliosis in the lower back (the lumbar region).

X-Rays. If screening indicates scoliosis, the child may be sent to a specialist who takes an initial x-ray and monitors the child every few months using repeated x-rays. X-rays are essential for an accurate diagnosis of scoliosis in that they:

Reveal the degree and severity of scoliosis.
Identify any other spinal abnormalities, including kyphosis (hunchback) and hyperlordosis (swayback).
Help the doctor determine whether skeletal growth has reached maturity.
X-rays taken when patients are bending forward can also help differentiate between structural and nonstructural scoliosis. Structural curves persist when a person bends over, and nonstructural curves tend to disappear. (Muscle spasms or spinal growths may sometimes cause nonstructural scoliosis that shows a curve on bending.)
Children and young adolescents who have mild curves and in older adolescents who have more severe curvatures but whose growth has stopped or slowed need x-rays every few months to detect increasing severity. Young people who are diagnosed with scoliosis should keep their x-rays indefinitely in case they develop back problems later in adulthood and need to be re-examined.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is an advanced imaging procedure that does not use radiation, as x-rays do. It is expensive, however, and not generally used for an initial diagnosis. MRI can, nevertheless, identify spinal cord and brain stem abnormalities, which some studies indicate may be more prevalent than previously believed in children with idiopathic scoliosis. It also may be particularly useful before surgery for detecting defects that could lead to potential complications.

Click the icon to see an image of a MRI scan.

Because frequent x-rays may be required for young children with scoliosis, parents should be sure that x-ray technicians take all necessary protective measures. Experts are concerned about the long-term effects of radiation on sensitive young organs, particularly about a possible increase in the risk for cancer. Studies have reported an increased risk for cancer in women and men who, because of scoliosis, had been exposed to diagnostic x-rays in their childhood and adolescence.

X-ray techniques have become safer in recent years, and technicians can reduce the hazards with the following simple measures:

Directing x-ray beams through the patient from back to front, rather than the reverse.
Using x-ray filters that absorb some of the beam.
Using fast film to reduce exposure by two to six times.
Placing lead aprons or shields over parts of the body that are not being x-rayed.

There are various methods for determining and classifying the extent of the curve.

Cobb Method. The technique known as the Cobb method nearly always calculates the degree of the curve.

On an x-ray of the spine, the examiner draws two lines: One line extends out and up from the edge of the top vertebrae of the curve. The second line extends out and down from the bottom vertebrae.
The technician then draws a perpendicular line between the two lines.
Measuring the intersecting angle determines the degree of curvature.

The Cobb method is limited because it cannot fully determine the flexibility or the three-dimensional aspect of the spine. It is not as effective, then, in defining spinal rotation or kyphosis. It also tends to over-estimate the curve. Other diagnostic tools are needed then to make a more accurate diagnosis.

Classifying the Curve.Classification of the curve allows the doctor to identify patterns that can help determine treatments, particularly specific surgical techniques. The following are examples:

King Classification. The King classification classifies scoliotic curves as one of five patterns, which can help determine surgical treatments. It has limitations, however, and is not very useful for advanced surgical techniques.
Lenke Classification. Lenke classification takes more features of the curve into consideration and is proving to be more reliable. This includes six curve patterns plus additional factors that modify each of these curves.

Three-Dimensional Modeling Techniques. Advanced computer modeling techniques are able to create three dimensional images using x-rays or other two-dimensional images. They allow doctors to observe the spinal distortions and eventually could reduce the number of x-rays currently needed to monitor scoliosis and help surgeons determine optimal surgical procedures.

Even if the curve is accurately calculated, it still remains difficult to predict whether the scoliosis will progress. A recent report indicates that measuring the nerve conduction activity of the muscles supporting the spine may help predict subsequent progression in children with scoliosis. In addition, computer models are being used to better predict risk. One approach requires measuring 21 radiographic and clinical indicators and entering them into a computer program. The technique takes less than 20 minutes per patient, and studies found it to be up to 80% accurate in determining progression of curvature.

One way of predicting whether or not the curvature will progress is knowing when the child will stop growing:

If the child has years to grow, then the spine has more time to progress.
If the child will stop growing within a year, then progression should be very slight. (However, some progression continues in nearly 70% of curves even after the spine has matured.)

Knowing the child's age is, of course, the first step in estimating the end of growth. In addition, other methods can help predict the end of the growth stage. One method is called the Risser sign, which grades the amount of bone in the area at the top of the hipbone. A low grade indicates that the skeleton still has considerable growth; a high grade means that the child has nearly stopped growing and the curve is unlikely to progress much further. The Risser scale differs between genders, and, in boys, a high grade does not always signify the end of progression.

Screening programs for scoliosis, which began in the 1940s, are now mandatory in middle or high schools in many states, but there is considerable debate over whether screening should be routine.

Arguments Against Routine Screening. The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force does not recommend routine screening to detect adolescent scoliosis for the following reasons:

Screening tests are not accurate and depend too much on the skill of the examiner.
Schools often refer children with minor curves who are not at any risk for a progressive or serious condition to doctors, and such over-referrals add considerably to the costs of the health system. In one major study, 94% of the children referred to a doctor by the school did not require treatment. (Over 2,000 children were screened in order to find only 5 children who did need treatment.)
A long-term study of untreated patients with late-onset scoliosis indicates that these patients are productive and functional at a high level at 50-year follow-up. Patients with scoliosis have no greater danger for significant lung problems than the general population until their curves reach 60 - 100 degrees, making early screening unnecessary.

Experts against screening argue that such programs result in early treatments that either will not prevent curve progression and surgery or are unnecessary in the first place since curvatures often do not progress at all.

Arguments for Routine Screening. The American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons recommends that girls be screened twice, at ages 10 and 12, and that boys be screened once, at 13 or 14. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends, however, scoliosis screening at ages 10, 12, 14, and 16 years. (In one study, over 40% of high school sophomores with newly diagnosed scoliosis had shown no signs of the disorder in earlier screening tests.) Other experts make the following arguments for universal screening:

Universal screening is useful for producing information on scoliosis that may eventually lead to knowledge of its cause and ways to prevent it.
Braces have proven to be effective, and early treatment can be important.
Without screening, the chances are slim that children with scoliosis will be diagnosed at an early stage if parents rely only on examinations by a family doctor or pediatrician. Such doctors often do not even look at backs and, if they do, they tend to use only the forward bend test, which is not accurate.

Some experts argue that widespread screening would be cost effective if schools had reasonable guidelines for determining which children should see a doctor for further testing. The following are some suggested guidelines for determining the need for a doctor referral:

Children should be sent to a doctor only if they have a 30-degree curve. (A 20-degree curve with a 5-degree trunk rotation has been the criteria for recommending treatment, although up to 80% of 20-degree curves do not get worse.)
Children with curves between 20 and 30 degrees should be screened every 6 months.

Such guidelines would detect about 95% of all genuinely serious cases while referring only 3% of all children tested for follow-up, thereby cutting costs without jeopardizing children.

Treatment

The treatments for scoliosis are not always straightforward. Some young people do not need treatment at all -- only careful observation. When treatment is warranted, several options, including braces and different surgical procedures, can help.

The general rule of thumb for treating scoliosis is to monitor the condition if the curve is less than 20 degrees. Curves greater than 25 degrees, or those that progress by 10 degrees while being monitored, may require treatment. Whether scoliosis is treated immediately or simply monitored is not an easy decision, however. The percentage of cases that will progress more than 5 degrees can be as low as 5% in certain cases or as high as 50 - 90%, depending on the severity of the curve or other predisposing factors:

Age. In general, the older the child the less likely the curve will progress. Scoliosis in a child under 10, for example, is more likely to progress than scoliosis in an adolescent. Experts estimate that curves less than 19 degrees will progress 10% in girls ages 13 - 15 years and 4% in children older than 15. (In some rare, severe cases, a curve may worsen even after a child has received treatment and stopped growing because of the weight of the body pressing against the abnormal curve.)

Gender. Girls have a higher risk for progression than boys.

Location of the Curvature. Thoracic curves, those in the upper spine, are more likely to progress than thoracolumbar curves or lumbar curves, those of the middle to lower spine.

Severity of the Curvature. The higher the degree of curvature the more likely the chance of progression and the more likely the lungs will be affected. Some experts argue that the degree of the curve alone may not identify patients with moderate and severe scoliosis who are at greatest risk for complications and therefore need treatment. For example, spinal flexibility and the extent of asymmetry between the ribs and the vertebrae may be more important than the curve degree in predicting severity in this group.

Presence of Other Health Conditions. Children in poor health may suffer more from stressful scoliosis treatments than other children. On the other hand, children who have existing conditions and are predispose to lung and heart problems may warrant immediate, aggressive treatment.

For example, a young man of 18 who has a curvature of 30 degrees may require no treatment because his growth has probably almost stopped, and his gender puts him at lower risk. A young girl of 10, however, with the same curvature requires immediate treatment.

In general, the following criteria are used to determine whether a patient should receive braces and conservative therapies or surgery:

Braces tend to be used in children with curvatures between 25 - 40 degrees who still will be growing significantly.
Surgery is suggested for patients with curvatures over 50 degrees, in untreated patients, or when braces have failed. In adults, scoliosis rarely progresses beyond 40 degrees, but surgery may be required if the patient is in a great deal of pain or if the scoliosis causes neurologic problems.

The choice may not be so straightforward in certain cases, and patients should discuss all options with their doctor.

In Children and Adolescents. After a mild curve is detected, a more difficult step is required: predicting whether the curve will progress into a more serious condition. Although as many as 3 in every 100 teenagers have a condition serious enough to need at least observation, progression is highly variable and individual.

In a study of patients whose curves did progress after diagnosis, 34% progressed more than 10 degrees, 18% progressed more than 20 degrees, and 8% progressed more than 30 degrees. Doctors cannot rely on any definitive risk factors for curve progression to predict with any certainty which patients will need aggressive treatment. Some evidence suggests the following factors may help determine patients at lower or higher risk:

Being female, particularly if taller than average.
Being younger at the onset of scoliosis.
Having a greater angle of curvature. For example, at 20 degrees, only about 20% of curves progress. Young people diagnosed with a 30-degree curve, however, have a risk for progression of 60%. With a curve of 50 degrees, the risk is 90%.
Curvatures caused by congenital scoliosis (spinal problems present at birth). These may progress rapidly.
Treatment with growth hormone. (Studies are mixed on whether this treatment poses any significant risk, although strict monitoring is still essential in young patients being given growth hormone.)

Curvatures may be less likely to progress in girls whose scoliosis was low in the back and whose spine was out of balance by more than an inch. Height also comes into play. For example, a shorter-than-average girl of 14 with low-back scoliosis of 25 - 35 degrees but whose spine is imbalanced by over an inch would have almost no risk. The same degree of curvature in the chest region of a tall 10-year old girl whose spine was in balance, however, would almost certainly progress.

In Adults. In rare cases, unrecognized or untreated scoliosis in youth may progress into adulthood, with the following curvatures posing low to high risk:

Curvatures under 30 degrees almost never progress
Predicting progression at curves around 40 degrees is not clear
Curvatures over 50 degrees are at great risk for progression

Managing Scoliosis

Exercise has many health benefits and is important for maintaining strength and muscle tone and stabilizing weight. Stretching exercises may be beneficial in children whose scoliosis is due to uneven leg lengths or a shortened tendon.

Strengthening the Muscles That Turn the Torso. A promising approach focuses on training and strengthening the muscles that turn the torso. Studies using specific equipment (MedX Torso Rotation machine) are showing promise. In a 2003 study, 16 of the 20 patients experienced curve reduction, and no curves progressed. In an earlier study, patients increased strength from 12 - 40%. One girl with a severe lumbar curve required surgery, but the remaining 11 patients had no progression of curvature, and 4 of the patients experienced a reduction in their curvature. Treatment did not involve braces. Clinical trials using this approach are underway. Exercising the torso to build muscle strength is important, in any case, in conjunction with braces.

ASCO Scoliosis Treatment Method. ASCO Scoliosis Treatment Method is a Russian approach that consists of isometric and stretching exercises, vibration, spinal manipulation, and electrical muscle stimulation. Some U.S. centers are reporting success in halting curve progression, but more research is needed to determine possible benefits.

Biofeedback. Researchers have investigated biofeedback on the premise that people receiving a signal to improve posture when slumping may, in some cases, reduce their spinal deformities. (Some experts believe that braces work only because the young patients self-correct their curves by retraining their posture to avoid the discomfort of the brace.)

Chiropractic Care. Several case reports suggest that chiropractic manipulation of the spine may help stop progression of mild curves. However, no rigorous studies have proved this. One small study reported no benefits from chiropractic in girls with spinal curves less than 20 degrees. (About 80% of such curves will not progress significantly without any treatment.)

Airway Ventilation at Night. Some research has focused on the use of airway systems, such as nasal continuous positive airflow pressure, for patients with severe scoliosis and reduced lung capacity. Patients use such systems during the night to force air into the upper airways and into the lungs. In one study, the use of these devices reduced hospitalization and improved lung function, shortness of breath, and fatigue. Such systems also can treat sleep apnea, a common sleep disorder.

Breathing Exercises. Breathing exercises may help improve lung function in children with scoliosis, and signs of lung problems.

When a difference in leg lengths causes secondary scoliosis, adding lifts to the heels may decrease a mild curvature. In one study, this practice reduced the curvature by an average of 5.3 to 7.5 degrees. (Curvatures were all less than 20 degrees.) Patients with the greatest curvature experienced some muscle pain, fatigue, and even nausea during the first few days they were using the lifts, but these symptoms eased within 10 days.

Braces

A brace can prevent further progression of moderate curves of (24 - 40 degrees). However, a brace will almost never reverse an existing curve and is only used to stop progression. One study reported overall success rates of around 74%, but results vary widely depending on the length of time the brace is worn, the type of brace, and the severity of the curve. The great majority of subjects in scoliosis studies are girls. Limited data suggest that in boys compliance rates are low, and braces are not effective.

Compliance with wearing a brace correlates strongly with success rate. In analysis of 34 patients, the compliance rate for the patients whose curve progressed by more than 5 degrees was 62%, while the compliance rate for the patients who did not progress was 85%.

In overweight patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, braces appear to be less effective than in those who are not overweight. In one 10-year multicenter retrospective study, overweight patients were about three times more likely to have an unsuccessful result with braces than were people of normal weight.

A brace is one type of treatment for scoliosis. The brace works by exerting pressure on the back and ribs to push the spine in a straighter position. The brace usually fits snugly around the torso and can come in many styles. In a child who is still growing, bracing is usually recommended to help slow the progression of the curve. The brace is usually worn full-time until the growth of the bones has stopped.

Many experts have questioned whether a brace is any better than nature in halting curvature progress. Early studies found that braces were successful in halting progression in only half of cases (the same rate as no treatment at all). In recent years, however, braces have improved. Many now fit under the arms and can be worn under clothing, so that patients are much more likely to use them for longer periods during the day, which greatly affects their success rates.

Wearing the brace for the prescribed time is difficult but essential for any success. A team approach, with several health professionals involved, is beneficial and often necessary to support the patient through the bracing process. An orthopedic surgeon interprets the x-rays, assesses the potential progression of the scoliosis, and plans the treatment with the patient and family. If a brace is used, an orthotist measures and fits the patient with the device. A physical therapist tailors an exercise program best suited for the patient. A nurse may also coordinate the treatment plans and provide physical and emotional support.

Milwaukee Brace. A full torso brace called the Milwaukee brace was the standard treatment until a decade ago. It is still used particularly for high curves.

The device contains a wide flat bar in front and two smaller ones in back. These bars attach to a ring around the neck that has rests for the chin and back of the head. One study determined that correcting the curve occurs best if the patient lies on their chest when wearing the brace. Some researchers suggest that increasing the tension on the chest straps might add benefit. The brace is also periodically adjusted for growth.

The brace needs to be worn 23 hours a day, with relief during bathing and exercise only. Compliance is a major problem. In one study, only 15% of patients wore the Milwaukee brace as directed. It is a particularly difficult brace to endure wearing; one woman who had worn it for 7 years during adolescence remembered being invisible during her school years, ignored and shunned by other children.

The Boston and TLSO Braces. Molded braces called thoracolumbar-sacral orthoses (TLSOs), most often the Boston brace, come up to beneath the underarms and can be fitted close to the skin so they do not show beneath clothing. It appears to be effective for mid-back and lower curves. In one study, treatment was judged successful in 61% of adolescents who wore Boston braces, and success correlated with wearing the brace more than 18 hours a day. Wearing the brace for 16 hours a day may still be beneficial, although the risk for curve progression is significantly higher the less time the brace is worn. These braces have problems; they are hot, reduce lung capacity by nearly 20%, and cause mild, temporary changes in kidney function.

The Charleston Bending Brace. The Charleston Bending Brace is worn only at night. Some doctors question its value, although it appears to be suitable for small, flexible curves. In a 2002 study, it was equally effective as the Boston brace. Other studies have reported success rates of 56 - 66% in patients who wore the brace as directed. Still, more than 10% of the patients using either brace eventually needed surgery.

Additional Braces in Development. New braces are being developed in an attempt to improve compliance and results. Some examples are:

The Providence brace is a computer-fitted device that is worn only at night. It is specifically designed for the individual curvature abnormalities, and early studies are showing promise.
A bracing method called the SpineCor uses adjustable bands and a cotton vest that allows flexibility. A 2003 study reported that after 2 years, the brace corrected the curve by 5 degrees in more than half the patients, while 38% were stabilized and only 7% had curvature that worsened by more than 5 degrees. A recent trial of 24 girls with idiopathic scoliosis compared the SpineCor with a TLSO-type brace. The study indicated that the SpineCor did not halt curvature progression associated with idiopathic scoliosis during the pubertal growth spurt whereas the TLSO device did.
The custom-fitted TriaC brace exerts pressure in specific areas of the back to allow greater comfort and flexibility. It may be less conspicuous than some of the older braces.

Studies are needed to determine if these or other new braces provide any additional value.

According to a 2003 study, compliance in wearing the brace averages 65% (although it varied from 8 - 90%). Patients were apt to wear them at night but often wore them sporadically during the day. The quality of life can vary by the type of brace worn. In one study, patients who had the Milwaukee brace reported greater impairment than patients with the Boston, TSLO, or Charleston braces. The choice of brace should be one that will be the most effective for a particular patient with the lowest impact on quality of life. Young people often refuse to wear braces, even the newer models, and emotional support from the family and professionals is extremely important to help a child accept the process and sustain compliance. On a positive note, one study reported that brace treatment did not negatively affect the self images of the adolescents who had to wear them.

For children who require braces, an exercise program helps boost well being, improves compliance with treatment, and keeps muscles in tone so that the transition period after brace removal is easier.

An exercise and physical therapy program is important to maintain or achieve the following:

Chest mobility.
Proper breathing. In one study, young girls who wore the Boston brace and performed aerobic exercises for 30 minutes four times a week experienced improved lung function, whereas lung function declined in girls who did not exercise.
Muscle strength (especially in the abdominal muscles).
Flexibility in the spine. One small study showed that patients who performed exercises improving flexibility in the torso experienced less spinal twisting and had improved curvature.
Correct posture. Practicing correct posture, especially in front of a mirror, is an extremely important part of any physical therapy program. A patient who is accustomed to a curved spine may have the sensation of being crooked when first taught to properly align the spine. Practicing in front of a mirror provides a reality check.
Patients must also learn to conduct daily activities while wearing the brace. Patients tend to comply with physical therapy in the period when the brace is first being used. They typically stop exercising when they have gotten used to the brace, however, and resume exercising only near the time the brace is being removed. Patients who don't stay with the program throughout the duration of brace use experience a weakening in the back at the time of removal.

Surgery

The goals of scoliosis surgery are threefold:

Straighten the spine as much as possible in a safe manner
Balance the torso and pelvic areas
Maintain correction

It takes a two-part process to accomplish these goals:

Fusing (joining together) the vertebrae along the curve
Supporting these fused bones with instrumentation (steel rods, hooks, and other devices) attached to the spine

There are many surgical variations that use different instruments, procedures, and surgical approaches to treat scoliosis. All of the operations require meticulous skill. In most cases, success depends less on the type of operation than on the skill and experience of the surgeon. The cause of scoliosis often determines the type of procedure. Parents of patients or adult patients should not be shy in asking the surgeon and hospital about their experience with the specific procedures being considered.

Surgery is usually recommended for the following children and adolescents with idiopathic scoliosis:

All young people whose curve exceeds 50 degrees.
Growing children whose curve has gone beyond 40 degrees. (There is still some debate, however, about whether all children with curves of 40 degrees should have surgery.)
Older children who have surgery tend to experience improved well-being from the changes in their appearance, even if they have no actual improved physical functioning.

Surgery may be required for the following children at as early an age as possible.

Those whose scoliosis is due to inborn abnormalities. (The younger they are when surgery is performed the better their chances for success.)
Children with multiple physical handicaps.

Procedures will differ depending on whether a child has idiopathic scoliosis, or scoliosis due to muscle and nerve disorders (such as muscular dystrophy or cerebral palsy). In the latter cases, children also need a team approach to reduce their risks for serious complications.

Before the operation, a doctor conducts a complete physical examination to determine leg lengths, muscle strength, lung function, and any postural abnormalities. The patient receives training in deep breathing and effective coughing to avoid lung congestion after the operation. The patient should also receive training in turning over in bed in a single movement (called log-rolling) before the operation. Psychologic intervention using cognitive-behavioral methods that help young patients cope may be very helpful in reducing anxiety and pain after surgery.

Patients are encouraged to donate their own blood before the operation for use in possible transfusions. The patient should have no sunburn, rashes, or sores on the back before the operation, which could increase the risk for infection.

Most scoliosis operations involve fusing the vertebrae. The instruments and devices used to support the fusion vary, however.

In the fusion procedure, the surgeon will:

Slice flaps to expose the backs of the vertebrae that lie along the curve.
Remove the bony outgrowths along the vertebrae that allow the spine to twist and bend.
Lay matchstick-sized bone grafts vertically across the exposed surface of each vertebra, being careful that they touch adjoining vertebrae.
Fold the flaps back to their original position, covering the bone grafts.
These grafts will regenerate, grow into the bone, and fuse the vertebrae together.

Depending upon the severity and responsiveness to other treatment, a doctor may recommend surgery for scoliosis. Surgery involves correcting the curve (although not all the way) and fusing the bones in the curve together. The surgeon lays bone grafts across the exposed surface of each vertebra. These grafts will regenerate, grow into the bone, and fuse the vertebrae together. The bones are held in place with one or two metal rods held down with hooks and screws, helping to support the fusion of the vertebrae.

Graft Materials. A surgeon takes bone grafts from the patient's hip, ribs, spine, or other bones (called autografts). This is the best quality bone. However, because autografts are taken directly from the scoliosis patient, the operation is longer and the patient experiences more pain afterward. Researchers are investigating allografts, bone grafts taken from another person or a cadaver. This would reduce the pain and duration of the operation. Allografts, however, pose an increased risk for infection from the donor.

Some surgical centers now perform spinal fusions in adults using a biologically-manufactured human bone protein instead of bone grafts. RhBMP-2 (INFUSE Bone Graft) contains a bone morphogenetic protein (BMP) that helps the body grow its own bone. A surgeon inserts the protein into a pair of thimble-like cages, which are implanted between the spinal vertebrae. The cages help stabilize the spine, while the protein prompts new bone growth. Doctors hope that this new procedure can eliminate the pain of autografts and the risk of infection of allografts. Results from preliminary studies have been promising. BMP treatments are currently approved only for adults.

Healing. The healed fusions harden in a straightened position to prevent further curvature, leaving the rest of the spine flexible. It takes about 3 months for the vertebrae to fuse substantially, although 1 - 2 years are required before fusion is complete. Fusion stops growth in the spine, but most growth occurs in the long bones of the body (such as in the legs), anyway. Patients will most likely gain height from both growth in the legs and from the straighter spine. Patients may walk at a slightly slower pace after fusion, but balance may improve, and sports activities are not restricted after the procedure.

Harrington Procedure. Until 10 years ago, the standard instruments used in fusion procedures were those of the Harrington procedure, first developed in the 1960s:

To support the fusion of the vertebrae, the surgeon uses a steel rod, extending from the bottom to the top of the curve. (More than one rod may be used depending on the type of curve and whether outward curvature of the spine is present.)
The rod is attached by hooks that are suspended from pegs inserted into the bone.
Similar to changing a tire, the steel rod is jacked up and then locked into place to support the spine securely. The surgeon is then ready to fuse the vertebrae together.
After this operation, patients must wear a full body cast and lie in bed for 3 - 6 months until fusion is complete enough to stabilize the spine.
After 1 - 2 years, the steel rod is not really necessary, but it is almost always left in place unless infection or other complications occur.

The Harrington procedure is very difficult to undergo, particularly for young people, and although the operation can achieve a correction of the curve of over 50%, studies have reported a loss in this correction of between 10 - 25% over time. The procedure does not correct the rotation of the spine and, therefore, does not improve an existing rib hump that was caused by the rotation. The operation does not interfere with normal pregnancies and deliveries later in life.

Certain complications may occur from this procedure:

About 40% of Harrington patients have a condition called the flat back syndrome, because the procedure eliminates normal lordosis (the inward curving of the lower back). Flat back syndrome from the Harrington procedure does not cause any immediate pain. In later years, however, the disks may collapse below the fusion, making it difficult to stand erect, and the condition can cause significant pain and emotional distress.
Studies have reported that 5 - 7 years after their surgery, between a fifth and a third of patients who had the Harrington procedure experienced low back pain. (In one study, only 3% had experienced back pain before surgery.) In such cases, however, the pain was not severe enough to interfere with normal activities and did not require additional surgery.
Children younger than age 11 whose skeleton is immature and who have the Harrington procedure have a fairly high risk for a specific curve progression called the crankshaft phenomenon. This condition occurs when the front of the fused spine continues to grow after the procedure. The spine cannot grow longer, so it twists and develops a curvature. In one study that followed patients for 5 - 16 years, crankshaft curve progression was moderate, however, with the Cobb angle averaging 9 degrees and rotation averaging 7 degrees.

Cotrel-Dubousset Procedure. The Cotrel-Dubousset procedure not only corrects the curve but also may help correct rotation, and it does not cause flat back syndrome.

With this procedure, a surgeon cross links parallel rods for better stability in holding the fused vertebrae. Improvement in correction averaged 66% in one study, with a later correction loss reported to be 5%. (Other studies have reported loss of curvature correction at less than 2%.) Over 95% of patients reported the results to be good or very good (only 86% of patients who had the Harrington procedure experienced the same levels of satisfaction). Patients often go home in 5 days and may be back in school in 3 weeks.

Complication rates are similar to the Harrington procedure but with some differences:

Operation time and blood loss are greater than with the Harrington procedure.
Cotrel-Dubousset and other procedures that are designed to reverse the rotation of the spine have less risk for flat back syndrome, but they have a higher risk for spinal imbalance than the Harrington procedure.
Failure rates are about 25% after 10 years, which is very high. Experts hope that the advances in current scoliosis procedures will help reduce the long-term adverse effects.

The Texas Scottish-Rite Hospital (TSRH) Instrumentation. The Texas Scottish-Rite Hospital (TSRH) instrumentation is similar to the Cotrel-Dubousset procedure in that it uses parallel rods and other devices that reverse rotation as well as improve curvature. TSRH, however, uses smooth rods and hooks that are designed to make removal or adjustment easier later on if complications arise. Complications are similar to the Cotrel-Dubousset procedure.

Additional Forms of Instrumentation. Other instrumentation procedures have refined the hardware used in the Harrington and Cotrel-Dubousset operations.

After surgeons developed Luque instrumentation to help maintain normal lordosis, experts hoped that bracing would not be needed afterward. Several studies showed, however, that without braces, correction was lost after this operation, and the procedure may have a higher risk for spinal cord injury than other standard procedures. Luque instrumentation is used primarily in people whose scoliosis is due to problems of nerves and muscles, such as in children with cerebral palsy.
Wisconsin segmental spine instrumentation (WSSI) is as safe as the Harrington rod and nearly as strong as the Luque instrumentation.
The Dorsal Dynamic Spondylodesis (DDS) system, under testing in Germany, is a semirigid system that allows for greater flexibility of the spine.

Instrumentation for Anterior Approach. The anterior approach, in which the surgeon performs the operation by opening the chest wall, requires specific hardware. Halm-Zielke instrumentation, for example, uses TSRH instrumentation with bone grafts constructed from ribs to prop open the spaces between the disks. It allows true three-dimensional curve correction. However, it does not solve specific problems with this approach -- higher risks for kyphosis (an outward curve) and pseudoarthrosis (a false joint at the fusion site). Variants using two rod systems, fusion cages, or other instruments appear to improve this procedure.

Posterior Approach (Through the Back). Many surgeons use a posterior approach for scoliosis, which reaches the surgical area by opening the back of the patient. It has been the gold standard for decades and is generally used with Harrington instrumentation. The posterior approach has advantages and disadvantages:

Advantages. Surgeons are familiar with it, so fusion rates are excellent, curve correction is good, and it has few complications.
Disadvantages. Preadolescent children are at risk for the crankshaft phenomenon (a worsening of the curve) later on. (Newer posterior instrumentation, such as the Isola instrumentation, may prevent this occurrence.) The posterior approach also does not always correct hypokyphosis (the loss of normal outward curvature) in the thoracic (upper) spine. The procedure is not always effective for curves in the thoracolumbar region (where the upper and lower spine meet) and may cause spinal abnormalities there.

Anterior Approach (Through the Front). Increasingly, surgeons are using the anterior approach, in which the surgeon performs the operation through the chest wall (called a thoracotomy). With the anterior approach, the surgeon makes an incision in the chest, deflates the lung, and removes a rib in order to reach the spine. This rib can be used during the operation as a strut to support the spine. It also may be repositioned within the patient until it is used for bone grafting during fusion.

The anterior approach also has its advantages and disadvantages:

Advantages. Because the frontal approach allows the procedure to be performed higher up in the spine than with standard procedures, the patient may have a lower risk for lower-back injury later on. In addition, transfusion rates are much lower with the anterior approach. With increasing experience, the anterior approach is as effective as the posterior approach.
Disadvantages. It is a more recent procedure than the posterior approach, and, among inexperienced surgeons, carries a higher risk for complications than in the more standard posterior approach. One study noted poorer lung function 2 years after surgery than with the posterior approach, possibly because the wide chest incision impairs the chest muscles, which can affect lung function afterward. Anterior instrumentation poses a risk for hyperkyphosis (exaggerated outward curvature) and a higher risk for pseudoarthrosis, a painful condition in which a false joint develops at the fusion site. Hardware failure rates may also be higher in the anterior approach than in the posterior approach. Increasing experience and newer hardware designs are reducing many of these problems.

The Combined Anterior-Posterior Approach. The combination approach uses an anterior approach first, which allows better correction of the problems. The fusion part of the operation is done with the posterior approach. This is a very long and complex procedure. It appears to be safe, however, and is proving to be useful, even in very young patients, for preventing the crankshaft phenomenon. It also may correct large rigid curves and specific severe curves in the thoracic spine.

Researchers are evaluating new approaches to treating thoracic scoliosis in adolescents and children. Researchers in Germany are studying the effects of implanting a vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib. This implant expands the thoracic cavity, thereby correcting the curvature and allowing spinal, thoracic, and lung growth. Early experience with 15 children showed improvement of thoracic insufficiency syndrome and ability to sit, in addition to greatly improvement cosmetic appearance.

Researchers in the U.S. recently compared the radiographic and clinical outcomes and pulmonary function in patients treated with either anterior thoracoscopic or traditional posterior surgery. The anterior thoracoscopic surgery uses a video-assisted anterior approach and recently developed spinal instrumentation. There were 28 patients in the thoracoscopic group (average, 14.6 years of age) and 23 patients in the posterior fusion group (average, 14.3 years of age). The researchers found no significant differences between the groups in terms of kyphosis, coronal balance, or tilt angle. Advantages of the anterior thoracoscopic approach include the need for fewer vertebral levels fused, less blood loss, and lower transfusion rate, yet the operative time was nearly 2 times longer than for the posterior approach.

While both of these new treatments have shown some early positive results, more research will be needed to determine their true value.

Complication rates are high (nearly 10%) with any of these procedures, including the standard Harrington method and the newer Cotrel-Dubousset procedure.

Complications for all procedures include allergic reactions to anesthesia and the following:

Bleeding. Standard procedures increase the risk for major blood loss during the procedure. Patients are encouraged to donate blood before the operation for use in possible transfusions. Children sometimes require more than one transfusion following surgery. Researchers are investigating various methods for reducing the need for transfusions.

In one study, patients received erythropoietin (rhEPO) before the procedure. RhEPO is a hormone that acts in the bone marrow to increase the production of red blood cells. Patients who received this hormone, particularly those with idiopathic scoliosis, needed fewer transfusions and spent less time in the hospital than those who did not receive rhEPO.

Newer endoscopic techniques are reducing the need for transfusions.

Postoperative Pain. Some pain always follows these procedures, requiring intravenous administration of potent painkillers right after the operation (endoscopic procedures may require only mild pain relievers). Of some concern is a study suggesting that the use of NSAIDs, or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (aspirin, Motrin, Advil), for pain relief right after fusion may increase the risk for fusion failure. Until more research is conducted, these common painkillers should not be routinely used immediately after surgery.

Infection. Infection is always a risk with any operation. One study reported changes in the immune system for about 3 weeks after surgery, which indicated a greater risk for infection. Researchers recommended being very vigilant for signs of infection, including in the pancreas and urinary tract. Doctors also recommend antibiotics, given by injection for 2 - 5 days after surgery and by mouth for 1 - 2 weeks longer.

Nerve Damage. Patients often worry about neurologic injuries, but the risk is actually very low. In general, nerve injury occurs in 1% of patients, with the risk highest in adults. If neurologic damage occurs, it most often causes muscle weakness. Paralysis is very rare and can be prevented using monitoring techniques during the operation. Nearly all monitoring procedures use a so-called wake-up test, in which the patient is brought out of anesthesia during or at the end of the procedure and assessed for sensations to be sure no injury has occurred. One simple method is to wake patients up in the middle of their operations and ask them to wiggle their toes. More sophisticated methods measure the electrical activity of the spinal cord; if the monitor indicates a fall in electrical response and possible injury, the surgeon adjusts his techniques to avoid further damage to the spinal cord.

Pseudoarthrosis. If the fusion fails to heal, pseudoarthrosis, a painful condition in which a false joint develops at the site, may develop. In one study, teenagers who smoked and heavier adolescents (over 154 pounds) who had hyperkyphosis (hunchback) were at higher risk for this complication. The anterior approach may pose a higher risk for pseudoarthrosis. One study reported that pseudoarthrosis may be undiagnosed, and rates may average 20% after surgery, therefore acting as a major contributor to post-surgery pain.

Disk Degeneration and Low Back Pain. Fusion in the lumbar area produces great stress on the lower back and eventually can cause disk degeneration. Loss of trunk mobility, balance, and muscle strength from surgical treatments can also cause lower back pain and chronic problems in future years. Patients who are surgically treated with fusion techniques lose flexibility; their back muscles may be weakened if they were injured during surgery. In most cases, however, the consequences are mild to moderate.

Lung Function. Some patients may develop serious lung problems after surgery. These complications are highest in children whose scoliosis is due to neuromuscular problems, such as spina bifida, cerebral palsy, or muscular dystrophy. Lung problems can occur up to 1 week after surgery. Lung function may not become completely normal until 1 - 2 months after surgery.

Other Complications. Other problems can include, but are not limited to, the following:

Hooks dislodging or a fused vertebra fracturing
Gallstones
Pancreatitis (inflammation of the pancreas). Among adolescents, this complication tends to occur more often among those who are older or who have a lower body mass index.
Intestinal obstruction

Click the icon to see an image of gallstones.

Patients must perform breathing and coughing exercises shortly after the procedure and continue them through the recovery process to rid the lungs of congestion. The patient is usually able to sit up the day after the operation, and most patients can move on their own within a week. A brace may be necessary, depending on the procedure. With the anterior approach in the upper back, patients may have some trouble with activities involving the arms and hands -- such as tying shoes and cutting food. In one study, however, occupational therapy using stretching and strengthening exercises allowed for full resumption of daily activities, including dressing, bathing, and grooming, within 3 months.

Patients are often concerned that surgery will stiffen their backs, but most cases of scoliosis affect the upper back, which has only limited movement, so that patients do not notice much difference. It may take a year or more for muscle strength to return. In some cases, the operation cannot completely correct the curve, and one leg may be shorter than the other. Heel lifts may help in this case.

Patients may need a corrective procedure called revision or salvage surgery, usually for one of these reasons:

Failure of the previous procedure
Curvature progression around the fusion site
Disk degeneration
Poor posture alignment

Minimally invasive surgery is an alternative to spinal fusion. These types of surgeries use a few small incisions and cause less scarring than standard open approaches that require wide cuts. However, these surgeries are limited to certain patients and are not yet as frequently performed as spinal fusion surgeries.

Endoscopy. In endoscopy, the surgeon makes small incisions and inserts tubes that contain tiny instruments and cameras through the incisions in order to view and execute the procedure. In most cases, the procedure occurs in two stages:

First, the surgeon uses the anterior approach to remove disk material and loosen the spine.
They follow with a posterior for fusion and instrumentation.

Recovery after surgery is rapid. Most patients are out of bed 2 days after surgery. Endoscopy causes fewer and smaller scars, and an easier recovery, than more invasive surgical approaches.

However, the endoscopic procedure for scoliosis is complicated, and few surgeons are trained to perform it. The surgery is generally used only for single curves in the upper back or for patients with a curve in the upper back and a compensating curve in the lower back. Some surgeons are now able to operate on areas below the diaphragm, including the lumbar spine. The patients must still wear a brace for 3 months after surgery. Long-term studies are required to compare results to those of standard procedures.

Growing Rod Technique. This technique is used for very young children in whom bracing has not helped. Instead of doing spinal fusion, doctors surgically insert a rod into the patient’s back. Additional surgeries are performed every 6 months to extend the rod so that the spine can continue to grow. Some growing rod techniques use a single rod, while others use two rods. Studies suggest that dual rods are stronger than single rods, which may help provide better spinal stability and correction.

Vertebral Body Stapling. Vertebral body stapling is an experimental technique that may prevent curve progression in some young patients with curves less than 50 degrees. It involves stapling the convex (outer) curve of the anterior spine (the side of the spine facing the chest), which helps stabilize and reduce progression of the inner (concave) curve. The procedure uses a special metal device that is clamp-shaped at body temperature but can be straightened when subjected to cold temperatures and inserted into the spine. When warmed up, the staple returns to its clamp shape and supports the spine.

Treatment for Adult Scoliosis

Adults who were surgically treated for scoliosis in their youth are at risk for disk degeneration and spinal fusion failure. In most adults with previous scoliosis, moderate exercise is not harmful and is extremely important for maintaining healthy supportive muscles and preventing disk degeneration. However, people who have only one or two mobile lumbar vertebrae below the area that was fused during surgery should avoid activity or exercise that causes excessive twisting on the spine. Some experts believe this may accelerate spinal degeneration.

In most cases of adult scoliosis, nonsurgical care is preferred if possible. This can include patient education, exercises, and medical treatments. Braces are not useful.

One center reported that epidural steroid injections were a beneficial alternative to surgery in patients with degenerative lumbar scoliosis.

Candidates for Surgery. In general, pain is the most common reason for surgery in adult scoliosis. Surgery may be recommended in the following cases:

Curvatures over 50 degrees with persistent pain.
Surgery is almost always recommended for adults with curvatures over 60 degrees.
Progressive mid and low back curve or low back curve with persistent pain.
Reduced heart and lung function. Most surgeons, however, will not operate on adults with severely impaired lung function and heart failure. Once this has occurred, surgery will not help improve lung capacity and may cause the condition to worsen, at least temporarily.
Significant deformity is present. Adults should not expect to achieve a completely straight spine, however. There is a high risk for nerve damage if the spine is over-corrected, and adult spines are less flexible than children's are. Usually, however, the correction achieves an acceptable cosmetic improvement.

Surgeons prefer to operate on adults under 50 years old, although surgery may be appropriate in some older people.

Standard Scoliosis Procedures in Adult Scoliosis. The procedures involve the following depending on whether the patient had been treated previously or not:

In patients who have not had previous treatment and who have degenerative lumbar scoliosis, the procedure is often a diskectomy (removal of the diseased disks) followed by scoliosis procedures (instrumentation and fusion).
In patients with previously treated scoliosis, the only remedy is removal of the old instrumentation, extension of the fusion, and implementation of new instrumentation and bone grafts.

Surgical procedures in adult scoliosis are complex and undertaken only after careful consideration and all nonsurgical methods have been exhausted. Adults have a much higher risk than children for complications, including pneumonia, infection, poor wound healing, and persistent pain. In addition, procedures in adults often involve fusion in lumbar and sacral areas (the low back), which can cause several complications. Some experts believe that the risks of operations in this area nearly always outweigh any benefits in adults. Most studies on adults have also reported low success rates.

Others argue that without an operation, the back will become unstable and painful. In addition, most studies on adults report on procedures using the old Harrington instrumentation techniques. Advances in instrumentation are increasing success rates in adults.

In a recent study, for example, adults who underwent anterior fusion and instrumentation had excellent results. In another study of newer generation instrumentation, 87% of adult patients reported satisfaction.

Wedge Osteotomy. Researchers are investigating wedge osteotomy in patients with mature spines, as corrective surgery and as an alternative to braces. In this procedure, a surgeon cuts wedges of bone from the concave side of the curve. The surgeon then straightens the spine by inserting a temporary rod and closing the cut sections. The patient needs to wear a brace and restrict activity for about 12 weeks or until the bone has healed. The patient can resume normal activities when a surgeon removes the rod, and the spine is mobile.

Resources

www.scoliosis.org -- National Scoliosis Foundation
www.srs.org -- Scoliosis Research Society
www.scoliosis-assoc.org - - Scoliosis Association
www.aaos.org -- American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons
www.niams.nih.gov -- National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases
www.ispine.com -- Information on the spine

References

Akbarnia BA, Marks DS, Boachie-Adjei O, Thompson AG, Asher MA. Dual growing rod technique for the treatment of progressive early-onset scoliosis: a multicenter study. Spine. 2005;30(17 Suppl):S46-S57.

Helenius I, Jalanko H, Remes V, Sairanen H, Salminen S, Holmberg C, et al. Scoliosis after solid organ transplantation in children and adolescents. Am J Transplant. 2006;6(2):324-330.

Hell AK, Campbell RM, Hefti F. The vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib implant for the treatment of thoracic insufficiency syndrome associated with congenital and neuromuscular scoliosis in young children. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2005;14:287-293.

Hung VW, Qin L, Cheung CS, Lam TP, Ng BK, Tse YK, et al. Osteopenia: a new prognostic factor of curve progression in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(12):2709-2716.

Lee WT, Cheung CS, Tse YK, Guo X, Qin L, Lam TP, et al. Association of osteopenia with curve severity in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis: a study of 919 girls. Osteoporos Int. 2005;16(12):1924-1932.

Lonner BS, Kondrachov D, Siddiqi F, Hayes V, Charf C. Thoracoscopic spinal fusion compared with posterior spinal fusion for the treatment of thoracic adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg. 2006;88A:1022-1034.

Luhmann SJ, Bridwell KH, Cheng I, Imamura T, Lenke LG, Schootman M. Use of bone morphogenetic protein-2 for adult spinal deformity. Spine. 2005;30(17 Suppl):S110-S117.

Thompson GH, Akbarnia BA, Kostial P, Poe-Kochert C, Armstrong DG, Roh J, et al. Comparison of single and dual growing rod techniques followed through definitive surgery: a preliminary study. Spine. 2005;30(18):2039-2044.

Yuan N, Fraire JA, Margetis MM, Skaggs DL, Tolo VT, Keens TG. The effect of scoliosis surgery on lung function in the immediate postoperative period. Spine. 2005;30(19):2182-2185.

Review Date:
4/6/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M., Inc. is accredited by URAC, also known as the American Accreditation HealthCare Commission (www.urac.org). URAC's accreditation program is an independent audit to verify that A.D.A.M. follows rigorous standards of quality and accountability. A.D.A.M. is among the first to achieve this important distinction for online health information and services. Learn more about A.D.A.M.'s editorial policy, editorial process and privacy policy. A.D.A.M. is also a founding member of Hi-Ethics and subscribes to the principles of the Health on the Net Foundation (www.hon.ch).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

The information provided herein should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed medical professional should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions. Call 911 for all medical emergencies. Links to other sites are provided for information only -- they do not constitute endorsements of those other sites. © 1997-2009 A.D.A.M., Inc. Any duplication or distribution of the information contained herein is strictly prohibited.

adam.com

Insomnia

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:00 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes of Short-Term or Tra...
Causes of Chronic Insomnia...
Risk Factors
Prognosis
Diagnosis
Treatment
Medications
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Sedative Hypnotic Drug Warnings

In March 2007, the FDA ordered stronger warning labels on sedative hypnotic drugs. These medications include benzodiazepine and non-benzodiazepine drugs, such as zolpidem (Ambien), eszopiclone (Lunesta), ramelteon (Rozerem), and triazolam (Halcion). The FDA warned that these drugs may be associated with:

Severe allergic reactions (anaphylaxis) and severe facial swelling (angioedema), which can occur even the first time a drug is taken
Complex sleep-related behaviors, such as sleep driving, making phone calls, and preparing and eating food while asleep

Patients who take sleeping pills should be sure to follow the directions. These include not combining sleeping pills with alcohol or other drugs and not taking more than the prescribed dose. All patients prescribed sedative hypnotic drugs should receive a patient medication guide that describes the potential risks, and precautions to reduce these risks.

Behavioral and Psychological Therapies

Behavioral and psychological treatments, such as cognitive behavioral therapy and relaxation techniques, are effective approaches for insomnia and can produce long-lasting benefits, according to a 2006 study in Sleep.
Behavioral interventions help over 80% of children who try them, indicates another 2006 Sleep study.

Complementary and Alternative Medicine

More than 1.6 million adults use complementary and alternative medicine to treat their insomnia, according to results of a national survey published in the Archives of Internal Medicine. About half of patients who tried herbal medicine or relaxation techniques found that these approaches helped improve their sleep.
In 2006, the American Academy of Sleep Medicine issued a position statement advising that there is only limited scientific evidence that herbal remedies are effective sleep aids.

Insomnia and Mood Disorders

Chronic insomnia can increase the risk of developing depression and anxiety, according to a 2007 study in Sleep. Research also indicates that insomnia and daytime sleepiness can cause and worsen depression and anxiety in children as well as adults.

Introduction

Insomnia comes from the Latin words for “no sleep.” Insomnia is characterized by:

Difficulty falling asleep
Difficulty staying asleep
Waking up too early in the morning

Some experts believe that poor quality (“non-restorative”) sleep is also related to insomnia. Insomnia can cause daytime fatigue, irritability, and impaired performance. About 60 million Americans each year suffer from insomnia.

Insomnia may be primary or secondary:

Primary insomnia means that the inability to sleep is not caused by other health problems.
Secondary insomnia is due to other health conditions that interfere with sleep. Some experts prefer the term “co-morbid insomnia.”

Insomnia, usually temporary, is often categorized by how long it lasts:

Transient insomnia lasts for a few days.
Short-term insomnia lasts for no more than 3 weeks.
Chronic insomnia occurs at least 3 nights per week for 1 month or longer.

Insomnia may also be defined in terms of inability to sleep at conventional times. The following examples are referred to as circadian rhythm disorders:

Delayed Sleep-Phase Syndrome. Delayed sleep-phase syndrome is the term for a circadian clock that runs late but reliably. People who have this condition (usually adolescents) fall asleep very late at night or in early morning hours, but then sleep normally.
Advanced Sleep-Phase Syndrome. This syndrome tends to develop in older people. It produces excessive sleepiness in the morning and undesired awakening early (3 - 5 a.m.) in the morning.

In sleep studies, subjects spend about one-third of their time asleep, suggesting that most people need about 8 hours of sleep each day. Individual adults differ in the amount of sleep they need to feel well rested, however. (Infants may sleep as many as 16 hours a day.)

The daily cycle of life, which includes sleeping and waking, is called a circadian (meaning "about a day") rhythm, commonly referred to as the biologic clock. Hundreds of bodily functions follow biologic clocks, but sleeping and waking comprise the most prominent circadian rhythm. The sleeping and waking cycle is approximately 24 hours. (If confined to windowless apartments, with no clocks or other time cues, sleeping and waking as their bodies dictate, humans typically live on slightly longer than 24-hour cycles.) It usually takes the following daily patterns:

Humans are designed for daytime activity and nighttime rest.
Additionally, there is a natural peak in sleepiness at mid-day, the traditional siesta time.

In addition, daily rhythms intermesh with other factors that may interfere or change individual patterns:

The fraction-of-a-second-firing of nerve cells in the brain may be faster or slower in different individuals.
The monthly menstrual cycle in women can shift the pattern.
Light signals coming through the eyes reset the circadian cycles each day, so changes in season or various exposures to light and dark can unsettle the pattern. The importance of sunlight as a cue for circadian rhythms is dramatized by the problems experienced by people who are totally blind. They commonly suffer trouble sleeping and other rhythm disruptions.

The response to light signals in the brain is an important key factor in sleep:

Light signals travel to a tiny cluster of nerves in the hypothalamus in the center of the brain, the body's master clock, which is called the supra chiasmatic nucleus (SCN).
This nerve cluster takes its name from its location, which is just above (supra) the optic chiasm, which is a major junction for nerves transmitting information about light from the eyes.
The approach of dusk each day prompts the SCN to signal the nearby pineal gland (named so because it resembles a pine-cone) to produce the hormone melatonin.
Melatonin is thought to act as the body's time-setting hormone. The longer a person is in darkness the longer the duration of melatonin secretion. Secretion can be diminished by staying in bright light. Melatonin also appears to trigger the need to sleep.

Sleep consists of two distinct states that alternate in cycles and reflect differing levels of brain nerve cell activity:

Non-Rapid Eye Movement Sleep (NonREM). NonREM sleep is also termed quiet sleep. NonREM is further subdivided into three stages of progression:

Stage 1 (light sleep)
Stage 2 (so-called true sleep)
Stage 3 to 4 (deep "slow-wave" or delta sleep)

With each descending stage, awakening becomes more difficult. It is not known what governs NonREM sleep in the brain. A balance between certain hormones, particularly growth and stress hormones, may be important for deep sleep.

Rapid Eye-Movement Sleep (REM). REM sleep is termed active sleep. Most vivid dreams occur in REM sleep. REM-sleep brain activity is comparable to that in waking, but the muscles are virtually paralyzed, possibly preventing people from acting out their dreams. In fact, except for vital organs like lungs and heart, the only muscles not paralyzed during REM are the eye muscles. REM sleep may be critical for learning and for day-to-day mood regulation. When people are sleep-deprived, their brains must work harder than when they are well rested.

The REM/NREM Cycle. The cycle between quiet (nonREM) and active (REM) sleep generally follows this pattern:

After about 90 minutes of nonREM sleep, eyes move rapidly behind closed lids, giving rise to REM sleep.
As sleep progresses the nonREM/REM cycle repeats.
With each cycle, nonREM sleep becomes progressively lighter, and REM sleep becomes progressively longer, lasting from a few minutes early in sleep to perhaps an hour at the end of the sleep episode.

Causes of Short-Term or Transient Insomnia

A reaction to change or stress is one of the most common causes of short-term and transient insomnia. This condition is sometimes referred to as adjustment sleep disorder.

The trigger could be a major or traumatic event such as:

An acute illness
Injury or surgery
The loss of a loved one
Job loss

Temporary insomnia could also develop after a relatively minor event, including:

Extremes in weather
An exam
Traveling
Trouble at work

In most cases, normal sleep almost always returns when the condition resolves, the individual recovers from the event, or the person becomes used to the new situation. Treatment is needed if sleepiness interferes with functioning or if it continues for more than a few weeks. Individual responses to stress vary and some people may not experience insomnia at all, even during very stressful situations while others may suffer from insomnia in response to very mild stressors.

Fluctuations in female hormones play a major role in insomnia in women over their lifetimes. This insomnia is usually temporary.

During Menstruation. Progesterone promotes sleep, and levels of this hormone plunge during menstruation, causing insomnia. (When they rise during ovulation, women may become sleepier than usual.)
During Pregnancy. The effects of changes in progesterone levels in the first and last trimester can disrupt normal sleep patterns.
Menopause. Insomnia can be a major problem in the first phases of menopause, when hormones are fluctuating intensely. Insomnia during this period may be due to different factors that occur. In some women, hot flashes, sweating, and a sense of anxiety can awaken women suddenly and frequently at night. Insomnia may also be caused by psychologic distress provoked by this life passage. In many cases, insomnia is temporary. However, a 2006 study found that hot flashes in perimenopausal and postmenopausal women are strongly associated with chronic insomnia (sleep problems lasting more than 1 month). Treating hot flashes may help resolve chronic insomnia.

Air travel across time zones often causes insomnia. After long plane trips, 1 day of adjustment is usually needed for each time zone crossed. Traveling west to earlier times seems to be less traumatic than going east to a later time because it is easier to lengthen a circadian phase than to shorten it.

In one study, 20% of adults reported that light, noise, and uncomfortable temperatures caused their sleeplessness. Depending on the time of day, too much or too little light can disrupt sleep.

Excessive Light at Night. A person's biologic circadian clock is triggered by sunlight, and very bright artificial light maintains wakefulness. One study indicated that even dim artificial light might disrupt sleep.
Insufficient Light During the Day. Insufficient exposure to light during the day, as occurs in some disabled elderly patients who rarely venture outside, may also be linked with sleep disturbances. One study suggested that when a person is exposed to bright daylight, melatonin levels increase in response to darkness at night, which aids sleep.

Caffeine. Caffeine is a stimulant, which can interfere with falling asleep.

Nicotine. Nicotine is also a stimulant, but quitting smoking itself can lead to transient insomnia. In fact, it has been suggested that if sleeping could be improved during withdrawal from smoking, perhaps it would be easier to quit smoking.

Partner's Sleep Habits. In one survey, 17% of women and 5% of men reported that their partner's sleep habits impaired their own sleep. Snoring can certainly be a factor in a partner's insomnia.

Medications. Insomnia is a side effect of many common medications, including over-the-counter preparations that contain caffeine. People who suspect their medications are causing them to lose sleep should check with their doctors or pharmacists.

Causes of Chronic Insomnia

Sleep problems seem to run in families. About 35% of people with insomnia have a family history of insomnia, with the mother being the most commonly affected family member. Still, because so many factors are involved in insomnia, a genetic component is difficult to define.

Abnormal levels of certain brain chemicals have been observed in some people with chronic insomnia.

Melatonin. Low levels of melatonin, the hormone secreted by the pineal gland, have sometimes been observed in chronic insomnia.
Stress Hormones. Some studies have reported persistently high levels of stress hormones, particularly cortisol, in people with chronic insomnia, particularly insomnia related to aging and psychiatric disorders. High levels of cortisol reduce REM sleep. However, a 2003 study of people with chronic insomnia reported that cortisol levels were high only when their sleep was of poor quality. When they slept well, levels were lower. This study and other research suggests that high levels of stress hormones are caused by poor sleep, rather than being the cause.
Growth Hormone. Normal aging is associated with a blunting of regular, cyclical surges of growth hormone, which may affect sleep as one gets older. This hormone, which is normally secreted in the late night, is associated not only with growth but with deep, slow-wave sleep. (Older people generally have less slow-wave sleep.)

Chronic insomnia occurs in people who have persistently high levels of stress hormones and a shift in the levels of certain immune factors. Studies indicate that people with chronic insomnia have higher levels of interleukin-6 and tumor necrosis factor during the day, but lower levels at night. These immune factors, called cytokines, cause symptoms of fatigue. Levels are usually higher at night in people with healthy sleep. The implications of these immune changes in people with insomnia are not known.

Many cases of chronic insomnia cases have a psychologic or psychiatric basis. The disorders that most often cause insomnia are:

Anxiety.
Depression. Sleep abnormalities are an integral part of depressive disorders, with more than 90% of depressed patients experiencing insomnia.
Bipolar disorder.

Insomnia may also cause emotional problems. It is often unclear which condition has triggered the other, or if the two conditions, in fact, have a common source.

In many cases, it is unclear if chronic insomnia is a symptom of some physical or psychological condition or if it is a primary disorder of its own. In most instances, a mix of psychological and physical conditions causes the insomnia.

Psychophysiologic insomnia occurs when:

An episode of transient insomnia disrupts the person's circadian rhythm.
The patient begins to associate the bed not with rest and relaxation but with a struggle to sleep. A pattern of sleep failure emerges.
Over time, this event repeats, and bedtime becomes a source of anxiety. Once in bed, the patient broods over the inability to sleep, the consequences of sleep loss, and the lack of mental control. All attempts to sleep fail.
Eventually excessive worry about sleep loss becomes persistent and provides an automatic nightly trigger for anxiety and arousal. Unsuccessful attempts to control thoughts, images, and emotions only worsen the situation. After such a cycle is established, insomnia becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy that can persist indefinitely.

Sometimes anxiety and the inability to sleep dates back to childhood when parents used various threats to force their children into sleep for which they may not have been ready.

In one survey, 22% of adults reported that health conditions, pain, or discomfort impaired their sleep. These conditions can include:

Nightly Leg Problems. Leg disorders that occur at night, such as restless legs syndrome or leg cramps, are of special note. They are very common and an important cause of insomnia, particularly in older people.

Medical Problems. Among the many medical problems that can cause chronic insomnia are allergies, arthritis, cancer, fibromyalgia, heart disease, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD), hypertension, asthma, emphysema, rheumatologic conditions, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, hyperthyroidism, and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.

Medications. Among the many medications that can cause insomnia are antidepressants (fluoxetine, bupropion), theophylline, lamotrigine, felbamate, beta-blockers, and beta-agonists.

An estimated 10 -15% of chronic insomnia cases result from substance abuse, especially alcohol, cocaine, and sedatives. One or two alcoholic drinks at dinner, for most people, pose little danger of alcoholism and may help reduce stress and initiate sleep. Excess alcohol or alcohol used to promote sleep, however, tends to fragment sleep and cause wakefulness a few hours later. It also increases the risk for other sleep disorders, including sleep apnea and restless legs. Alcoholics often suffer insomnia during withdrawal and, in some cases, for several years during recovery.

Shift work throws off the body's circadian rhythm and may lead to chronic insomnia.

Risk Factors

Studies estimate that between 25 - 33% of adults experience some insomnia each year. In spite of this widespread problem, however, studies suggest that only about 30% of American adults who visit their doctor ever discuss sleep problems. And, doctors seem rarely to ask patients about their sleep habits or problems.

A 2003 study suggested that there were seven significant factors that predicted high risk for insomnia:

Being older
Having conflicts with relatives
Being overworked on the job
Being overworked at home
Having a sick relative
Having low social status
Having a psychiatric or psychologic problem

Stressful events do not cause insomnia in everyone. However, negative thoughts and attitudes toward events can be significant factors in insomnia. In one study, for example, the number of stressful events did not differ between good and poor sleepers. Those with insomnia, however, tended to experience these stressful events more intensively than the healthy sleepers.

In another study, patients with insomnia and good sleepers were asked to record their pre-sleep images using a handheld counter. People with insomnia not only reported fewer images, but their images also tended to be more unpleasant than those of good sleepers. More of the images in people with insomnia were related to intimate relationships and to sleep itself. The images of sleepers were more likely to be random and disconnected.

Studies report that the strongest risk factors for insomnia are psychiatric problems (particularly depression) and physical complaints (such as headaches and chronic pain) that have no identifiable cause (called somatic symptoms). About 90% of people with depression have insomnia. A study presented at the 2005 Associated Professional Sleep Societies meeting indicated that insomnia may contribute to, and prolong, depression. Researchers analyzed data from over 1,800 adults age 65 years and older. Compared with depressed patients who did not have sleep problems, depressed patients with insomnia were 11 times more likely to remain depressed after 6 months and 17 times more likely to still be depressed after a year. The researchers suggested that treating insomnia may help patients recover from depression more quickly.

Overall, insomnia is more common in women than men, although men are not immune from insomnia. Sleep efficiency deteriorates equally in men and women as they get older.

Men. One major study suggested that as men age from 16 - 50, they lose about 80% of their deep sleep. During that period, light sleep increases and REM sleep remains unchanged. (The study did not use women as subjects, and there is some evidence to suggest they are not as affected.) After age 44, REM and total sleep diminish and awakenings increase.

Women. It is not clear why women suffer more from insomnia than men. Some theories include:

In women, a number of hormonal events can disturb sleep, including premenstrual syndrome, menstruation, pregnancy, and menopause. All these conditions are short-term, however, and in most cases the wakefulness associated with them is temporary and can be eliminated with sleep hygiene and time.
After childbirth, most women develop a high sensitivity to the sounds of their children, which causes them to wake easily. Women who have had children sleep less efficiently than women who have not had children. It is possible that many women never unlearn this sensitivity and continue to wake easily long after the children have grown.
Women are at higher risk than men are for depression and anxiety, which are known risk factors for insomnia. In fact, some researchers believe that this is a main reason for the gender differences in insomnia.

After menopause, women are susceptible to the same environmental and biologic causes of insomnia as men. In fact, older women who are not bothered by sleeplessness tend to have longer and better sleep than noninsomniac men their own age.

As people grow older, sleep patterns change. In a major 2003 survey, a third of older adults reported that they woke up frequently during the night. About a quarter of participants reported waking up too early and being unable to go back to sleep. In the same study, 33% of adults age 55 - 64 reported waking up feeling unrefreshed.

Although age itself does not appear to be a risk factor for insomnia, a number of factors may interfere with sleep as one gets older:

Elderly people are more likely to be sedentary than younger adults.
Medical conditions that cause pain or nighttime distress are common in the elderly and pose a high risk for insomnia. They include arthritis, gastrointestinal distress, frequent urination, lung disease, and heart conditions.
Neurologic diseases in the elderly, such as restless legs syndrome, Parkinson's, Alzheimer's, and other forms of dementia can cause nighttime disorientation, confused wandering, and delirium.
Older people often take a number of prescription drugs whose side effects include insomnia.
The elderly are prone to grief, depression, and anxiety, emotional factors that can cause sleeplessness. One study of healthy older adults found that psychologic factors, such as anxiety and depression, were more likely to cause insomnia than illness, medications, or living conditions.
Melatonin levels are generally lower in older people. Some research suggests, however, that elderly people have lower levels simply because they stay mostly indoors and do not receive adequate sunlight.

Lack of sleep at night can lead to excessive sleepiness during the day. A 2006 study reported the following risk factors for excessive daytime sleepiness among the elderly:

Male gender
Sleep apnea or other sleep breathing disorders
Nighttime chest wheezing
Poor sleep quality
Longer time spent in REM sleep
More than 3 episodes of nighttime pain within a week
Medications that cause sleepiness

Sleep loss among the elderly is not inevitable. While older people are more susceptible to many conditions that can cause insomnia, treatments and a healthy lifestyle, particularly regular exercises, are as useful in providing relief to the elderly as to the young. And, a number of studies have found no significant increase in insomnia in older healthy adults.

Shift workers are at considerable risk for insomnia. In a major survey, 65% of shift workers reported one or more symptoms of insomnia at least a few nights a week. Workers over age 50 and those whose shifts are always changing are particularly susceptible to insomnia, although night-shift workers also have a high rate of sleeplessness. One study found that 53% of night-shift workers fall asleep on the job at least once a week, implying that their internal clocks do not adjust to unusual work times. (They are also at much higher risk than other workers for automobile accidents due to their drowsiness and may also have a higher risk for health problems in general.) A Japanese study reporting on different aspects of insomnia found that excessive computer work was associated with all forms of insomnia. People who were over-involved with their work tended to have trouble falling asleep, and they tended to awaken earlier than average.

Among the many conditions that pose a high risk for insomnia are:

Frequent travel, particularly crossing time lines
Post-traumatic stress syndrome
Brain injuries
Many chronic medical conditions ranging from seemingly minor ones, such as tinnitus (ringing in the ears) to major conditions, such as respiratory problems, heart disease, or being on dialysis

Prognosis

A 2002 study of sleeping habits in over 1 million people reported that people who slept 7 hours a night lived the longest. People who slept more than 8 hours or less than 6 hours, or who took sleeping pills, had lower survival rates.

Insomnia is not life-threatening, except in very rare cases, such as in those who have the genetic disorder called fatal familial insomnia. This rare degenerative brain disease develops in late adulthood.

Sleepiness causes as many as 200,000 automobile accidents in the U.S. and 1,500 deaths from such accidents. Studies indicate that drowsy driving is as risky as drunk driving. In a major 2003 survey, 60% of young adults reported driving while drowsy, and 20% dosed off while driving. In the study, 1% of adults who dozed off reported having an accident because of it. (One study strongly suggested that it is habitual sleepiness, however, and not just being sleepy at the time of an accident that places people at higher risk.)

Surveys show that people with severe insomnia have a quality of life that is almost as poor as those who have chronic conditions, such as heart failure. In addition to more daytime sleepiness, people with insomnia complain of more attention and memory problems compared to good sleepers.

Insomnia can also lead to irritability, mistakes at work, and poorer relationships.

Effect on Thinking and Performance. Studies suggest that insomnia makes it harder to concentrate and perform tasks.

Reduced concentration. Deep sleep deprivation impairs the brain's ability to process information.
Impaired task performance. One study reported that missing only 2 - 3 hours of sleep every night for a week significantly impaired performance and mood. An Australian study reported that 17 hours of sleep deprivation causes impaired performance levels comparable to those found in people who have blood alcohol levels indicating intoxication.
Memory problems. Whether insomnia significantly impairs learning is unclear. Some studies have reported problems in memorization, although others have found no differences in test scores between people with temporary sleep loss and those with full sleep.

Insomnia and Depression. Although stress and depression are major causes of insomnia, insomnia may also increase the activity of the hormones and pathways in the brain that can produce emotional problems. Research indicates that chronic insomnia can increase the risk of developing depression and anxiety. Some investigators are exploring the possibility of preventing psychiatric disorders by early recognition and treatment of insomnia.

Even modest alterations in waking and sleeping patterns can have significant effects on a person's mood. In both children and adults, the combination of insomnia and daytime sleepiness can produce more severe depression than either condition alone.

Effects on the Heart. Although there has been some concern that insomnia may increase the risk for heart problems, little evidence has supported any significant dangers. One study reported signs of heart and nervous system activity in people with chronic insomnia that might place such individuals at risk for coronary heart disease. If it exists, however, this increased danger is very modest compared with other risk factors for heart disease. Yet another report suggested that sleep complaints in elderly people without coronary artery disease predicted a first heart attack. Sleep disorders in such cases may have been a marker for depression, however, which is a risk factor for heart attacks in elderly people.

Effects on Weight. Lack of sleep can cause weight gain and obesity. In a 16-year study of over 68,000 women, those who slept no more than 5 hours a night were 32% more likely to gain at least 33 pounds, and those who slept 6 hours had a 12% increased risk of weight gain compared to women who slept at least 7 hours a night.

Effects on the Immune System. A 2003 study reported significant differences in immune factors among sleepers, with higher levels of certain infection-fighters observed in good sleepers than in people with chronic insomnia. The significance of these findings is still unknown, however.

Diagnosis

Diagnosing sleep disturbance and its cause is the most important step in restoring healthy sleep. However, there is little agreement, even among experts, on the best methods for effectively assessing a patient's insomnia.

A major difficulty in diagnosing this problem is its subjective nature. One study showed that there was no difference in sleep behaviors between people who said they were insomniacs and people who said they weren't. People who believe they have insomnia may have actually had frequent brief awakenings during sleep that they perceive as being continuously awake.

A number of questionnaires are available for determining whether a patient has insomnia or other sleep disorders. For example, the doctor may ask:

How would you describe your sleep problem?
How long have you had the sleep problem?
How long does it take to fall asleep?
How many times a week does it occur?
How restful is sleep?
Do you have trouble falling asleep or do you wake up too early?
What is the sleep environment like (Noisy? Not dark enough?)?
How does insomnia affect daytime functioning?
What medications do you take? (Include herbs, alcohol, and over-the-counter or prescription drugs.)
Are you taking or withdrawing from stimulants, such as coffee or tobacco?
How much alcohol is consumed per day?
What stresses or emotional factors may be present?
Have you experienced any significant life changes?
Do you snore or gasp during sleep (an indication of sleep apnea)?
Do you have leg problems (cramps, twitching, crawling feelings)?
If there is a bed partner? Is this person's behavior distressing or disturbing?
Are you a shift worker?

Sleep Diary. If the patient cannot answer these questions, keeping a sleep diary is a helpful diagnostic tool. Every day for 2 weeks, the patient should record all sleep-related information, including responses to questions listed above described on a daily basis. A bed partner can help by adding their observations of the patient's sleep behavior.

The Epworth Sleepiness Scale. The Epworth Sleepiness Scale (ESS) uses a simple questionnaire to measure excessive sleepiness during eight situations.


Situation	Chance of Dozing 0 = no chance of dozing 1 = slight chance of dozing 2 = moderate chance of dozing 3 = high chance of dozing
Sitting and reading.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Watching TV.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Sitting inactive in a public place (e.g., a theater or a meeting).	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
As a passenger in a car for an hour without a break.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Lying down to rest in the afternoon when circumstances permit.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Sitting and talking to someone.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Sitting quietly after a lunch without alcohol.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
In a car, while stopped for a few minutes in traffic.	(Indicate a score of 0 to 3)
Score Results	1-6: Getting enough sleep 4-8: Tends to be sleepy but is average. 9-15: Very sleepy and should seek medical advice. Over 16: Dangerously sleepy

Multiple Sleep Latency Test. The multiple sleep latency test (MSLT) uses a machine to measure the time it takes to fall asleep while lying in a quiet room during the day:

The patient takes four or five scheduled naps 2 hours apart.
People with healthy sleep habits fall asleep in about 10 - 20 minutes.
The test can detect changes in sleepiness associated with sleep deprivation in patients with insomnia.

It has limitations, however, and does not take into consideration any situations that may affect the patients' mental state and the actual home situation. The test is used mainly after other sleep disorders have been ruled out and the doctor is uncertain whether or not insomnia is a correct diagnosis.

If unexplained insomnia persists after treatment or there is evidence of a primary sleep disorder, such as sleep apnea or narcolepsy, the doctor may recommend a sleep specialist or a sleep disorders center. Centers are accredited by the American Academy of Sleep Medicine. Patients should investigate centers carefully, to be sure that they offer full sleep studies.

Among the signs that may indicate a need for a sleep disorders center are:

Insomnia due to psychologic disorders
Sleeping problems due to substance abuse
Snoring and sudden awakening with gasping for breath (possible sleep apnea)
Severe restless legs syndrome
Persistent daytime sleepiness
Sudden episodes of falling asleep during the day (possible narcolepsy)

At most sleep disorders centers, patients undergo an in-depth analysis, usually supervised by a multidisciplinary team of consultants who can provide both physical and psychiatric evaluations.

Treatment

The American Academy of Sleep Medicine (AASM) recommends cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and prescription medications as the main treatments for insomnia. According to the AASM, these treatment options can improve both quality and quantity of sleep for people with insomnia.

Experts agree that behavioral therapies should be the first-line treatment for insomnia. For children in particular, medications should rarely be used as initial treatment. A 2006 study reported that behavioral interventions can provide sustained improvement in over 80% of children with insomnia.

Prevention of sleeplessness depends upon the patient's ability to learn how to relax and sleep well. A number of behavioral methods are aimed at achieving these goals. Behavioral techniques can actually cure chronic insomnia in many cases and studies report that they help nearly all patients with primary chronic insomnia. The benefits of psychological and behavioral therapy in managing insomnia are long-lasting.

Although medications are equally effective for helping people with insomnia to sleep, they cannot cure the condition. In addition, behavioral methods act faster. Behavioral methods work in all age groups, including children and elderly patients.

Behavioral methods include:

Stimulus control
Cognitive behavioral therapy
Progressive muscle relaxation
Paradoxical intention
Biofeedback
Sleep restriction
Imagery tasks

Studies have reported that between 70 - 80% of patients who are treated with non-drug methods experience improved sleep with an average treatment duration of only 5 hours over a 4-week period. Furthermore, studies report that 75% of those who have been taking drugs are able to stop or reduce their use.

Proper sleep hygiene is the first step and should accompany any behavioral method. A number of behavioral approaches are available, but all have the same basic goals:

To reduce the time it takes to go to sleep to below 30 minutes
Reduce wake-up periods during the night

Stimulus Control. Stimulus control is now considered the standard treatment for primary chronic insomnia and may be helpful for some patients with secondary insomnia as well. The primary goal of stimulus control is to regain the idea that the bed is for sleeping. It involves the following:

Go to bed only when ready to sleep or for sex.
If unable to sleep within 15 - 20 minutes, get up and go into another room. (People who find it physically difficult to get out of bed should sit up and do something relatively arousing, like reading a book.)
Maintain a regular wake-up time no matter how few hours you actually sleep.
Avoid naps.

Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy. Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is a form of therapy that emphasizes observing and changing negative thoughts about sleep such as, "I'll never fall asleep." It uses actions intended to change behavior. A 2004 study of young and middle-aged adults suggested that CBT is more effective than medication in treating chronic insomnia, and should be considered as a first-line intervention. Adding medication to CBT did not provide additional benefit. In a 2006 study of older adults, CBT worked better than zopiclone (Imovane) in managing chronic insomnia. [Zopiclone is a European sleep medication that is similar to the American drug eszopiclone (Lunesta).] Compared to zopiclone or placebo, CBT helped patients spend less time awake at night. The benefits of 6 weeks of weekly CBT sessions lasted for 6 months.

Progressive Muscle Relaxation. Progressive muscle relaxation is another technique for inducing sleep that works well for many people. It takes about 10 minutes to perform:

Focus on one specific muscle group at a time. Most people start with the muscles in one foot. Inhale and tense the foot muscles for about 8 seconds. (Do this gently. It is not intended to cause severe pain or muscle contractions.)
Relax the foot, and let it become loose and limp. Stay relaxed for 15 seconds, then repeat with the other foot.
Move up to the next muscle group and repeat the sequence, doing one side of the body at a time. Move progressively from each foot and leg up through the abdomen and chest, to each hand and arm, then to the neck, shoulders, and face.

Paradoxical Intention. Paradoxical intention is a psychological approach that is based on doing the opposite of what one wants or fears and takes it to the extreme. The first step is to make a plan to take such a paradoxical approach to insomnia.

Instead of going through activities leading to sleep, the patient prepares for staying awake and doing something energetic.
In some cases, people may take specific psychological barriers to sleep to an extreme limit. For example, if worry is a factor in insomnia, the patient intensifies the worries.

Biofeedback. Biofeedback is also effective, but requires being monitored with an electroencephalogram (EEG), a device that measures brain waves. Patients are given feedback to recognize certain states of tension or sleep stages so that they can either avoid or repeat them voluntarily.

Sleep Restriction Therapy. Sleep restriction therapy may be effective, although evidence is inconclusive. In a 2001 study, patients practiced sleep hygiene and sleep restriction. Sleep hygiene was very helpful during the first 2 months while sleep restriction led to sustained benefits and deeper sleep. The approach is a systematic method for achieving sleep and restricting the time spent in bed.

The first step is to calculate a person's sleep efficiency number:

Keep a sleep diary for 14 days. Calculate the average hours of actual sleep and hours in bed. Then divide the average hours slept by the hours spent in bed. The result, given as a percentage, is the sleep efficiency number. (For example, if a patient sleeps an average of 5 hours out of 7 hours spent in bed then the result is .714, and the sleep efficiency percentage is 71%.)
The patient's goal is to achieve sleep efficiencies of between 85 - 90%, which means only 10 - 15% of the time is spent staying awake in bed. (Sleep efficiency in older people normally falls between 75 - 85%.)

To achieve this goal, the patient takes the following actions:

Begin by going to bed 15 minutes later than usual the first week.
If 85% sleep efficiency isn't reached by the end of the week, add another 15 minutes before going to bed. Refrain from going to bed even if tired, although bedtime should not be reduced below 5 hours.
Once efficiency reaches 90% or more, begin to go to bed 15 minutes earlier each week.

Other parts of the program include stopping any sleep medications and following good sleep hygiene. People using this treatment have reported lasting improvements after just 8 weeks, and studies suggest that it is significantly more successful than relaxation techniques.

Imagery Tasks. A 2002 study enrolled people whose chronic insomnia was associated with unwanted thoughts and worries. They were given specific positive mental tasks that gave them a sense of positive control (as opposed to their real life concerns, which felt out of their control). These images distracted them and allowed them to fall asleep faster. In support of this approach, another study evaluated patients with insomnia who were given a problem before sleep. One group was asked to think of the problem in images and the other in words. The group who used imagery fell asleep more quickly and woke up with less anxiety.

Sleep Hygiene. The term sleep hygiene is used to describe simple behaviors that may help everyone improve their sleep.

Establish a regular time for going to bed and getting up in the morning. Stick to this schedule even on weekends and during vacations.
Use the bed for sleep and sexual relations only, not for reading, watching television, or working. Excessive time in bed disrupts sleep.
Avoid naps, especially in the evening.
Exercise before dinner. A low point in energy occurs a few hours after exercise; sleep will then come more easily. Exercising close to bedtime, however, may increase alertness.
Take a hot bath about 1.5 - 2 hours before bedtime. This alters the body's core temperature rhythm and helps people fall asleep more easily and more continuously. (Taking a bath shortly before bed increases alertness.)
Do something relaxing in the 30 minutes before bedtime. Reading, meditation, and a leisurely walk are all appropriate activities.
Keep the bedroom relatively cool and well ventilated.
Do not look at the clock. Obsessing over time will just make it more difficult to sleep.
Eat light meals, and schedule dinner 4 - 5 hours before bedtime. A light snack before bedtime can help sleep, but a large meal may have the opposite effect.
Spend a half hour in the sun each day. The best time is early in the day. (Take precautions against overexposure to sunlight by wearing protective clothing and sunscreen.)
Avoid fluids just before bedtime so that sleep is not disturbed by the need to urinate.
Avoid caffeine in the hours before sleep.
If one is still awake after 15 - 20 minutes, go into another room, read or do a quiet activity using dim lighting until feeling very sleepy. (Don't watch television or use bright lights.)
If distracted by a sleeping bed partner, moving to the couch or a spare bed for a couple of nights might be helpful.
If a specific worry is keeping one awake, thinking of the problem in terms of images rather than in words may allow a person to fall asleep more quickly and to wake up with less anxiety.

Exercise may be one of the best ways to promote healthy sleep. One study found that exercise is as good for inducing sleep as the use of benzodiazepines, a prescription sleep aid. Some research has found that yoga practice may have specific benefits on sleep health. Yoga uses meditation, deep breathing techniques, and movements that emphasize stretching and balance.

The circadian rhythm is more a function of darkness and light rather than actual time of day. Bright light can discourage drowsiness, and darkness can cause sleepiness, day or night. The use of a special box that gives off very bright fluorescent light (over 4,000 lux) for about 30 minutes each day may be helpful.

The following people might benefit from light therapy:

Shift workers. Light therapy should be maximized during hours they are at work and minimized when they need to sleep.
Frequent travelers. Light therapy may be useful for adjusting to new time zones and reducing jet lag.
Nursing home patients.
People with delayed sleep-phase syndrome. These people have a natural tendency to fall asleep very late at night or in early morning hours, but then sleep normally.

Patients should check with their doctors before using light therapy. The following people should avoid light therapy or use it only under a doctor's direction:

Anyone with eyes or skin that are highly sensitive to light
Anyone taking medications that increase the risk for photosensitivity
People with bipolar disorder

Timing of the therapy depends on the type of insomnia or sleep schedule of the individual. For example, in people who cannot get to sleep at night, light therapy in the morning and restricting bright light at night may be helpful. People who wake up early in the morning may benefit from light therapy performed in the evening, although a 2002 study reported that it had no effect in this group. Some light boxes have dawn/dusk simulators that help determine the correct brightness.

Medications

According to a major 2003 survey, about 20% of American older adults use some form of sleep aid, including prescription or over-the-counter drugs or alcohol. Furthermore, 15% use such aids every night.

However, while behavioral or psychologic techniques can actually cure insomnia, prolonged use of sleeping pills can only result in dependency.

In general, the following precautions are important:

Start with non-prescription medication.
Drugs used specifically for improving sleeping are called sedative hypnotics. These drugs include benzodiazepines and non-benzodiazepines. Until recently benzodiazepines were most commonly prescribed, but newer non-benzodiazepines may be better tolerated and have less risk of dependency. These medicines, however, may be associated with potentially severe allergic reactions, such as anaphylaxis and facial swelling (angioedema). These medicines may also cause hazardous behaviors, such as driving, making phone calls, or eating while asleep. If you need to take one of these prescription drugs, start with as low a dose as possible.
For adults over age 60 years, studies suggest that the risks of sedative hypnotics may far outweigh their benefits.
As a general rule, do not take either prescription nor non-prescription sleeping pills on consecutive days or for more than 2 - 4 days a week.
If insomnia is still a problem after stopping the drug and continuing with good sleep hygiene, this pattern can be repeated again, but for only up to 4 weeks.
Medication should be withdrawn gradually, and the patient should be aware of the possibility of rebound insomnia after stopping medication.
Alcohol intensifies the side effects of all sleeping medication and should be avoided.
If chronic insomnia is a companion to depression or anxiety, treating these problems first may be the best approach.

Brands with Antihistamines. Many over-the-counter sleeping medications use antihistamines, which cause drowsiness. Diphenhydramine is the most common antihistamine used non-prescription sleep aids. Some drugs contain diphenhydramine alone (Nytol, Sleep-Eez, Sominex), while others contain combinations of diphenhydramine with pain relievers (Anacin P.M., Excedrin P.M., Tylenol P.M.). Doxylamine (Unison) is another antihistamine used in sleep medications. Certain antihistamines indicated only for allergies, such as chlorpheniramine (Chlor-Trimeton), diphenhydramine (Benadryl), or hydroxyzine (Atarax or Vistaril) may also be used as mild sleep-inducers.

Unfortunately, most of these drugs leave patients feeling drowsy the next day and may not be very effective in providing restful sleep. Side effects include:

Daytime sleepiness
Dizziness
Drunken movements
Blurred vision
Dry mouth and throat

In general, these drugs should be avoided by people with angina, heart arrhythmias, glaucoma, or problems urinating. They should not be used at the same time as medications that prevent nausea or motion sickness. Some non-prescription sleeping aids, such as those containing doxylamine, should also be avoided by patients with chronic lung disease.

Common Pain Relievers. When sleeplessness is caused by minor pain, simply taking acetaminophen (Tylenol) or a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) such as ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin), can be very helpful without causing any daytime sleepiness. The extra "P.M." antihistamine found in combination products is simply an extra, needless chemical in these situations.

Benzodiazepines, also referred to as benzodiazepine receptor agonists (BzRAs), were once the most commonly prescribed sedative hypnotics. Originally developed in the 1960s to treat anxiety, these drugs nonselectively target receptor sites in the brain that modulate the effects of the neurotransmitter gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA).

Brands. Commonly prescribed benzodiazepines:

Long-acting benzodiazepines include flurazepam (Dalmane) and clonazepam (Klonopin), quazepam (Doral).
Medium- to short-acting benzodiazepines include triazolam (Halcion), lorazepam (Ativan), alprazolam (Xanax), temazepam (Restoril), oxazepam (Serax), prazepam (Centrax), estazolam (ProSom), and flunitrazepam (Rohypnol). Short-acting benzodiazepines may be useful for air travelers who want to reduce the effects of jet lag.

Side Effects. Elderly people are more susceptible to side effects and should usually start at half the dose prescribed for younger people. They should not take long-acting forms.

Side effects may differ depending on whether the benzodiazepine is long- or shorting acting. They include:

Severe allergic reactions, including facial swelling, can occur even with the first use of a benzodiazepine drug.
Respiratory problems may occur with overuse or in people with pre-existing respiratory illness
The drugs may increase depression, a common co-condition in many people with insomnia.
Respiratory depression may occur with overuse or with people with pre-existing respiratory illness.
Long-acting drugs have a very high rate of residual daytime drowsiness compared to other types of sleeping pills. They have been associated with a significantly increased risk for automobile accidents and falls in the elderly, particularly in the first week after taking them. Shorter-acting benzodiazepines do not appear to pose as high a risk.
Memory loss (so-called traveler's amnesia), sleepwalking, sleep driving, eating while asleep and other odd mood states may occur. These effects are enhanced by alcohol.
Incontinence. In one study, 33% of patients experienced incontinence at least twice a week. The risk is highest in the elderly and with older, long-acting drugs.
Because these drugs cross the placenta and enter breast milk, pregnant women or nursing mothers should not use them. Benzodiazepine use in the first trimester of pregnancy may be associated with the development of cleft lip in newborns.
In rare cases, overdoses have been fatal.

Interactions. Benzodiazepines are potentially dangerous when combined with alcohol. Some medications, like the ulcer medication cimetidine, can slow the metabolism of the benzodiazepine.

Withdrawal Symptoms. Withdrawal symptoms usually occur after prolonged use and indicate dependence. They can last 1 - 3 weeks after stopping the drug and may include:

Gastrointestinal distress
Sweating
Disturbed heart rhythm
In severe cases, patients might hallucinate or experience seizures, even a week or more after the drug has been stopped.

Rebound Insomnia. Rebound insomnia, which often occurs after withdrawal, typically includes 1 - 2 nights of sleep disturbance, daytime sleepiness, and anxiety. In some cases, patients may experience the return of the original severe insomnia. The chances for rebound are higher with the short-acting benzodiazepines than with the longer-acting ones.

Newer short-acting non-benzodiazepines can induce sleep with fewer side effects than the benzodiazepines. Both benzodiazepine and non-benzodiazepine sedative hypnotics act on GABA-A receptor sites in the brain, but non-benzodiazepines are more specific in the subunits they target. Developed in the late 1980s, these drugs are increasingly prescribed and are becoming the hypnotics of choice for many doctors.

Brands and Benefits. Non-benzodiazepine hypnotics currently approved in the United States are zolpidem (Ambien, Ambien CR), zaleplon (Sonata), eszopiclone (Lunesta), and ramelteon (Rozerem).

Zolpidem (Ambien, generic) is one of the most commonly prescribed drugs for insomnia. It lasts longer than zaleplon. Patients should not take it unless they plan on getting at least 7 - 8 hours of sleep. The recommended dose is 10 mg/day for adults, although elderly patients may be prescribed half that dose. A 2002 study suggested that the drug might be used on an as-needed basis, with up to 5 tablets taken a week. After 3 weeks, two-thirds of the patients taking zolpidem this way were able to reduce their tablet intake by more than 25% without losing improvements in sleep. Ambien CR, an extended-release form, received approval from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in late 2005. It is the first extended-release prescription medicine for insomnia. The medicine is delivered in two steps. The first layer dissolves quickly, allowing the patient to fall asleep. The second layer helps the patient stay asleep.
Zaleplon (Sonata) is the shortest-acting hypnotic available. Because it is rapidly eliminated from the body it may be best for people who have difficulty falling asleep, not those who wake up often throughout the night. The drug takes effect within 30 minutes and may be taken at bedtime or later as long as the patient can sleep for at least 4 hours. The recommended dose is 5 - 10 mg/day. The drug is usually taken for 7 - 10 days.
Eszopiclone (Lunesta) is a newer, non-benzodiazepine hypnotic approved by the FDA in 2004. It may help improve both sleep maintenance and daytime alertness. Eszopiclone is related to zopiclone (Imovane), which has been used for many years in Europe. Unlike other sleep medications, eszopiclone can be taken on a long-term basis. In clinical trials, patients used eszopiclone for up to 6 months. Recommended doses are 2 - 3 mg/day for adults and 2 mg/day for elderly patients. Patients whose main problem is falling asleep may need only 1 mg/day.
Ramelteon (Rozerem) was approved by the FDA in 2005. Ramelteon is a novel non-benzodiazepine hypnotic. Unlike most sleep drugs, which target the gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) receptors, ramelteon targets the MT1 and MT2 receptors. Ramelteon does not cause dependence and is the first sleep drug not designated as a controlled substance.

These drugs can be particularly helpful for preventing jet lag (but zolpidem should not be used on flights less than 7 - 8 hours). They also may be helpful for people who also have accompanying mood disorders, such as depression or post-traumatic stress disorder. Because they are short-acting, zaleplon and zolpidem may pose fewer risks for falls and memory loss in elderly patients. In general, these drugs are recommended for short-term use (7 - 10 days) and treatment should not exceed 4 weeks. No studies have yet confirmed safety for longer-term use.

Side Effects. All of these drugs have fewer morning side effects than the benzodiazepines, including morning sedation and memory loss (although they can occur to some degree). Zolpidem’s (Ambien) record of adverse effects is similar to that of triazolam (Halcion), the short-acting benzodiazepine. Zaleplon (Sonata) and Ramelteon (Rozerem) appear to have less severe morning side effects. When patients first start taking any of these drugs, they should use caution during morning activities until they are sure how the drug affects them.

General side effects are mild but may include:

Drowsiness
Dizziness
Fatigue
Headache
Unpleasant taste
Diarrhea

Rarer side effects may include sleepwalking and hallucinations. In 2006, reports emerged of zolpidem (Ambien) causing sleepwalking and, even more bizarrely, sleep-driving. Most of these cases likely were due to patients using zolpidem along with alcohol or other drugs or taking more than the recommended dose. However, in March 2007, the FDA ordered stronger warning labels for zolpidem and all other non-benzodiazepine drugs. The new labels warn that that these drugs can cause sleep-related behavior, including sleep-driving, making phone calls, and preparing and eating food while asleep. In addition, severe allergic reactions (anaphylaxis) and facial swelling (angioedema) can occur even the first time one of these drugs is taken.

Anyone who receives a prescription for these medicines will also get a patient medication guide explaining the risks of the drugs and the precautions to take. Talk to your doctor if you have any questions concerning these drugs or their potential side effects.

Patients should carefully read the information labels for all drugs and follow the directions. Some sleeping pills take 30 - 60 minutes to take effect, while others (such as zolpidem) are fast-acting. For zolpidem, patients should:

Take zolpidem immediately before going to sleep
Take zolpidem only when able to get a full night’s sleep (7 – 8 hours)
Not drink alcohol the same evening
Not take more than the prescribed dose
Use caution in the morning when getting out of bed, driving, or operating heavy machinery

Interactions. As with any hypnotics, alcohol increases the sedative effects of these drugs. These hypnotics also interact with other drugs, including rifampin, ketoconazole, erythromycin, and cimetidine. They may also interfere or be interfered by other drugs. Patients should report all medications to their doctors.

Dependency, Withdrawal Symptoms, and Rebound Insomnia. The risk for rebound insomnia, dependence, and tolerance is lower with non-benzodiazepine hypnotics than with benzodiazepine drugs. These drugs are still subject to abuse. In any case, no hypnotic should be taken for more than 7 - 10 days or at higher than the recommended dose without a doctor's approval.

Antidepressants are sometimes used to treat insomnia that may be caused by depression (secondary insomnia). In addition, some antidepressants with sedating properties are prescribed for the treatment of primary insomnia. For example, trazodone has been frequently prescribed in low doses as a hypnotic to help induce sleep. However, there are few studies that address its safety and efficacy as a drug for treating insomnia in non-depressed patients. Several studies have warned against trazodone's use in elderly patients, due to its risk for side effects (daytime sleepiness, dizziness, priapism) and drug interactions. In fact, all hypnotics can have serious side effects in the elderly, and all must be used with caution.

Chloral Hydrate. Chloral hydrate has been in use since 1832. It has significant adverse effects, however, and most experts believe it no longer has a role in the treatment of insomnia. In any case, it does not appear to be effective in the elderly. Chloral hydrate poses a risk for addiction, and it can be fatal in overdose. It also has cancer-causing properties. Side effects include irritation of the skin, mucous membranes, and stomach. People with stomach, heart, kidney, or liver disorders should not take this drug at all. If a child is given it (usually for minor surgery), that child should never be given chloral hydrate again in their lifetime.

Barbiturates. Barbiturates (Seconal, Nembutal) were the standard sleeping medications before the introduction of benzodiazepines. Overdose is dangerous and frequent; addiction and abuse are common. These drugs should rarely or never be prescribed for insomnia.

Indiplon. The FDA is reviewing indiplon, a new non-benzodiazepine hypnotic.

According to results from a national survey published in 2006 in the Archives of Internal Medicine, more than 1.6 million Americans use complementary and alternative therapies to treat insomnia. Many people choose herbal and dietary supplement remedies. Some, such as chamomile tea or lemon balm, are generally harmless for most people. Others have more serious side effects and interactions. [See Box.] According to a 2007 study, valerian and melatonin are among the most popular alternative remedies for insomnia.

Although about half of people who use herbal medicine report that these products help their sleep, experts are not sure whether these remedies really work or whether a placebo effect is the main reason for the improvement. The American Academy of Sleep Medicine (AASM) states that there is only limited scientific evidence to show that herbal and dietary supplements are effective sleep aids. The AASM recommends that these products should be taken only if approved by a doctor. Be sure to talk to your doctor if you are considering taking any herbal or dietary supplement. Some of these products can interact with prescription medications.

Melatonin is the most studied natural remedy for insomnia. A 2005 analysis of 17 melatonin studies found that melatonin significantly reduced the time to fall asleep (sleep onset) and the time spent asleep (sleep duration). However, there are no consistent standards on melatonin doses. Some research suggests that 0.3 mg may be the most effective dosage in many people with insomnia. However, higher doses may keep some people awake.

Although melatonin may not have many benefits for most people with chronic insomnia, studies suggest that it may help the following individuals:

Elderly people. It may help certain older people with insomnia, such as those with evidence of low melatonin levels and those dependent on prescription sleeping medications. It is not clear, however, how significant the benefits are.
People without sight. A 2000 study reported that melatonin can help people without sight retrain their circadian cycle so that they can sleep at regular hours. The best dosages and timing, however, need to be clarified.
Travelers suffering jet lag. Some studies have reported that melatonin may help prevent jet lag in some travelers.
Those in withdrawal from prescription sleep medication. Melatonin may help people who are dependent on sleeping medications withdraw from these drugs and maintain good quality sleep.
People with delayed sleep syndrome. It might be somewhat helpful for people who fall asleep very late at night or in early morning hours but then sleep normally.
Children. Melatonin may help some children with chronic insomnia. In one small study, or example, melatonin was specifically helpful for children with Asperger syndrome, who are at risk for sleep disturbances. More research is warranted, however. At this time, no one should give their child melatonin without a doctor's recommendation.

Melatonin is a powerful hormone that can have major effects on all parts of the body. Doses of melatonin over 0.3 mg can disrupt the circadian system in the brain. Long-term consequences are unknown. High doses have been associated with the following adverse events:

Mental impairment
Severe headaches
Nightmares

Interactions with other drugs are not completely known. Melatonin is classified as a dietary supplement and not as a drug, so its quality is not regulated in the U.S.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should always check with their doctors before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

The following are special concerns for people taking natural remedies for insomnia:

Chamomile. Many people drink chamomile tea for its sedative properties. Although it is generally safe, it may cause allergic reactions in people who have plant or pollen allergies.

Valerian root. Valerian is an herb that has sedative qualities and has been helpful in people with insomnia. One study reported that it was also useful for helping patients withdraw from benzodiazepines -- the standard prescription sleeping pills. In another study, 83% of patients rated the effects of valerian on sleep as being very good. In the same study, valerian was as effective as oxazepam, a standard prescription sleeping medication. Valerian's side effects may include vivid dreams. High doses of valerian can cause blurred vision, excitability, and changes in heart rhythm. Valerian's effects can be dangerously increased if it is used with standard sedatives.

Chinese Herbal Remedies. Studies suggest that up to 30% of herbal patent remedies imported from China are laced with potent pharmaceuticals such as phenacetin and steroids. They may also contain toxic metals. The herbal remedy Sleeping Buddha was recalled in 1998 because it contained a benzodiazepine, the major ingredient in many prescription sleeping pills, and also appeared to increase the risk for birth defects in pregnant women. Reports of a few cases of acute hepatitis have occurred from Jin Bu Huan, a Chinese herbal remedy sold as treatment for pain and insomnia.

Kava. Kava has been used to relieve anxiety and improve sleep. It is not considered safe. There have been reports of liver failure and death from this herb, with highest risk in those with liver disease. Other side effects include itchy, scaly skin, muscle weakness, and problems with coordination. It also interacts dangerously with certain medications, including alprazolam, an anti-anxiety drug. Kava also increases the strength of certain other drugs, including other sleep medications, alcohol, and antidepressants.

Tryptophan and 5-L-5-hydroxytryptophan (HTP). Tryptophan is an amino acid used in the formation of the neurotransmitter serotonin, which is known to promote well-being and has been associated with healthy sleep. L-tryptophan was marked for insomnia and other disorders but was withdrawn from the market after contaminated batches caused a rare and even fatal disorder called eosinophilia myalgia syndrome. 5-HTP, a byproduct of tryptophan, is still available as a supplement. There have been reports that some brands contain a substance called Peak X, which may be harmful. There is little evidence that 5-HTP relieves insomnia.

Resources

www.aasmnet.org -- American Academy of Sleep Medicine
www.nhlbi.nih.gov/about/ncsdr -- National Center for Sleep Disorders Research
www.sleepfoundation.org -- National Sleep Foundation
www.sleepeducation.com -- Sleep Education from the American Academy of Sleep Medicine
www.wfsrs.org -- World Federation of Sleep Research Societies
www.clinicaltrials.gov -- Find clinical trials

References

Bliwise DL, Ansari FP. Insomnia associated with valerian and melatonin usage in the 2002 National Health Interview Survey. Sleep. 2007 July 1;30(7):881-884.

Liu X, Buysse DJ, Gentzler AL, Kiss E, Mayer L, Kapornai K, et al. Insomnia and hypersomnia associated with depressive phenomenology and comorbidity in childhood depression. Sleep. 2007 Jan 1;30(1):83-90.

Mindell JA, Emslie G, Blumer J, Genel M, Glaze D, Ivanenko A, et al. Pharmacologic management of insomnia in children and adolescents: consensus statement. Pediatrics. 2006 Jun;117(6):e1223-32.

Mindell JA, Kuhn B, Lewin DS, Meltzer LJ, Sadeh A; American Academy of Sleep Medicine. Behavioral treatment of bedtime problems and night wakings in infants and young children. Sleep. 2006 Oct 1;29(10):1263-76.

Morin CM, Bootzin RR, Buysse DJ, Edinger JD, Espie CA, Lichstein KL. Psychological and behavioral treatment of insomnia: update of the recent evidence (1998-2004). Sleep. 2006 Nov 1;29(11):1398-414.

Neckelmann D, Mykletun A, Dahl AA. Chronic insomnia as a risk factor for developing anxiety and depression. Sleep. 2007 July 1;30(7):873-880.

Pearson NJ, Johnson LL, Nahin RL. Insomnia, trouble sleeping, and complementary and alternative medicine: Analysis of the 2002 National Health Interview Survey data. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Sep 18;166(16):1775-82.

Review Date:
7/18/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Diabetes - type 2

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:58 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Screening Tests
Treatment
Lifestyle Changes
Medications
Long-Term Complications
Emergency Complications
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approvals

Sitagliptin (Januvia), the first in a new class of diabetes drugs called DPP-4 inhibitors, was approved in 2006.
Janumet, a 2-in-1 pill that contains both sitagliptin and metformin, was approved in 2007.
These drugs are taken by mouth and may be more convenient for patients than exenatide (Byetta), a similar drug. DPP-4 inhibitors do not cause weight gain and may pose a lower risk for hypoglycemia than some other diabetes drugs.

Drug Safety Alert

Rosiglitazone (Avandia) may significantly increase the risk for heart attack, indicates a review published in the Journal of the American Medical Association. In 2007, a panel of experts from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) agreed the drug increases the risk of heart attacks -- but concluded it should remain on the market. The panel did, however, recommend the FDA require rosiglitazone's maker to add warnings to the drug's label. Rosiglitazone and a similar drug, pioglitazone (Actos), are known to significantly increase the risks for heart failure. There is also evidence that these drugs increase the risk for bone fracture.

Anemia Drugs Warning

Patients with anemia associated with end-stage kidney disease, especially those on dialysis, should be aware of new warnings concerning dosing target levels of erythpoiesis-stimulating drugs. In 2007, the FDA warned that darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp) and epoetin alfa (Epogen and Procrit) can increase the risk for blood clots, stroke, and heart attacks when excessive doses are given. The FDA has defined target hemoglobin levels and recommends that patients who receive these drugs have frequent blood tests. Patients should also report to their doctors any unusual symptoms.

Genetics Research Breakthroughs

Scientists have now identified 10 genes that are associated with increased risk for type 2 diabetes. Six of these genes were discovered in 2006 and 2007.

Diabetes and Pre-Diabetes

About 20 million Americans have type 2 diabetes, and an additional 54 million have pre-diabetes. According to a 2007 study by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control, the prevalence of type 2 diabetes has been increasing by 5% each year since 1990. Rising rates of obesity may be one factor.
For people with pre-diabetes, lifestyle changes, such as losing weight, appear to work as well as drug treatment in delaying the progression to diabetes, according to a 2007 British Medical Journal study.

Introduction

The two major forms of diabetes are type 1 (previously called insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, IDDM, or juvenile-onset diabetes) and type 2 (previously called noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, NIDDM, or maturity-onset diabetes).

Both type 1 and type 2 diabetes share one central feature: elevated blood sugar (glucose) levels due to insufficiencies of insulin, a hormone produced by the pancreas. Insulin is a key regulator of the body's metabolism. It works in the following way:

During and immediately after a meal the process of digestion breaks down carbohydrates into sugar molecules (including glucose) and proteins into amino acids.
Right after the meal, glucose and amino acids are absorbed directly into the bloodstream, and blood glucose levels rise sharply.
The rise in blood glucose levels signals important cells in the pancreas, called beta cells, to secrete insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Within 10 minutes after a meal, insulin rises to its peak level.
Insulin enables glucose and amino acids to enter cells in the body, particularly muscle and liver cells. Here, insulin and other hormones direct whether these nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. (The brain and nervous system are not dependent on insulin; they regulate their glucose needs through other mechanisms.)
When insulin levels are high, the liver stops producing glucose and stores it in other forms until the body needs it again.
As blood glucose levels reach their peak, the pancreas reduces the production of insulin.
About 2 - 4 hours after a meal, both blood glucose and insulin are at low levels, with insulin being slightly higher. The blood glucose levels are then referred to as fasting blood glucose concentrations.

The pancreas is located behind the liver and is where the hormone insulin is produced. Insulin is used by the body to store and utilize glucose.

Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of diabetes, accounting for 90 - 95% of cases. The disease mechanisms in type 2 diabetes are not wholly known, but some experts suggest that it may involve the following three stages in most patients:

The first stage in type 2 diabetes is the condition called insulin resistance. Although insulin can attach normally to receptors on liver and muscle cells, certain mechanisms prevent insulin from moving glucose (blood sugar) into these cells where it can be used. Most patients with type 2 diabetes produce variable, even normal or high, amounts of insulin. In the beginning, this amount is usually sufficient to overcome such resistance.
Over time, the pancreas becomes unable to produce enough insulin to overcome resistance. In type 2 diabetes, the initial effect of this stage is usually an abnormal rise in blood sugar right after a meal (called postprandial hyperglycemia). This effect is now believed to be particularly damaging to the body.
Eventually, the cycle of elevated glucose further impairs and possibly destroys beta cells, thereby stopping insulin production completely and causing full-blown diabetes. This is made evident by fasting hyperglycemia, in which elevated glucose levels are present most of the time.

In type 1 diabetes, the disease process is more severe and onset is usually in childhood:

Beta cells in the pancreas that produce insulin are gradually destroyed. Eventually insulin deficiency is absolute.
Without insulin to move glucose into cells, blood glucose levels become excessively high, a condition known as hyperglycemia.
Because the body cannot utilize the sugar, it spills over into the urine and is lost.
Weakness, weight loss, and excessive hunger and thirst are among the consequences of this "starvation in the midst of plenty."
Patients become dependent on administered insulin for survival. [See In-Depth Report #9: Diabetes - type 1.]

Click the icon to see an image of the pancreas.

Conditions that damage or destroy the pancreas, such as pancreatitis, pancreatic surgery, or certain industrial chemicals can cause diabetes. Polycystic ovaries are highly associated with diabetes. Certain drugs can also cause temporary diabetes, including corticosteroids, beta-blockers, and phenytoin. Rare genetic disorders (Klinefelter's syndrome, Huntington's chorea, Wolfram's syndrome, leprechaunism, Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome, lipoatrophic diabetes) and hormonal disorders (acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, pheochromocytoma, hyperthyroidism, somatostatinoma, aldosteronoma) are associated with or increase the risk for diabetes.

Causes

Type 2 diabetes is caused by a complicated interplay of genes, environment, insulin abnormalities, increased glucose production in the liver, increased fat breakdown, and possibly defective hormonal secretions in the intestine. The recent dramatic increase indicates that lifestyle factors (obesity and sedentary lifestyle) may be particularly important in triggering the genetic elements that cause this type of diabetes.

The characteristic features of most patients with type 2 diabetes are:

Insulin resistance in muscle cells
Normal or even excessive levels of insulin (to compensate for this resistance), eventually followed by a drop in insulin production

In addition, researchers are trying to determine the factors that might promote insulin resistance:

Both obesity and insulin resistance at different phases are marked by elevated levels of free fatty acids and the hormones resistin and leptin. It is not known yet if elevated levels are simply a product of obesity or play some causal role in diabetes.
Insulin resistance is associated with a chronic low inflammatory response, which involves a number of immune factors, such as TGH-beta 1 and C-reactive protein. Such factors can cause damage over time and may be responsible for the association between insulin resistance and heart disease.

Type 2 diabetes has a genetic component. In 2006 and 2007, major breakthroughs in genetic research identified six new genes associated with type 2 diabetes. Ten genes have now been positively confirmed as increasing the risk for type 2 diabetes: TCF7L2, SLC30A8, HHEX, PPARG, KCNJ11, IGF2B2, CDKAL1, CDKN2A, CDKN2B, and FTO.

Most of these genes play a role in regulating insulin action, including the processes that occur in the pancreas’ insulin-producing beta cells. The FTO gene increases the risk for obesity, which itself is a risk factor for type 2 diabetes. These genes appear to cluster around three genetic regions that include a number of chromosomes. Scientists hope that future research will help uncover how genes influence the progression from pre-diabetes to diabetes, and how lifestyle and medical intervention may help delay or prevent this process.

Risk Factors

Nearly 21 million Americans have diabetes; up to 95% of these cases are type 2. In addition, 26% of Americans age 20 and older (and 40% of Americans age 65 and older) have impaired fasting glucose, a pre-diabetes condition that increases the risk for diabetes. According to the American Diabetes Association, 54 million people have pre-diabetes, bringing a total of 75 million Americans who either have diabetes or are at risk of developing it.

Historically, type 2 diabetes usually developed after the age of 40, but it is now also increasing in children. The prevalence of diabetes in the U.S. has increased by 5% each year since 1990, and experts believe that obesity is the major factor behind this dramatic growth rate. Given the current epidemic of obesity, experts estimate that over a third of all people born in 2002 will eventually develop diabetes. Furthermore, the dramatic increase in diabetes is occurring worldwide as American lifestyles become global. Evidence strongly suggests that healthy lifestyles can prevent most cases of type 2 diabetes. People with pre-diabetes can substantially lower their risk by losing weight through diet and exercise.

Healthy adults age 45 and older should get tested for diabetes. Patients who are younger than age 45 and who are overweight or have other risk factors should also ask their doctors about testing. According to the National Institutes of Health, the following are major risk factors for diabetes and pre-diabetes:

Age 45 or older
Family history of diabetes
Overweight
Inactive lifestyle (exercise less than 3 times a week)
African-American, Hispanic/Latin American, American Indian and Alaska Native, Asian-American, or Pacific Islander ethnicity
High blood pressure (140/90 mm/Hg or higher)
HDL (“good”) cholesterol less than 35 mg/dL or triglyceride level 250 mg/dL or higher
Have had diabetes during pregnancy (gestational diabetes) or have given birth to a baby that weighed more than 9 pounds
Polycystic ovary syndrome (metabolic disorder that affects female reproductive system
Acanthosis nigricans (dark, thickened skin around neck or armpits)
History of disease of blood vessels to the heart, brain, or legs
Diabetes test history of impaired fasting glucose (IFG) or impaired glucose tolerance (IGT)

Obesity is the number one risk factor for type 2 diabetes. It is estimated that 80 - 95% of the current dramatic increases in type 2 diabetes are due to obesity. Excess body fat appears to play a strong role in insulin resistance, but the way the fat is distributed is also significant. Weight concentrated around the abdomen and in the upper part of the body (apple-shaped) is associated with insulin resistance and diabetes, heart disease, high blood pressure, stroke, and unhealthy cholesterol levels. Waist circumferences greater than 35 inches in women and 40 inches in men have been specifically associated with a greater risk for heart disease and diabetes. (People with a "pear-shape" -- fat that settles around the hips and flank -- appear to have a lower risk for with these conditions.) However, obesity does not explain all cases of type 2 diabetes. It is also common among people in countries where weights tend to be low, such as Asia or India.

Metabolic Syndrome. A set of conditions referred to as metabolic syndrome (also called Syndrome X) is a pre-diabetic condition that is significantly associated with heart disease and higher mortality rates from all causes. The syndrome consists of obesity marked by abdominal fat, unhealthy cholesterol levels, high blood pressure, and insulin resistance. A 2002 study estimated that nearly a quarter of the U.S. population now has this condition. Even worse, according to a 2003 study, nearly a million American teenagers have this syndrome.

Between 25 - 33% of patients with type 2 diabetes have family members with diabetes. Having a first-degree relative with the disease poses a 40% risk of developing diabetes. One study reported that people with diabetic family histories have a higher risk for developing the disease at an earlier stage and with more severe features. Because families share many lifestyle features (eating and exercise habits) it is difficult to determine when genetics or environment play the major role. When clusters of type 1 and type 2 diabetes appear within families, genetic factors should be strongly suspected.

The risk for type 2 diabetes varies among population groups. Diabetes also seems to pose higher or lower risks for specific complications among ethnic groups. Genetic and socioeconomic factors, or both, seem to be involved in some ethnic differences, but in most cases the observed increase in ethnic groups in Americans is due to changes in traditional lifestyles.

African-Americans. African-American men have twice the risk of developing type 2 diabetes as Caucasian men. African-Americans with diabetes are also at higher risk for amputations than Caucasians. This is most likely due to a higher incidence of high blood pressure and smoking as well as poorer health care in African-Americans. Genetic factors may also play a role. For example, there is some evidence that African-Americans process insulin in the liver differently from Caucasians, which may make them more susceptible to diabetes when other risk factors are present.
Native Americans. The Pima tribe in Arizona has an incidence of type 2 diabetes that is 19 times higher than that of the white population. The risk for diabetic complications among young Pima adults is also very high. Other Native American tribes in North America are also at high risk for type 2 diabetes. The association between diet and diabetes among this population remains critical, however, in assessing the reason for their higher risk. For example, Pimas who live in Mexico exercise more and eat less fat (but consume more calories) than Pima tribes in Arizona. Mexican Pimas have a prevalence of diabetes of only 6%, while half of their Arizona Pima neighbors have diabetes.
Hispanic Americans. The rate of type 2 diabetes is also very high among Mexican-Americans, approximately double that for Caucasians. This group may also be at higher risk for heart problems than other ethnic groups with diabetes.
Asian-Americans. Overweight Asian-Americans and Pacific Islanders are at increased risk for developing type 2 diabetes. The risk for some Asian ethnic groups (such as Native Hawaiians and Filipinos) is twice that of Caucasians.

Smoking increases the risk for diabetes. According to a 2006 study, smokers are more than twice as likely to develop diabetes as people who have never smoked. Another 2006 study found that exposure to second-hand cigarette smoke also increases the risk for diabetes in non-smokers.

Low birth weight is now a recognized risk factor for type 2 diabetes and heart disease in adulthood. The reasons are unclear, although studies suggest it may represent a genetic factor. Studies have observed that babies of fathers with type 2 diabetes and of women who later developed type 2 diabetes tend to weigh less than babies of parents without diabetes. Such studies suggest that some parents may have some specific gene that affects insulin factors, putting both themselves and their children at risk for future diabetes. Theoretically, such a gene might also affect insulin factors in the developing fetus, causing low birth weight. (Of note, mothers of very high-weight babies are also at risk for diabetes -- although in these cases it is most often associated with gestational diabetes.)

Obesity-Related Type 2 Diabetes in Children. Until recent years, diabetes in children was almost always type 1 (an autoimmune disease). Between 1982 - 1994, however, the incidence of type 2 diabetes in children increased 10-fold. By 1996, a study reported that a third of all new diabetes cases in children were type 2. This increase parallels the rising epidemic in childhood obesity that has occurred both in the U.S. and worldwide, notably Europe and Japan. In some areas of Japan, type 2 diabetes has now become the dominant form of diabetes in children and adolescents. Obesity in children is also related to abnormalities in cholesterol, blood pressure, and insulin levels in adults. Administering glucose tolerance tests in overweight children may be helpful in identifying those at high risk for diabetes.

Maturity-Onset Diabetes in Caucasian Youth. Maturity-onset diabetes in youth (MODY) is a rare genetic form of type 2 diabetes that develops only in Caucasian teenagers. It accounts for 2 - 5% of type 2 cases. (This form of type 2 diabetes is not associated with obesity.)

An estimated 5% of pregnant women develop a form of type 2 diabetes, usually temporary, in their third trimester called gestational diabetes.

Gestational diabetes is diabetes that first appears during pregnancy. It usually develops during the third trimester of pregnancy. After delivery, blood sugar (glucose) levels generally return to normal, although 25% of these women develop type 2 diabetes within 15 years.

Who Gets Gestational Diabetes? Estimates for the prevalence of gestational diabetes are generally about 4%. Some studies, however, have suggested significantly higher rates. In one German study, 13% of pregnant women were diagnosed with this form of diabetes, including many who did not have any risk factors.

A pregnant woman's risk factors include:

Family history of diabetes
African-American, Hispanic, Asian, or Pacific Islander ethnicity
Overweight
Older than 25 years
Gestational diabetes with past pregnancy
Having given birth to a child weighing over 9 pounds
Diagnosis of pre-diabetes

Who Should Be Tested for Gestational Diabetes? A number of expert groups recommend that all pregnant women be tested for gestational diabetes between their 24th - 28th week. Pregnant women at high risk for diabetes should be tested earlier. The only women who do not need to be tested are those at very low risk. Generally they have the following characteristics:

Under 25 years old
Normal weight
No first-degree relatives with diabetes
Not belonging to high-risk ethnic groups

Effect of Diabetes on the Fetus. Because glucose crosses the placenta, a woman with diabetes can pass high levels of blood glucose to the fetus. In response, the fetus secretes high level of insulin. Studies indicate that such conditions may affect the developing fetus as soon as it is conceived, placing the unborn child at risk for:

Excessive fetal weight gain, which can lead to complications during delivery
Birth defects
Breathing problems and delayed lung development
Low blood sugar
Higher future risk for obesity and diabetes

Effect of Diabetes on the Pregnant Woman. In addition to endangering the fetus, diabetes also presents risks to the pregnant woman.

The most serious potential complications from gestational diabetes are high blood pressure during pregnancy, a condition called preeclampsia that is potentially dangerous. Because gestational diabetes increases the size of the fetus, it is also increases the likelihood that a woman will require a Cesarean delivery. Gestational diabetes also increases the risk that a woman will later develop type 2 diabetes.

How Is Gestational Diabetes Managed? Some suggestions for preventing complications include:

In most cases, increases in glucose levels can be managed with diet and exercise. Aerobic exercise before and during pregnancy may lower glucose levels and help protect women at risk or those who have gestational diabetes. (Any pregnant woman should check with her doctor before embarking on a vigorous exercise regimen.)
If a woman with gestational diabetes cannot control her glucose with lifestyle measures, she is usually given insulin.

The placenta provides the fetus with oxygen and nutrients and takes away waste, such as carbon dioxide, via the umbilical cord.

Polycystic Ovary Syndrome. Polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) is a condition that affects about 6% of women and results in the ovarian production of high amounts of androgens (male hormones), particularly testosterone. It appears to be an important cause of many menstrual disorders. Women with PCOS are at higher risk for insulin resistance, and about half of PCOS patients also have diabetes.

Click the icon to see an image of polycystic ovary syndrome.

Schizophrenia. While no definitive association has been established, research has suggested an increased background risk of diabetes among people with schizophrenia. In addition, many of the new generation of antipsychotic medications may elevate blood glucose levels. Patients taking antipsychotic medications (such as clozapine, olanzapine, risperidone, aripiprazole, quetiapine fumarate, ziprasidone) should receive a baseline blood glucose level test and be monitored for any increases during therapy.

Depression. According to a 2007 study, adults who have severe clinical depression may have a greater risk of developing type 2 diabetes than those who have never experienced depressive symptoms.

Hepatitis C. Patients with hepatitis C have a higher incidence of type 2 diabetes. The reasons for this are unclear.

Symptoms

Type 2 diabetes usually begins gradually and progresses slowly. Symptoms in adults include:

Excessive thirst
Increased urination
Fatigue
Blurred vision
Weight loss
In women, vaginal yeast infections or fungal infections under the breasts or in the groin
Severe gum problems
Itching
Erectile dysfunction in men
Unusual sensations, such as tingling or burning, in the extremities

Symptoms in children are often different:

Most children are obese or overweight
Increased urination is mild or even absent
Many children develop a skin problem called acanthosis, which is characterized by velvety, dark colored patches of skin

Screening Tests

There are no clear-cut guidelines for when to screen for diabetes. Some experts recommend that everyone over age 45 be tested regularly for diabetes, although others do not feel this necessary in people without symptoms or risk factors. In fact, early screening may identify some people with impaired glucose levels that would eventually normalize. Such people might be treated unnecessarily with medications that pose a risk for high blood sugar (hypoglycemia).

Still, given the risk for serious complications with diabetes and the potential value of early treatments, most experts recommend that all adults over 45 be screened and that younger adults be screened if they have one or more of the following conditions:

A weight that is 20% more than ideal body weight
Risk factors for heart disease (high blood pressure, unhealthy cholesterol levels -- especially for patients with low HDL cholesterol and high triglyceride levels
A close relative with diabetes
A high-risk ethnic group background
In women, having delivered a baby weighing over 9 pounds or having a history of gestational diabetes

Some experts recommend that children over age 10 should be tested for type 2 diabetes (even if they have no symptoms), if they are overweight and have at least two of the above mentioned risk factors.

Fasting Plasma Glucose. The fasting plasma glucose (FPG) test is the standard test for diabetes. It is a simple blood test taken after 8 hours of fasting. Results indicate:

FPG levels are considered normal up to 100 mg/dL (or 5.5 mmol/L).
Levels between 100 - 125 mg/dL (5.5 - 7.0 mmol/L) are referred to as impaired fasting glucose or pre-diabetes. These levels are considered to be risk factors for type 2 diabetes and its complications.
Diabetes is diagnosed when FPG levels are 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or higher.

The FPG test is not always reliable, so a repeat test is recommended if the initial test suggests the presence of diabetes, or if the test is normal in people who have symptoms or risk factors for diabetes. For example, people who take the test in the afternoon and show normal results may actually have abnormal levels that would be revealed if they were tested in the morning.

A 2005 study suggested that even people with FPG levels in the high end of the normal range (high 90s) may be at increased risk for developing type 2 diabetes. Obesity further increases this risk. Patients with FPG levels in the upper 90s should strive to exercise and lose weight to help lower their FPG levels.

Glucose Tolerance Test. The oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) is more complex than the FPG and may overdiagnose diabetes in people who do not have it. Some experts recommend it as a follow-up after FPG, if the latter test results are normal but the patient has symptoms or risk factors of diabetes. The test uses the following procedures:

It first uses an FPG test.
A blood test is then taken 2 hours later after drinking a special glucose solution.

The following results suggest different conditions:

OGTT levels are considered normal up to 140 mg/dL.
Levels between 140 - 199 mg/dL are referred to as impaired glucose tolerance or pre-diabetes.
Diabetes is diagnosed when OGTT levels are 200 mg/dL or higher.

Both the FPG and OGTT require that the patient not eat for at least 8 hours prior to the test.

Test for Glycated Hemoglobin. Tests for blood levels of glycated hemoglobin, also known as hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c), are not currently used for an initial diagnosis, but they are useful for determining the severity of diabetes. Some experts think this test can help predict complications in people who have FPG levels between 110 - 139, which are above normal but do not indicate full-blown diabetes.

The basis for its use as a diagnostic measurement in diabetes is as follows:

Hemoglobin is a protein molecule found in red blood cells. When glucose binds to it, the hemoglobin becomes modified, a process called glycosylation.
Glycosylation affects a number of proteins, and elevated levels of glycolated hemoglobin are strongly associated with complications of diabetes.
A glycated hemoglobin level of 1% above normal range identifies diabetes in 98% of patients. Normal HbA1c levels do not necessarily rule out diabetes, but if diabetes is present and levels are normal, the risk for complications is low.

The test is not affected by food intake so it can be taken at any time. A home test has been developed that might make it easier to measure HbA1c. In general, measurements suggest the following:

Normal HbA1c levels should be below 7%.
Levels of 11 - 12% glycolated hemoglobin indicate poor control of carbohydrates. High levels are also markers for kidney trouble.

Screening for Heart Disease. All patients with diabetes should be tested for hypertension and unhealthy cholesterol and lipid levels and given an electrocardiogram. For cholesterol, people with diabetes should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Blood pressure goals should be 130/80 mmHg or lower. Other tests may be needed in patients with signs of heart disease.

The electrocardiogram (ECG, EKG) is used extensively in the diagnosis of heart disease, from congenital heart disease in infants to myocardial infarction and myocarditis in adults. Several different types of electrocardiogram exist.

Screening for Kidney Damage. The earliest manifestation of kidney damage is microalbuminuria, in which tiny amounts (30 - 300 mg per day) of protein called albumin are found in the urine. About 20% of type 2 patients show evidence of microalbuminuria upon diagnosis of diabetes. (However, not all people with type 2 diabetes eventually develop kidney disease.) Microalbuminuria typically shows up in patients with type 2 diabetes who have high blood pressure.

The American Diabetes Association recommends that people with diabetes receive an annual microalbuminuria urine test. Patients should also have their blood creatinine tested at least once a year. Creatinine is a waste product that is removed from the blood by the kidneys. High levels of creatinine may indicate kidney damage. A doctor uses the results from a creatinine blood test to calculate the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). The GFR is an indicator of kidney function; it estimates how well the kidneys are cleansing the blood.

Screening for Retinopathy. The American Diabetes Association recommends that patients with type 2 diabetes get an initial comprehensive eye exam by an ophthalmologist or optometrist shortly after they are diagnosed with diabetes, and once a year thereafter. (People at low risk may need follow-up exams only every 2 - 3 years.) The eye exam should include dilation to check for signs of retinal disease (retinopathy).

Screening for Neuropathy. All patients should be screened for nerve damage (neuropathy), including a comprehensive foot exam. Patients who have loss of sensation in their feet should be sure to have a foot exam every 3 - 6 months to check for ulcers or infections.

Screening for Thyroid Abnormalities. Thyroid function tests should be administered.

Treatment

Pre-diabetes precedes the onset of type 2 diabetes. People who have pre-diabetes have fasting blood glucose levels that are 100 - 125 mg/dL -- higher than normal, but not yet high enough to be classified as diabetes. (Pre-diabetes used to be referred to as “impaired glucose tolerance.”) Pre-diabetes greatly increases the risk for diabetes.

Treatment of pre-diabetes is very important. Research shows that lifestyle and medical interventions can help prevent, or at least delay, the progression to diabetes. While insulin-regulating drugs such as metformin (Glucophage) and acarbose (Precose) are sometimes prescribed, evidence indicates that lifestyle changes can be at least as effective as drug therapy. The most important lifestyle treatment for people with pre-diabetes is to lose weight through diet and regular exercise. Even a modest weight loss of 10 - 15 pounds can significantly reduce the risk of progressing to diabetes.

Because people with pre-diabetes have a higher risk for heart disease and stroke, diet and exercise are also very important for heart health, as is quitting smoking. It is also important to have your doctor check your cholesterol and blood pressure levels on a regular basis. Your doctor should also check your fasting blood glucose levels every 1 - 2 years.

The major treatment goals for people with type 2 diabetes are:

Treat all conditions that place the patients at risk for heart disease and stroke, which are the major killers of people with type 2 diabetes.
Control blood glucose levels. The goal is to achieve fasting blood glucose levels of less than 110 mg/dL and glycolated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels of less than 7%. The objective is to reduce complications in small blood vessels and the nerve damage associated with diabetes.

An intensive multi-pronged approach is critical for reducing complications and improving survival rates in patients with diabetes. Intensive therapy includes:

Healthy lifestyle changes: Regular exercise; heart-healthy diet; quitting smoking.
Controlling blood sugar levels. Monitor blood sugar and hemoglobin HbA1C levels. Oral anti-hyperglycemic drugs such as metformin are first-line drug treatments. Insulin may eventually be needed.
Heart-protective drugs. These medications include various drugs to control high blood pressure (ACE inhibitors, diuretics, others) and cholesterol (statins, fibrates). Controlling high blood pressure is a proven factor in reducing mortality rates. Aspirin may help prevent blood clots and heart attack.

Different goals may be required for specific individuals, including pregnant women, very old and very young people, and those with accompanying serious medical conditions. Treating children with type 2 diabetes depends on the severity of the condition at diagnosis. Metformin is approved for children. Formerly, only insulin was approved for treating children with diabetes.

Lifestyle Changes

A simple heart-healthy diet with weight control and exercise is important for people with pre-diabetes and may be sufficient for some people with type 2 diabetes. Some patients may be able to control their blood sugar with lifestyle measures and not need medication. Even for patients who do need to take drugs, lifestyle plays an essential role in controlling diabetes. Lifestyle changes can be difficult to initiate and sustain, however. Patients should surround themselves with a solid network of doctors, dietitians, family, and friends who understand both their condition and their needs.

Although there are many major dietary approaches for protecting health, experts generally agree on the following recommendations for heart protection:

Choose fiber-rich food (whole grains, legumes, nuts) as the main source of carbohydrates, along with a high intake of fresh fruits and vegetables. High fiber foods help improve blood glucose levels. Whole grain cereals, which are rich in both fiber and magnesium, may also help reduce the risk for diabetes.
Limit saturated fats (found mostly in animal products) to less than 7% of total daily calories and avoid trans fatty acids (found in hydrogenated fats and many commercial products and fast foods). Choose unsaturated fats (particularly omega-3 fatty acids found in vegetable and fish oils).
In selecting proteins, choose soy protein, poultry, and fish over meat. A 2006 study found that soy does not help improve cholesterol. However, experts still recommend it as a heart-healthy food choice.
Weight control, quitting smoking, and exercise are essential components of any diet program.

[See In-Depth Report #43: Heart-healthy diet.]

There is no such thing as a single diabetes diet. Patients should meet with a professional dietitian to plan an individualized diet within the general guidelines that takes into consideration their own health needs.

Healthy eating habits along with good control of blood glucose are the basic goals, and several good dietary methods are available to meet them. General dietary guidelines for diabetes recommend:

Carbohydrates should provide 45 - 65% of total daily calories. The type and amount of carbohydrate are both important. Best choices are vegetables, fruits, beans, and whole grains. These foods are also high in fiber. Patients with diabetes should monitor their carbohydrate intake either through carbohydrate counting or meal planning exchange lists.
Fats should provide 25 - 35% of daily calories. Monounsaturated (olive, peanut, canola oils; avocados; nuts) and omega-3 polyunsaturated (fish, flaxseed oil, walnuts) fats are the best types. Limit saturated fat (red meat, butter) to less than 7% of daily calories. Choose nonfat or low-fat dairy instead of whole milk products. Limit trans-fats (hydrogenated fat found in snack foods, fried foods, commercially baked goods) to less than 1% of total calories.
Protein should provide 12 - 20% of daily calories, although this may vary depending on a patient’s individual health requirements. Patients with kidney disease should limit protein intake to less than 10% of calories. Fish, soy, and poultry are better protein choices than red meat.

[For detailed information, including diabetic exchange lists and carbohydrate counting, see In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Being overweight is the number one risk factor for type 2 diabetes. Even modest weight loss can help prevent type 2 diabetes from developing. It can also help control or even stop progression of type 2 diabetes in people with the condition and reduce risk factors for heart disease. Patients should aim to lose weight if their body mass index (BMI) is 25 - 29 (overweight) or higher (obese).

The American Diabetes Association recommends that patients aim for a small but consistent weight loss of ½ - 1 pound per week. Most patients should follow a diet that supplies at least 1,000 - 1,200 kcal/day for women and 1,200 - 1,600 kcal/day for men.

Unfortunately, not only is weight loss difficult to sustain, but many of the oral medications used in type 2 diabetes cause weight gain as a side effect. For obese patients who cannot control weight using dietary measures alone, weight-loss drugs, such as orlistat (Xenical) or sibutramine (Meridia), may be helpful. Orlistat may have specific benefits for people with diabetes. It may not only help achieve weight but also improve glucose, cholesterol, and lipid levels. In 2007, the FDA approved a non-prescription form of orlistat (alli). [See In-Depth Report #53: Obesity.]

Sedentary habits, especially TV watching, are associated with significantly higher risks for obesity and type 2 diabetes. Regular exercise, even of moderate intensity (such as brisk walking), improves insulin sensitivity and may play a significant role in preventing type 2 diabetes -- regardless of weight loss. An important study reported a 58% lower risk for type 2 diabetes in adults who performed moderate exercise for as little as 2.5 hours a week.

Aerobic Exercise. Aerobic exercise has significant and particular benefits for people with diabetes. Regular aerobic exercise, even of moderate intensity, improves insulin sensitivity. People with diabetes are at particular risk for heart disease, so the heart-protective effects of aerobic exercise are especially important. Moderate exercise protects the heart in people with type 2 diabetes, even if they have no risk factors for heart disease other than diabetes itself.

For improving glycemic control, the American Diabetes Association recommends at least 150 minutes per week of moderate-intensity physical activity (50 - 70% of maximum heart rate) or at least 90 minutes per week of vigorous aerobic exercise (more than 70% of maximum heart rate). Exercise at least 3 days a week, and do not go more than 2 consecutive days without physical activity.

Strength Training. Strength training, which increases muscle and reduces fat, is also helpful for people with diabetes who are able to do this type of exercise. The American Diabetes Association recommends performing resistance exercise three times a week. Build up to three sets of 8 - 10 repetitions using weight that you cannot lift more than 8 - 10 times without developing fatigue. Be sure that your strength training targets all of the major muscle groups.

Exercise Precautions. The following are precautions for all people with diabetes, both type 1 and type 2:

Because people with diabetes are at higher than average risk for heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before undertaking vigorous exercise. For fastest results, frequent high-intensity (not high-impact) exercises are best for people who are cleared by their doctors. For people who have been sedentary or have other medical problems, lower-intensity exercises are recommended.
Strenuous strength training or high-impact exercise is not recommended for people with uncontrolled diabetes. Such exercises can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy. High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet.

Patients who are taking medications that lower blood glucose, particularly insulin, should take special precautions before embarking on a workout program:

Monitor glucose levels before, during, and after workouts (glucose levels swing dramatically during exercise).
Avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dL or under 100 mg/dL.
Inject insulin in sites away from the muscles used during exercise; this can help avoid hypoglycemia.
Drink plenty of fluids before and during exercise; avoid alcohol, which increases the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses or take in more carbohydrates prior to exercise, but may need to take an extra dose of insulin after exercise (stress hormones released during exercise may increase blood glucose levels).
Wear good, protective footwear to help avoid injuries and wounds to the feet.
Some blood pressure drugs can interfere with exercise capacity. Patients who use blood pressure medication should consult their doctors on how to balance medications and exercise. Patients with high blood pressure should also aim to breathe as normally as possible during exercise. Holding the breath can increase blood pressure.

[See In-Depth Report #29: Exercise.]

According to the American Diabetes Association, people with diabetes should aim for preprandial (before eating) plasma glucose levels of 90 - 130 mg/dL and postprandial (after eating) plasma glucose levels less than 180 mg/dL. Hemoglobin A1C levels should be less than 7%.

Measuring Blood Glucose. In patients being treated with insulin or insulin-producing or sensitizing drugs, it is important to monitor blood glucose levels carefully to avoid hypoglycemia. Different goals may be required for specific individuals, including pregnant women, very old and very young people, and those with accompanying serious medical conditions.

Blood glucose levels are generally more stable in type 2 diabetes than in type 1, so experts usually recommend measuring blood levels only once or twice a day. For patients who have become insulin-dependent, more intensive monitoring is necessary. Usually, a drop of blood obtained by pricking the finger is applied to a chemically treated strip. The glucose level is read on a standard meter or a small, portable digital display device. For patients who have trouble controlling hypoglycemia (low blood sugar) or fluctuating blood sugar levels, continuous glucose sensor monitors are also available. In 2007, the FDA approved the STS-7 System, which continuously measures glucose levels for up to 7 days through a sensor inserted beneath the skin of the abdomen. Continuous glucose sensor monitors do not replace fingerstick glucose meters and test strips, but are used in combination with them. [See In-Depth Report #9: Diabetes - type 1.]

Measuring Hemoglobin A1C. Hemoglobin A1c (also called HbA1c , HA1c, or A1C) is measured periodically every 2 - 3 months to determine the average blood-sugar level over the lifespan of the red blood cell. Normal A1C levels should be below 7%. Home tests are also available for measuring A1C.

To monitor the amount of glucose within the blood a person with diabetes should test their blood regularly. The procedure is quite simple and can often be done at home.

Some research suggests that not getting enough sleep may impair insulin use and increase the risk for obesity. More research is needed, but it is always wise to improve sleep habits.

Medications

The American Heart Association now recommends that patients should aim for the following test results for intensive control of glucose levels:

Fasting plasma glucose concentrations below 110 mg/dL.
Glycolated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels of less than 7%. Controlling HbA1c is the most important factor for reducing the risk of complications in patients with diabetes. According to one 2000 study, a 1% reduction in people with elevated glycolated hemoglobin levels lowers the risk for complications by 21%.

Evidence clearly supports strict glycemic control for reducing complications in the nervous system and blood vessels that occur in both type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Research shows that tight glucose control can help prevent heart disease and complications.

Managing risk factors for heart disease and stroke, particularly strict control of blood pressure, may be more important for improving survival than strict control of blood glucose levels for some patients. Such goals also seem to be more attainable for many patients with type 2 diabetes.

Oral Anti-Hyperglycemic Drugs. Many oral anti-hyperglycemic drugs are available to help patients with type 2 diabetes control their blood sugar levels. Most of these drugs are aimed at using or increasing sensitivity to the patient's own natural stores of insulin. Metformin is the only drug to date that achieves lower mortality rates. Oral type 2 diabetes drugs include:

Biguanides (metformin). Metformin increases tissue sensitivity to available insulin. Metformin also has beneficial effects on cholesterol, blood pressure, and clotting factors. It does not cause weight gain or hypoglycemia. Diarrhea and digestive problems are the most common side effects. Metformin produces lower mortality rates than other drugs, including insulin, and should be considered as first-line therapy for most patients with type 2 diabetes.
Sulfonylureas (glyburide, glipizide, glimepiride, repaglinide). Stimulate insulin secretion but can cause hypoglycemia more than other drugs.
DPP-4 inhibitors (sitagliptin). Also called gliptins, DPP-4 inhibitors were first approved in 2006 and are the newest class of oral diabetes drugs. Like metformin, they do not cause weight gain and have low risks for hypoglycemia.
Meglitinides (repaglinide, nateglinide). Stimulate insulin secretion. These newer drugs are better than sulfonylureas in controlling glucose spikes after meals.
Thiazolidinediones (pioglitazone and rosiglitazone). Reduce insulin resistance. These drugs improve cholesterol levels and may reduce the risk for blood clots. However, they can cause swelling from fluid build-up, which can worsen heart failure or even precipitate it. They may also injure the liver.
Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (acarbose and miglitol). Slow intestinal absorption of carbohydrates. Have only modest effects on diabetes and have gastrointestinal side effects. Can slightly raise HDL (“good”) cholesterol levels.
Combinations of these drugs, particularly with metformin, are often used to increase effectiveness.

A 2007 review in the Annals of Internal Medicine compared these various classes of medications. The review found that older drugs -- such as metformin and sulfonylureas -- are less expensive than and work as well as newer diabetes drugs. In particular, the review cited metformin as a safe and effective drug because it does not cause weight gain or too-low blood sugar. Metformin can also help lower LDL (“bad”) cholesterol.

Injectable Anti-Hyperglycemic Drugs. In 2005, the FDA approved two new injectable drugs to help patients improve blood sugar control:

Exenatide (Byetta). Exenatide is the first drug in a new class of drugs called incretin mimetics. It lowers blood glucose levels by increasing insulin secretion. Exenatide is used in combination with oral antihyperglycemics, such as metformin or a sulfonylurea drug.
Pramlintide (Symlin). Pramlintide is a first-in-class drug that is a synthetic form of the hormone amylin. The drug is meant for patients who take insulin but still have difficulty controlling their glucose levels.

Insulin Replacement. Insulin replacement may be required when natural insulin reserves are depleted. It is typically started in combination with an oral drug. Eventually, some patients may need to go on full insulin replacement. In addition to injectable forms of insulin, an inhaled insulin product (Exubera) is now available.

Metformin (Glucophage) is a biguanide, which works by reducing glucose production in the liver and by making tissues more sensitive to insulin. Many experts recommend it as a first choice for most patients with type 2 diabetes who are insulin resistant, particularly if they are overweight. Metformin achieves lower mortality rates from diabetes and all causes than other drugs. In one comparison study, it achieved the lowest mortality rates (8%) compared to insulin (28%), a sulfonylurea (16%), and a thiazolidinedione (14%). Combinations with insulin-secreting drugs, other insulin-sensitizing drugs, or insulin itself are particularly effective.

Metformin does not cause hypoglycemia or add weight, so it is particularly well-suited for obese patients with type 2 diabetes. (In some studies, in fact, patients lost weight.) Metformin also appears to have beneficial effects on cholesterol and lipid levels and may help protect the heart. Some research has suggested that it significantly reduces the risk for heart attack. It is also the first choice for children who need oral drugs and is proving to be very effective for women with polycystic ovary syndrome and insulin resistance.

Side Effects. Side effects include:

A metallic taste
Gastrointestinal problems, including nausea, and diarrhea
Interference with absorption of vitamin B12 and folic acid, (which are important for protection against heart disease)
Rare reports of lactic acidosis, a potentially life-threatening condition, particularly in people with risk factors for it. Major studies, however, found no greater risk with metformin than with any of the other drugs used for type 2 diabetes.

Certain people should not use this drug, including anyone with heart failure or kidney or liver disease. It is rarely suitable for adults over age 80.

Sulfonylureas are oral drugs that stimulate the pancreas to release insulin. They are also first-line oral drugs. For adequate control of blood glucose levels, the drugs should be taken only 20 - 30 minutes before a meal. A number of brands are available, including chlorpropamide (Diabinese), tolazamide (Tolinase), acetohexamide (Dymelor), glipizide (Glucotrol), tolbutamide (Orinase), glyburide (Micronase), glimepiride (Amaryl), and repaglinide (Prandin).

Most patients can take sulfonylureas for 7 - 10 years before they lose effectiveness. Combinations with small amounts of insulin or with other oral anti-hyperglycemic drugs (such as metformin or a thiazolidinedione) may extend their benefits. A combination of glyburide and metformin in one pill (Glucovance) is available. Glucovance may be particularly beneficial for patients with unhealthy cholesterol levels and poor control of their blood sugar levels. Some doctors recommend the combination as first-line treatment.

An encouraging 2000 study of patients with severe type 2 diabetes reporting that combinations of insulin with either chlorpropamide or glipizide achieved better glucose control over the long term than insulin alone.

Side Effects and Complications. In general, sulfonylureas should not be used by women who are pregnant or nursing or by individuals who are allergic to sulfa drugs. Side effects may include:

Weight gain (some sulfonylureas, such as glimepiride, may produce less weight gain than others)
Water retention
Although sulfonylureas pose a lower risk for hypoglycemia than insulin does, the hypoglycemia produced by sulfonylureas may be especially prolonged and dangerous. The newer sulfonylureas, such as glimipiride, have much less risk of hypoglycemia than older sulfonylureas.
Some sulfonylureas may pose a slight risk for cardiac events.

Sulfonylureas interact with many other drugs, and patients should be sure to inform their doctor of any medications they are taking, including alternative or over-the-counter drugs.

Meglitinides stimulate beta cells to produce insulin. They include repaglinide (Prandin), nateglinide (Starlix), and mitiglinide. These drugs are rapidly metabolized and short-acting. If taken before every meal, they actually mimic the normal effects of insulin after eating. Patients, then, can vary their meal times with this drug. (Nateglinide appears to work more quickly and is shorter-acting than repaglinide). These drugs may be particularly helpful in combination with metformin or other drugs. They may also be a good choice for people with potential kidney problems.

Side Effects. Side effects include diarrhea and headache. As with the sulfonylureas, repaglinide poses a slightly increased risk for cardiac events. (Newer drugs, such as nateglinide, may pose less of a risk.) People with heart failure or liver disease should use them with caution and be monitored.

Thiazolidinediones, also known as peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) agonists, include rosiglitazone (Avandia) and pioglitazone (Actos). They improve insulin sensitivity by activating certain genes involved in fat synthesis and carbohydrate metabolism. These drugs are usually taken once or twice per day; however, it may take several days before the patient notices any results from them and several weeks before they take full effect. Thiazolidinediones are usually taken in combination with other oral drugs or insulin.

Side Effects. Thiazolidinediones can have serious side effects. They tend to increase fluid-build up, which can cause or worsen heart failure in some patients. Combinations with insulin increase the risk. They should not be used by patients with existing heart failure and should be used cautiously in those with risk factors for heart failure.

In 2007, a study published in the New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM) raised serious concerns that rosiglitazone may increase the risk of heart attack. The study reviewed 42 clinical trials of rosiglitazone. Results suggested that patients who took rosiglitazone were 43% more likely to have a heart attack, and 64% more likely to die from overall heart causes, than patients with diabetes who did not take the drug. A subsequent interim analysis in the NEJM found that while rosiglitazone was definitely associated with increased risk of heart failure, the data were insufficient to determine if the drug increases heart attack risk. The FDA has concluded that rosiglitazone may increase the risk of heart attack and will likely restrict its use. In 2007, a panel of experts from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) agreed the drug increases the risk of heart attacks -- but concluded it should remain on the market. The panel did, however, recommend the FDA require rosiglitazone's maker to add warnings to the drug's label. Patients who take rosiglitazone, especially those who have heart disease or who are at high risk for heart attack, should discuss their treatment options with their doctors.

Thiazolidinediones may cause more weight gain than other diabetes medications or insulin. Any patient who experiences sudden weight gain, water retention, or shortness of breath should immediately call their doctor. These drugs have also been linked to increased risks for bone fracture.

There have been rare reports of rosiglitazone causing or worsening diabetic macular edema. This is an eye condition associated with diabetic retinopathy that causes swelling in the macular area of the retina. Symptoms include blurred vision and decreased color sensitivity. Most patients who had this side effect also had swelling in the feet and legs (peripheral edema). The condition resolved or improved when patients stopped taking the drug.

Thiazolidinediones can also cause liver damage. Patients who take these drugs should have their liver enzymes checked regularly.

Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, including acarbose (Precose, Glucobay) and miglitol (Glyset), reduce glucose levels by interfering with the absorption of starch in the small intestine. Acarbose tends to lower insulin levels after meals, a particular advantage, since higher levels of insulin after meals are associated with an increased risk for heart disease. Some evidence suggests that early use of these drugs may reduce heart risk factors, including high blood pressure. A 2002 study of acarbose suggested that these drugs may possibly delay the development of type 2 diabetes in high-risk individuals. Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors are not as effective alone as other single oral drugs, but combinations, such as with metformin, insulin, or a sulfonylurea, increase their effectiveness.

Side Effects. These medications need to be taken with meals. Unfortunately, about a third of patients stop taking the drug because of flatulence and diarrhea, particularly after high-carbohydrate meals. The drug may also interfere with iron absorption.

Alpha-glucosidase inhibitors do not cause hypoglycemia when used alone, but combinations with other drugs do. In such cases, it is important that the patient receive a solution that contains glucose or lactose, not table sugar. This is because acarbose inhibits the breakdown of complex sugar and starches, which includes table sugar.

Incretin mimetics belong to a new class of drugs that help improve blood sugar control. Incretins include glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) inhibitors and DDP-4 inhibitors.

In 2005, the FDA approved exenatide (Byetta), the first GLP-1 inhibitor drug. Exenatide is an injectable drug that is a synthetic version of the hormone found in the saliva of the Gila monster, a venomous desert lizard. Exenatide is injected twice a day, 1 hour before morning and evening meals. It is prescribed for patients with type 2 diabetes who have not been able to control their glucose with metformin or a sulfonylurea drug. It can be taken in combination with these drugs or alone.

Side Effects. Exenatide stimulates insulin secretion only when blood sugar levels are high and so has less risk for causing low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) when it is taken alone. However, the risk for hypoglycemia increases when exenatide is taken along with a sulfonylurea drug. There does not appear to be a risk for hypoglycemia when exenatide is used along with metformin. Other side effects may include nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea.

A 2005 study compared exenatide to insulin for improving glucose control in patients taking metformin and a sulfonylurea. Both insulin and exenatide worked well for glucose control. Patients lost weight with exenatide and gained weight with insulin. However, patients who received exenatide had significantly more problems with nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea than those who received insulin.

Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitors, also called gliptins, are the second class of incretin drugs. In October 2006, the FDA approved the first DPP-4 inhibitor -- sitagliptin (Januvia). It can be used alone or in combination with metformin or a thiazolidinedione drug. In April 2007, the FDA approved Janumet, which combines sitagliptin with metformin in one pill. Other DPP-4 drugs being studied include vildagliptin (Galvus) and saxagliptin.

DPP-4 inhibitors work in a similar way to GLP-1 inhibitors. However, unlike exenatide, which is given by injection, DPP-4 inhibitor drugs are taken as pills by mouth.

Like exenatide, DPP-4 inhibitors do not cause weight gain, have low risks for hypoglycemia, and have few severe side effects. The most common side effects include upper respiratory tract infection, sore throat, and diarrhea.

Insulin replacement is the best treatment for strict control of blood glucose and is required once natural insulin reserves are depleted. Because type 2 diabetes is progressive, most patients eventually require insulin, typically starting it in combination with an oral anti-hyperglycemic drug. However, when a single oral drug fails to control blood sugar it is not clear whether it is better to add insulin replacement or to add a second or third oral drug.

Some experts advocate using insulin as early as possible for optimal control. However, in patients who still have insulin reserves, there is concern that extra natural insulin will have adverse effects. Low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) and weight gain are the main side effects of insulin therapy. Some research suggests that insulin may also cause heart complications. A 2006 study reported that insulin therapy increases the risk of developing high blood pressure (hypertension). It is still not clear if insulin replacement improves survival rates compared to oral drugs, notably metformin.

One approach is to combine insulin with metformin, which achieves blood glucose control without added weight gain. Newer forms of insulin analogues, such as glargine, may be especially helpful for people with type 2 diabetes and reduce the risk for hypoglycemia.

Fortunately, studies to date have not reported any adverse cardiac effects in patients with type 2 diabetes who take insulin. In fact, insulin has been associated, in some cases, with improvement in heart risk factors. More research is needed to clarify these important issues.

Forms of Insulin. Experts are working toward administering insulin so that it closely mimics the daily pattern of insulin, which responds to blood sugar levels by surging after meals and then falling to a steady base level afterward. To achieve this, doctors may use two insulin types:

Fast-Acting Insulins for Surges. Insulin lispro and aspart are fast-acting insulins. They mimic insulin's response to food intake. They are taken before meals, and their short action reduces the risk for hypoglycemia afterward.
Slower Insulins for Base Levels. Intermediate forms (including NPH and lente) and long-acting forms (glargine, ultralente) were developed to provide a steady level of insulin throughout the day. To date, glargine (Lantus) seems to be the most successful in achieving this goal in type 2 diabetes.

In 2006, the FDA approved the first non-injected form of insulin. Exubera is an inhaled form of insulin. It is approved for adults but should not be used by patients who smoke or have quit smoking within the past 6 months. Patients with asthma, bronchitis, or emphysema should also not use inhaled insulin. Clinical trials indicate that Exubera can provide sustained blood sugar control over a 2-year period. Patients in the trials who took Exubera experienced half as much weight gain as those who took injected insulin. Scientists are also developing other types of non-injected insulin, including spray formulas.

In a 2005 trial, Exubera improved blood sugar control when it was added to or substituted for combination oral drug therapy (sulphonylurea and thiazolidenedione). However, as with other forms of insulin, Exubera caused more hypoglycemia and weight gain than the oral anti-hyperglycemic drugs.

Pramlintide (Symlin) is a new type of injectable drug that may help patients who take insulin but still need better blood sugar control. The FDA approved this drug in 2005. Pramlintide is a synthetic form of amylin, a hormone that is related to insulin. Pramlintide is used in combination with insulin to lower blood sugar levels in the 3 hours after meals.

[See In-Depth Report #9: Diabetes - type 1.]

Sodium Glucose Uptake Transporter 2 (SGLT-2) Inhibitors. SGLT-2 inhibitors are a new class of drug being investigated for treatment of type 2 diabetes. Preliminary trials for two of these drugs, dapagliflozin and serglifozin, have shown promising results in helping improve blood glucose control. The drugs are being tested in combination with metformin.

Various fraudulent products are often sold on the Internet as “cures” or treatments for diabetes. These dietary supplements have not been studied or approved. In 2006, the FDA and Federal Trade Commission (FTC) launched a crackdown on these scams. The FDA and FTC warn patients with diabetes not to be duped by bogus and unproven remedies.

Long-Term Complications

Patients with diabetes have higher mortality rates than people who do not have diabetes regardless of sex, age, or other factors. Heart disease and stroke are the leading causes of death in these patients. All lifestyle and medical efforts should be made to reduce the risk for these conditions.

People with type 2 diabetes are also at risk for nerve damage (neuropathy) and abnormalities in both small and large blood vessels (vascular injuries) that occur as part of the diabetic disease process. Such abnormalities produce complications over time in many organs and structures in the body. Although these complications tend to be more serious in type 1 diabetes, they still are of concern in type 2 diabetes. All people with diabetes should aim for fasting blood glucose levels of less than 110 mg/dL and hemoglobin HbA1C of less than 7%.

There are two important approaches to preventing complications from diabetes:

Intensive control of blood glucose and keeping glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels below 7%. Tight blood glucose and HbA1c control can prevent complications due to vascular (blood vessel) abnormalities and nerve damage (neuropathy) that can cause major damage to organs, including the eyes, kidneys, and heart.
Managing risk factors for heart disease. Control of blood glucose also helps the heart, but its benefits occur over time. It is very important that people with diabetes control blood pressure, cholesterol levels, and other factors associated with heart disease.

Heart attacks account for 60% and strokes for 25% of deaths in patients with diabetes. Diabetes affects the heart in many ways:

Both type 1 and 2 diabetes speed the progression of atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries). Diabetes can adversely affect blood lipid levels by lowering HDL ("good cholesterol") and increasing triglycerides. This can lead to coronary artery disease, heart attack, or stroke. According to a 2007 study, the risk of stroke doubles within 5 years of type 2 diabetes diagnosis.
Impaired nerve function (neuropathy) associated with diabetes also causes heart abnormalities. Some experts estimate that the mortality rates from neuropathy-related heart conditions range between 15 - 53%.
Women with diabetes are at particularly high risk for heart problems. A 2007 study indicated that while progress has been made in reducing mortality rates among men with diabetes, women with diabetes continue to face a high risk of death from heart disease and overall causes.

Tight blood sugar control may help protect blood vessels and reduce the risk for blood clotting. It is still not known whether intensive control will have a major protective effect on the heart, however. People with diabetes must be sure to use other measures as well to protect the heart.

Aspirin for Reducing the Risk for Blood Clots. Taking a daily aspirin (75 - 162 mg/day) reduces the risk for blood clotting and may help protect against heart attacks and heart disease. In a 2000 study, low-dose aspirin was associated with a 30% lower risk for death from heart disease in adults with type 2 diabetes.

Controlling Blood Pressure. Strict control of blood pressure is critical for preventing complications of diabetes and has proven to improve survival rates. Patients should strive for blood pressure levels of less than 130/80 mm Hg (systolic/diastolic). (Controlling systolic pressure may be especially important for reducing the risk for kidney complications.)

Dozens of anti-hypertensive drugs are available. Most fall into the following categories:

Diuretics rid the body of extra sodium (salt) and water. There are three main types of diuretics: Potassium-sparing, thiazide, and loop.
Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors reduce the production of angiotensin, a chemical that causes arteries to narrow.
Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) block angiotensin.
Beta-blockers block the effects of adrenaline and ease the heart’s pumping action.
Calcium-channel blockers (CCBs) decrease the contractions of the heart and widen blood vessels.

The American Diabetes Association (ADA) recommends any of these classes of drugs as first-line treatment for hypertension. New research suggests, however, that beta-blockers are less effective at preventing strokes and heart attacks than other types of blood pressure medications. Many patients require more than one type of drug to control blood pressure. For patients with diabetes who have microalbuminuria, the ADA strongly recommends ACE inhibitors or ARBs. Microalbuminuria is an accumulation of protein in the blood, which can signal the onset of kidney disease (nephropathy).

Anti-hypertensive drugs that block or reduce angiotensin are the first option for many people with diabetes. Angiotensin is a natural chemical that influences all aspects of blood pressure control and also interferes with insulin's normal metabolic signaling. In fact, angiotensin may be the common factor linking diabetes and high blood pressure.

The 2005 landmark Antihypertensive and Lipid Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT) indicated that a thiazide-type diuretic works as well as an ACE inhibitor or CCB for patients with diabetes and high blood pressure. Compared with ACE inhibitors or CCBs, diuretics appeared to be better at lowering systolic blood pressure and preventing heart failure. In addition, the trial suggested that diuretics are especially helpful for African-Americans, by offering greater protection than ACE inhibitors or CCBS in preventing strokes.

Several 2006 studies suggested that anti-hypertensive drugs may increase the risk of developing diabetes. One study found more risk for thiazide diuretics and beta-blockers than ACE inhibitors and CCBs. Another study indicated that the ACE inhibitor ramipril had a lower risk of causing diabetes in African-Americans than a CCB or beta-blocker. A 2007 review in the Lancet also found a higher risk for new-onset diabetes with beta-blockers and diuretics, a medium risk with CCBs, and the lowest risk with ARBs and ACE inhibitors.

Research in this subject is important for patients with pre-diabetes who have high blood pressure. Results of future research may help doctors decide which treatment is most appropriate for patients with high blood pressure who are at high risk for diabetes. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Improving Cholesterol and Lipid Levels. Abnormal cholesterol and lipid levels are common in diabetes. High LDL (“bad”) cholesterol should always be lowered, but people with diabetes also often have additional harmful imbalances including low HDL (“good”) cholesterol and high triglycerides. Patients should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Patients with diabetes and existing heart disease should strive for even lower LDL levels; the American Diabetes Association recommends LDL levels below 70 mg/dL for these patients.

Statins are the best cholesterol-lowering drugs. They include atorvastatin (Lipitor), lovastatin (Mevacor, generics), pravastatin (Pravachol), simvastatin (Zocor, generics), fluvastatin (Lescol), and rosuvastatin (Crestor). These drugs are very effective for lowering LDL cholesterol levels. Recent studies indicate that aggressive high-dose statin therapy may be an important treatment approach for high-risk patients who need to substantially lower their LDL levels. A 2006 study found that patients with diabetes and heart disease who were treated with 80 mg daily of atorvastatin had a 25% lower risk of heart attack and stroke than patients who received the standard 10 mg daily dose.

The primary safety concern with statins has involved myopathy, an uncommon condition that can cause muscle damage and, in some cases, muscle and joint pain. A specific myopathy called rhabdomyolysis can lead to kidney failure. People with diabetes and risk factors for myopathy should be monitored for muscle symptoms

Although lowering LDL is beneficial, statins are not as effective as other medications -- such as fibrates, niacin, ezetimbe, or bile acid sequesters -- in addressing HDL and triglyceride imbalances. This is a common problem in type 2 diabetes. Combinations of statins with one of these drugs may be helpful for people with diabetes who have heart disease, low HDL, and near-normal LDL levels. Although combinations of statins and fibrates or niacin increase the risk of myopathy, both combinations are considered safe if used with extra care. Research presented at the 2007 annual meeting of the American Diabetes Association suggested that statins and fibrates may also help reduce the risk of developing peripheral neuropathy, the diabetes-associated nerve damage that can lead to loss of sensation in the feet.

Gemfibrozil (Lopid) and fenofibrate (Tricor) are usually the first choice for fibrate drugs. Niacin has the most favorable effect on raising HDL and lowering triglycerides of all the cholesterol drugs. However, about 30% of patients who take high-dose niacin experience increased blood glucose levels. Moderate doses of niacin can achieve lipid control without causing serious blood glucose problems. [See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Kidney disease (nephropathy) is a very serious complication of diabetes. With this condition, the tiny filters in the kidney (called glomeruli) become damaged and leak protein into the urine. Over time this can lead to kidney failure. Urine tests showing microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine) are important markers for kidney damage.

Prevention and Treatment of Nephropathy. Tight control of blood sugar and blood pressure is essential for preventing the onset of kidney disease. Long-term studies report that strict control of these two conditions produces a 60% reduction in new cases of nephropathy and a delay in progression of the disease. ACE inhibitors and ARBs, two classes of blood pressure medications, are very helpful for preventing or slowing the progression of diabetic kidney disease.

A doctor may recommend a low-protein diet for patients whose kidney disease is progressing despite tight blood sugar and blood pressure control. Protein-restricted diets can help slow disease progression and delay the onset of end-stage renal disease (kidney failure). However, patients with end-stage renal disease who are on dialysis generally require higher amounts of protein. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Diabetic nephropathy occurs in about 20 - 40% of patients with diabetes and is the leading cause of end-stage renal disease. If the kidneys fail, dialysis is required. Symptoms of kidney failure may include swelling in the feet and ankles, itching, fatigue, and pale skin color.

Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease. Patients on dialysis usually require injections of erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs to increase red blood cell counts and control anemia. Dosing target levels of erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs are controversial, especially for patients with chronic kidney disease. In 2006, two important New England Journal of Medicine studies indicated that aggressive dosing to completely normalize hemoglobin levels does not work better than standard dosing that only partially corrects anemia.

In 2007, the FDA issued new warnings on darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp) and epoetin alfa (Epogen and Procrit). The warnings describe an increased risk with blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks in patients with end-stage kidney disease when these drugs were given at higher than recommended doses. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs.

Another controversy surrounding erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs concerns their overuse at dialysis centers. A 2007 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association suggested that large, for-profit dialysis centers tend to administer higher-than-appropriate doses of these drugs compared to nonprofit facilities. The study suggested that for-profit centers are giving higher doses for financial, not medical, reasons.

The FDA recommends that patients with end-stage kidney disease who receive erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs should:

Maintain hemoglobin levels that do not exceed 12 g/dL
Receive frequent blood tests to monitor hemoglobin levels
Contact their doctors if they experience such symptoms as shortness of breath, pain, swelling in the legs, or increases in blood pressure

[See In-Depth Report #57: Anemia.]

Click the icon to see an image of the pancreas and kidneys.

Diabetes reduces or distorts nerve function, causing a condition called neuropathy. Neuropathy refers to a group of disorders that affect nerves. The two main types of neuropathy are:

Peripheral (affects nerves in the toes, feet, legs, hand, and arms)
Autonomic (affects nerves that help regulate digestive, bowel, bladder, heart, and sexual function)

Peripheral neuropathy particularly affects sensation. It is a common complication that affects nearly half of people with type 1 or type 2 diabetes after 25 years. The most serious consequences of neuropathy occur in the legs and feet and pose a risk for ulcers and, in very severe cases, amputation. Peripheral neuropathy usually starts in the fingers and toes and moves up to the arms and legs (called a stocking-glove distribution). Symptoms include:

Tingling
Weakness
Burning sensations
Loss of the sense of warm or cold
Numbness (if the nerves are severely damaged, the patient may be unaware that a blister or minor wound has become infected)
Deep pain

Autonomic neuropathy can cause digestive problems (constipation, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting), bladder infections, and erectile dysfunction. In some cases, neuropathy may mask angina, the chest pain warning for heart disease and heart attack. Patients with diabetes should be aware of other warning signs of a heart attack, including sudden fatigue, sweating, shortness of breath, nausea, and vomiting.

Blood sugar control is the only treatment for neuropathy. Studies show that tight control of blood glucose levels delays the onset and slows progression of neuropathy. A 2005 study also suggested that heart disease risk factors can increase the likelihood of developing neuropathy. Lowering triglycerides, losing weight, reducing blood pressure, and quitting smoking may help prevent the onset of neuropathy.

Prevention of Neuropathy. Patients with type 2 diabetes should receive regular screenings for loss of sensation in feet and other signs of neuropathy. A 2007 study suggested that statin and fibrate drugs, which are used to control cholesterol, may help protect against diabetic peripheral neuropathy.

Pain Relief for Peripheral Neuropathy. A number of different drugs are used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief. They include:

Nonprescription analgesics such as aspirin, acetaminophen, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). (Patients with stomach or kidney problems should check with their doctors before using these drugs.)
Prescription painkillers, such as tramadol (Ultram). Tramadol is a drug that is similar to opioids. It can help relieve pain but has significant side effects, including nausea, constipation, and headache.
Topical medications, particularly capsaicin (the active ingredient in hot peppers), are applied to the skin to relieve minor local pain. A 5% lidocaine patch has also shown good results in clinical trials.
Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline (Elavil) or doxepin (Sinequan), are effective in reducing pain from neuropathy in up to 75% of patients. A combination of doxepin and capsaicin (applied to the skin) may be particularly beneficial. Unfortunately, tricyclics may cause heart rhythm problems.
Duloxetine (Cymbalta) is a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, a newer type of antidepressant, which was approved in 2004 for treatment of pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
The anti-convulsant drug pregabalin (Lyrica) was approved in 2004 for neuropathic pain management. It is classified as a controlled substance (like narcotics), which indicates a potential risk for abuse. Other anti-seizure drugs used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief include gabapentin (Neurontin) and valproate (Depakote).

Treatments under investigation include acetyl-l-carnitine and intravenous alpha-lipoic acid. Patients may also benefit from transcutaneous electrostimulation (TENS), a treatment that involves administering mild electrical pulses to painful areas. Alternative treatments such as hypnosis, biofeedback, relaxation techniques, and acupuncture have helped some patients manage pain. Doctors also recommend lifestyle measures such as walking and wearing elastic stockings.

Treatments for Other Complications of Neuropathy. Neuropathy also impacts other functions, and treatments are needed to reduce their effects. If diabetes affects the nerves in the autonomic nervous system, then abnormalities of blood pressure control and bowel and bladder function may occur. Erythromycin, domperidone (Motilium), or metoclopramide (Reglan) may be used to relieve delayed stomach emptying caused by neuropathy.

Erectile dysfunction is also associated with neuropathy. Evidence shows that phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE-5) drugs, such as sildenafil (Viagra), vardenafil (Levitra), and tadalafil (Cialis), are safe and effective, at least in the short term, for patients with diabetes. Typical side effects are minimal but may include headache, flushing, and upper respiratory tract and flu-like symptoms.

Perhaps the most serious consequences of diabetic neuropathy occur in the lower limbs. An estimated 15% of patients with diabetes experience serious foot problems. They are the leading cause of hospitalizations for these patients.

Diabetes is responsible for more than half of all lower limb amputations performed in the U.S. Each year there are about 88,000 non-injury amputations, 50 - 75% of them due to diabetes. The number is increasing as the prevalence in diabetes type 2 rises. According to a 2005 study in the Lancet, every 30 seconds someone in the world receives a lower limb amputation due to diabetes. About 85% of amputations start with foot ulcers, which develop in about 12% of people with diabetes.

In general, foot ulcers develop from infections, such as those resulting from blood vessel injury. A 2006 study reported that people with diabetes who develop foot infections are 155 times more likely to have an amputation than people who did not develop infections. Foot infections often develop from injuries. Even minor infections can develop into severe complications. Numbness from nerve damage, which is common in diabetes, compounds the danger since the patient may not be aware of injuries. About one-third of foot ulcers occur on the big toe.

A 2003 government survey found that those at higher risk for foot ulcers tend to be people with diabetes who are overweight, smokers, and those with a long history of diabetes. People who have the disease for more than 20 years and are insulin-dependent are at the highest risk. Related conditions that put people at risk include peripheral neuropathy, peripheral artery disease, foot deformities, and a history of ulcers. [See In-Depth Report #102: Peripheral artery disease and intermittent claudication.]

Charcot Foot. Charcot foot or Charcot joint (medically referred to as neuropathic arthropathy) occurs in about 2.5% of people with diabetes. Early changes appear like an infection, with the foot becoming swollen, red, and warm. A seriously affected foot can become deformed. The bones may crack, splinter, and erode, and the joints may shift, change shape, and become unstable. It typically develops in people who have neuropathy to the extent that they cannot feel sensation in the foot and are not aware of an existing injury. Instead of resting an injured foot or seeking medical help, the patient often continues normal activity, causing further damage.

Charcot foot is initially treated with strict immobilization of the foot and ankle; some centers use a cast that allows the patient to move and still protects the foot. A 2001 study in the U.K. concluded that a single dose of pamidronate, a bisphosphonate, reduces bone turnover, symptoms, and disease activity. When the acute phase has passed, patients usually need lifelong protection of the foot using a brace initially and custom footwear.

Measures to Prevent Foot Ulcers. Preventive foot care can significantly reduce the risk of ulcers and amputation. Some tips for preventing problems include:

Patients should inspect their feet daily and watch for changes in color or texture, odor, and firm or hardened areas, which may indicate infection and potential ulcers.
When washing the feet, the water should be warm (not hot), and the feet and areas between the toes should be thoroughly dried afterward. Check water temperature with the hand or a thermometer before stepping in.
Moisturizers should be applied, but not between the toes.
Corns and calluses should be gently pumiced and toenails trimmed short and the edges filed to avoid cutting adjacent toes.
Patients should not use medicated pads or try to shave the corns or calluses themselves.
Well-fitting footwear is very important. People should be sure the shoe is wide enough; according to a 2001 study, 30% of patients with diabetes wear shoes that are too narrow. Patients should also avoid high heels, sandals, thongs, and going barefoot. Shoes with a rocker sole reduce pressure under the heel and front of the foot by 35 - 65% and may be particularly helpful. Custom-molded boots increase the surface area over which foot pressure is distributed. This reduces stress on the ulcers and allows them to heal.
Shoes should be changed often during the day.
Wear socks, particularly with extra padding (which can be specially purchased).
Patients should avoid tight stockings or any clothing that constricts the legs and feet.
Foot pain, numbness, or tingling is worse at night; diphenhydramine (Benadryl) may help.
A specialist in foot care should be consulted for any problems.

People with diabetes are prone to foot problems because the disease can cause damage to the blood vessels and nerves, which may result in decreased ability to sense trauma to the foot. The immune system is also altered, so that the patient cannot efficiently fight infection.

Treating Foot Ulcers in Diabetes. About one-third of foot ulcers will heal within 20 weeks with good wound care treatments. Treatments include:

Antibiotics are generally given. In some cases, hospitalization and intravenous antibiotics for up to 28 days may be needed for severe foot ulcers.
In virtually all cases, wound care requires debridement, which is the removal of injured tissue until only healthy tissue remains. Debridement may be accomplished using chemical (enzymes), surgical, or mechanical (irrigation) means.
Hydrogels (Nu-Gel, Intrasite Gel, Scherisorb, Clearsite, Duoderm, Geliperm) are helpful in healing ulcers and are noninvasive and soothing.
Felted foam may be helpful in healing ulcers on the sole of the foot. Felted foam uses a multi-layered foam pad over the bottom of the foot with an opening over the ulcer.

Other Treatments for Foot Ulcers. Doctors are also using or investigating other treatments to heal ulcers. These include:

Administering hyperbaric oxygen (oxygen given at high pressure) is showing promise in promoting healing. In one study, patients who had had ulcers that had not responded to treatment for over 3 months received daily treatments that lasted 90 minutes for 2 weeks. About 15 days after completion, patients who received oxygen had significant reduction in ulcers, sometimes with complete healing. Other studies are also demonstrating good results.
Monochromatic near-infrared photo energy (MIRE) uses light therapy to improve sensation in the feet of patients with peripheral neuropathy.
Total-contact casting (TCC) uses a cast that is designed to match the exact contour of the foot and to distribute weight along the entire length of the foot. It is usually changed weekly. It may be helpful for ulcer healing and for Charcot foot. Although it is very effective in healing ulcers, recurrence is common.

Diabetes accounts for 12,000 - 24,000 of new cases of blindness annually and is the leading cause of new cases of blindness in adults age 20 - 74. The most common eye disorder in diabetes is retinopathy. People with diabetes are also at higher risk for developing cataracts and certain types of glaucoma, such as primary-open angle glaucoma (POAG). The risk for POAG is especially high for women with type 2 diabetes. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts and In-Depth Report #25: Glaucoma.]

Description of Retinopathy. Retinopathy is a condition in which the retina in the eye becomes damaged. The two primary abnormalities that occur are a weakening of the blood vessels in the retina and the obstruction in the capillaries -- probably from very tiny blood clots. Retinopathy generally occurs in one or two phases:

Click the icon to see an image of diabetic retinopathy.

The early and more common type of this disorder is called nonproliferative or background retinopathy. The blood vessels in the retina are abnormally weakened. They rupture and leak, and waxy areas may form. If these processes affect the central portion of the retina, swelling may occur, causing reduced or blurred vision.
If the capillaries become blocked and blood flow is cut off, soft, "woolly" areas may develop in the retina's nerve layer. These woolly areas may signal the development of proliferative retinopathy. Often there are no symptoms of progressing retinopathy. In this more severe condition, new abnormal blood vessels form and grow on the surface of the retina. They may spread into the cavity of the eye or bleed into the back of the eye. Major hemorrhage or retinal detachment can result, causing severe visual loss or blindness. The sensation of seeing flashing lights may indicate retinal detachment.

Click the icon to see an animation on diabetic retinopathy.

According to a 2003 study, about 40% of young adults with type 1 diabetes had developed retinopathy within 10 years of diagnosis. (Although this rate is high, it is significantly lower than in previous years when blood glucose control was not as strict.) The risk is lower in patients with type 2 diabetes, although in one study over 20% had signs of retinopathy 6 years after diagnosis. Patients who are newly diagnosed with type 2 diabetes should get a comprehensive eye examination, including dilation. In general, all patients with diabetes should have a yearly eye examination. Patients with no signs of retinal damage or low risk factors for retinopathy may only require screening every 2 - 3 years.

Prevention of Retinopathy. Fortunately, severe and even moderate vision loss is largely preventable with tight control of blood glucose levels. (Intense glucose control can cause early worsening of retinopathy, although this is nearly always counterbalanced by long-term benefits.) Tight control of blood pressure can also help protect against retinopathy. Aspirin therapy does not help prevent retinopathy.

Treatment of Retinopathy. Patients with severe diabetic retinopathy or macular edema (swelling of the retina) should be sure to see an eye specialist who is experienced in the management and treatment of diabetic retinopathy. Once damage to the eye develops, laser eye surgery may be needed. Laser surgery can help reduce vision loss in high-risk patients.

Studies indicate that patients with type 2 diabetes face a higher than average risk of developing dementia caused either by Alzheimer's disease or problems in blood vessels in the brain. Problems in attention and memory can occur even in people under age 55 who have had diabetes for a number of years. In one study of people with type 1 diabetes, high glucose levels (hyperglycemia) were associated with slower brain function, including less verbal fluency and slower ability to do mental arithmetic.

Respiratory Infections. People with diabetes face a higher risk for influenza and its complications, including pneumonia, possibly because the disorder neutralizes the effects of protective proteins on the surface of the lungs. In fact, deaths among people with diabetes increase by 5 - 15% during flu epidemics, and they are six times more likely to be hospitalized with complications from flu than nondiabetic patients who have flu. Everyone with diabetes should have annual influenza vaccinations and a vaccination against pneumococcal pneumonia.

Urinary Tract Infections. Women with diabetes face a significantly higher risk for urinary tract infections, which are likely to be more complicated and difficult to treat than in the general population.

Diabetes doubles the risk for depression. Furthermore, according to one study, depression, in turn, increases the risk for hyperglycemia and complications of diabetes. Restoring mental health, both through medication and psychotherapy, not only improves quality of life but may help patients control their blood sugar levels.

Diabetes changes bone quality and density, but the effects differ, depending on type:

Type 1 diabetes is associated with a slightly reduced bone density, putting patients at risk for osteoporosis and possibly fractures. The best medications for bone loss in patients with diabetes are bisphosphonates, such as alendronate (Fosamax) and risedronate (Actonel). They not only help prevent bone loss but may even reduce daily insulin requirements in patients taking insulin. [See In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]
Type 2 diabetes, on the other hand, is associated with an increased bone density but is also associated with fractures. In such cases, the bone quality itself may be impaired.

Older patients with either type of diabetes are at risk for falling, which compounds the risk for fracture.

Diabetes increases the risk for other conditions, including:

Hearing loss
Periodontal disease
Carpal tunnel syndrome
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, also called nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), a particular danger for people who are obese
Colorectal cancer
Uterine cancer

Emergency Complications

People with diabetes who need to intensively control glucose levels are at risk for low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Hypoglycemia, also called insulin shock, develops if blood sugar levels fall below normal. It may also be caused by insufficient intake of food, excess exercise, or alcohol intake. The condition is usually manageable, but occasionally it can be severe or even life threatening, particularly if the patient fails to recognize the symptoms. Mild hypoglycemia is common among people with type 2 diabetes, but severe episodes are rare, even among those who are taking insulin. Still, all patients who intensively control blood sugar (glucose) levels should be aware of warning symptoms.

Risk Factors for Severe Hypoglycemia. People at highest risk for severe hypoglycemia are those who intensively control blood glucose and also have one or more of the following conditions:

Long-term diabetes
Less education on their condition
A previous history of severe hypoglycemia
Hypoglycemia unawareness

Hypoglycemia unawareness is a condition in which people become insensitive to hypoglycemic symptoms. It affects about 25% of patients who use insulin, nearly always people with type 1 diabetes. In such cases, hypoglycemia appears suddenly, without warning, and can escalate to a severe level. Even a single recent episode of hypoglycemia may make it more difficult to detect the next episode. With vigilant monitoring and by rigorously avoiding low blood glucose levels, patients can often regain the ability to sense the symptoms. However, even very careful testing may fail to detect a problem, particularly one that occurs during sleep.

Symptoms. Mild hypoglycemia symptoms usually occur at moderately low and easily correctable levels of blood glucose. They include:

Sweating
Trembling
Hunger
Rapid heartbeat

Severely low blood glucose levels can cause neurologic symptoms, such as:

Confusion
Weakness
Disorientation
Combativeness
In rare and worst cases, coma, seizure, and death

Preventive Measures. The following tips may help avoid hypoglycemia or prepare for attacks:

Patients are at highest risk for hypoglycemia at night. Bedtime snacks may be helpful.
Patients who intensively control their blood sugar should monitor blood levels as often as possible, four times or more per day. This is particularly important for patients with hypoglycemia unawareness.
In adults, it is also particularly critical to monitor blood glucose levels before driving, when hypoglycemia can be very hazardous.
Patients who use medications that put them at risk for hypoglycemia should always carry hard candy, juice, sugar packets, or commercially available glucose substitutes designed for individuals with diabetes.

Family and friends should be aware of the symptoms and be prepared:

If the patient is helpless (but not unconscious), family or friends should administer three to five pieces of hard candy, two to three packets of sugar, half a cup (four ounces) of fruit juice, or a commercially available glucose solution.
If there is inadequate response within 15 minutes, additional oral sugar should be provided or the patient should receive emergency medical treatment, including intravenous administration of glucose.
Family members and friends can learn to inject glucagon, a hormone, which, in contrast to insulin, raises blood glucose.

Click the icon to see a glucagon kit.

Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) is a life-threatening complication caused by insulin depletion. Until recently, it was a complication almost exclusively of type 1 diabetes. In such cases, it is nearly always due to noncompliance with insulin treatments. However, DKA is being reported increasingly in type 2 diabetes, especially among Hispanic- and African-Americans. It is not clear what causes total insulin depletion in these patients. Researchers are trying to learn which individuals are at particular risk.

Diabetic ketoacidosis often develop as follows:

The process is usually triggered in insulin-deficient patients by a stressful event, most often pneumonia or urinary tract infections. Other triggers include alcohol abuse, physical injury, pulmonary embolism, heart attacks, or other illnesses.
Severely low insulin levels cause excessive amounts of glucose in the bloodstream (hyperglycemia).
Fat breakdown then accelerates and increases the production of fatty acids.
These fatty acids are converted into chemicals called ketone bodies, which are toxic at high levels.

Symptoms and complications may include:

Nausea and vomiting
Abnormally deep and rapid breathing with frequent sighing
Rapid heartbeat
If the condition persists, coma and, eventually, death, may occur; however, over the past 20 years, death from DKA has decreased to about 2% of all cases.
Other serious complications from DKA include aspiration pneumonia and adult respiratory distress syndrome.

Life-saving treatment uses rapid rehydration with a saline solution followed by low-dose insulin and potassium replacement.

Resources

www.diabetes.org -- American Diabetes Association
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.americanheart.org -- American Heart Association
www.kidney.org -- National Kidney Foundation
www.nei.nih.gov -- National Eye Institute
www.medicalert.org -- Medic Alert
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
http://limaye.ecri.org -- Limaye Center

References

American Diabetes Association (ADA). Standards of medical care in diabetes. IV. Prevention/delay of type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30(Suppl 1):S7-8.

American Diabetes Association (ADA). Standards of medical care in diabetes. V. Diabetes care. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30(Suppl 1):S8-15.

American Diabetes Association (ADA). Standards of medical care in diabetes. VI. Prevention and management of diabetes complications. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30(Suppl 1):S15-24.

Amori RE, Lau J, Pittas AG. Efficacy and safety of incretin therapy in type 2 diabetes: systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA. 2007 July 11;298:194-206.

Aschner P, Kipnes MS, Lunceford JK, Sanchez M, Mickel C, Williams-Herman DE, et al. Effect of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin as monotherapy on glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care. 2006 Dec;29(12):2632-7.

Bolen S, Feldman L, Vassy J, Wilson L, Yeh H-C, Marinopoulos S, et al. Systematic review: comparative effectiveness and safety of oral medications for type 2 diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med. 2007 Jul 17; 147(6). [Epub ahead of print]

Carnethon MR, Biggs ML, Barzilay JI, Smith NL, Vaccarino V, Bertoni AG, et al. Longitudinal association between depressive symptoms and incident type 2 diabetes mellitus in older adults: the cardiovascular health study. Arch Intern Med. 2007 Apr 23;167(:802-7.

Charbonnel B, Karasik A, Liu J, Wu M, Meininger G; Sitagliptin Study 020 Group. Efficacy and safety of the dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor sitagliptin added to ongoing metformin therapy in patients with type 2 diabetes inadequately controlled with metformin alone. Diabetes Care. 2006 Dec;29(12):2638-43.

Drueke TB, Locatelli F, Clyne N, Eckardt KU, Macdougall IC, Tsakiris D, et al. Normalization of hemoglobin level in patients with chronic kidney disease and anemia. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2071-84.

Elliott WJ, Meyer PM. Incident diabetes in clinical trials of antihypertensive drugs: a network meta-analysis. Lancet. 2007 Jan 20;369(9557):201-7.

Florez JC, Jablonski KA, Bayley N, Pollin TI, de Bakker PI, Shuldiner AR, et al. TCF7L2 polymorphisms and progression to diabetes in the Diabetes Prevention Program. N Engl J Med. 2006 Jul 20;355(3):241-50.

Frayling TM, Timpson NJ, Weedon MN, Zeggini E, Freathy RM, Lindgren CM, et al. A common variant in the FTO gene is associated with body mass index and predisposes to childhood and adult obesity. Science. 2007 May 11;316(5826):889-94. Epub 2007 Apr 12.

Gillies CL, Abrams KR, Lambert PC, Cooper NJ, Sutton AJ, Hsu RT, et al. Pharmacological and lifestyle interventions to prevent or delay type 2 diabetes in people with impaired glucose tolerance: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2007 Feb 10;334(7588):299. Epub 2007 Jan 19.

Grant SF, Thorleifsson G, Reynisdottir I, Benediktsson R, Manolescu A, Sainz J, et al. Variant of transcription factor 7-like 2 (TCF7L2) gene confers risk of type 2 diabetes. Nat Genet. 2006 Mar;38(3):320-3. Epub 2006 Jan 15.

Gregg EW, Gu Q, Cheng YJ, Narayan KM, Cowie CC. Mortality trends in men and women with diabetes, 1971-2000. Ann Intern Med. 2007 Jun 18; [Epub ahead of print]

Home PD, Pocock SJ, Beck-Nielsen H, Gomis R, Hanefeld M, Jones NP, et al. Rosiglitazone evaluated for cardiovascular outcomes--an interim analysis. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jul 5;357(1):28-38. Epub 2007 Jun 5.

Jeerakathil T, Johnson JA, Simpson SH, Majumdar SR. Short-term risk for stroke is doubled in persons with newly treated type 2 diabetes compared with persons without diabetes: a population-based cohort study. Stroke. 2007 Jun;38(6):1739-43. Epub 2007 May 3.

Lee AJ, Hiscock RJ, Wein P, Walker SP, Permezel M. Gestational diabetes mellitus: clinical predictors and long-term risk of developing type 2 diabetes: a retrospective cohort study using survival analysis. Diabetes Care. 2007 Apr;30(4):878-83.

Pasquale LR, Kang JH, Manson JE, Willett WC, Rosner BA, Hankinson SE. Prospective study of type 2 diabetes mellitus and risk of primary open-angle glaucoma in women. Ophthalmology. 2006 Jul;113(7):1081-6. Epub 2006 Jun 6.

Nissen SE, Wolski K. Effect of rosiglitazone on the risk of myocardial infarction and death from cardiovascular causes. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jun 14;356(24):2457-71. Epub 2007 May 21.

Psaty BM, Furberg CD. Rosiglitazone and cardiovascular risk. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jun 14;356(24):2522-4. Epub 2007 May 21.

Schulze MB, Schulz M, Heidemann C, Schienkiewitz A, Hoffmann K, Boeing H. Fiber and magnesium intake and incidence of type 2 diabetes: a prospective study and meta-analysis. Arch Intern Med. 2007 May 14;167(9):956-65.

Scott LJ, Mohlke KL, Bonnycastle LL, Willer CJ, Li Y, Duren WL, et al. A genome-wide association study of type 2 diabetes in Finns detects multiple susceptibility variants. Science. 2007 Jun 1;316(5829):1341-5. Epub 2007 Apr 26.

Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, Barnhart H, Sapp S, Wolfson M, et al. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2085-98.

Thamer M, Zhang Y, Kaufman J, Cotter D, Dong F, Hernen MA. Dialysis facility ownership and epoetin dosing in patients receiving hemodialysis. JAMA. 2007 Apr 18;297(15):1667-74.

Vardi M, Nini A. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors for erectile dysfunction in patients with diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Jan 24(1):CD002187.

Zeggini E, Weedon MN, Lindgren CM, Frayling TM, Elliott KS, Lango H, et al. Replication of genome-wide association signals in UK samples reveals risk loci for type 2 diabetes. Science. 2007 Jun 1;316(5829):1336-41. Epub 2007 Apr 26.

Review Date:
7/31/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Foot pain

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:02 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Treatment: Corns and Callus...
Treatment: Bunions
Treatment: Hammertoes
Treatment: Ingrown Toenails...
Treatment: Forefoot Pain...
Treatment: Heel Pain
Treatment: Flat Feet
Treatment: Abnormally High ...
Treatment: Tarsal Tunnel Sy...
Treatment: Foot Injury
Prevention
Shoes
Insoles and Orthotics
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Treatment for Ingrown Toenail:

Orthonyxia, a surgical technique that implants a small metal brace into the top of the nail, was as effective as traditional surgical techniques for preventing ingrown toenail from recurring, according to one study.
A nonsurgical method for treating ingrown toenail with chemicals uses either sodium hydroxide or phenol, but one study shows that sodium hydroxide procedures have a better outcome and faster recovery than phenol procedures.

Treatment for Forefoot Pain:

Ultrasound-guided injection of alcohol might provide relief from Morton's neuroma, according to one study. Symptoms improved in 94% of patients who had the treatment, a success rate comparable to that of surgery.

Treatment for Heel Pain:

NSAIDs reduce pain and disability in people with plantar fasciitis when used with other techniques, such as night splints and stretching.
Studies show that extracorporeal shockwave therapy provides a very small reduction in heel pain without side effects. It may be a good option for patients who haven't responded well to conservative treatment.

Work-related Foot Problems:

An estimated 120,000 job-related foot injuries occur every year, about a third of them involving the toes. A number of foot problems -- including arthritis of the foot and ankle, toe deformities, pinched nerves between the toes, plantar fasciitis, adult-acquired flat foot, and tarsal tunnel syndrome -- have been attributed to repetitive use at work.

Introduction

Foot pain is very common. About 75% of people in the United States have foot pain at some time in their lives. Most foot pain is caused by shoes that do not fit properly or that force the feet into unnatural shapes (such as pointed-toe, high-heeled shoes).

The foot is a complex structure of 26 bones and 33 joints, layered with an intertwining web of more than 120 muscles, ligaments, and nerves. It serves the following functions:

Supports weight
Acts as a shock absorber
Serves as a lever to propel the leg forward
Helps maintain balance by adjusting the body to uneven surfaces

Because the feet are very small compared with the rest of the body, the impact of each step exerts tremendous force upon them. This force is about 50% greater than the person's body weight. During a typical day, people spend about 4 hours on their feet and take 8,000 - 10,000 steps. This means that the feet support a combined force equivalent to several hundred tons every day.

Foot pain generally starts in one of three places: the toes, the forefoot, and the hindfoot.

The Toes. Toe problems most often occur because of the pressure imposed by ill-fitting shoes.

The Forefoot. The forefoot is the front of the foot. Pain originating here usually involves one of the following bone groups:

The metatarsal bones (five long bones that extend from the front of the arch to the bones in the toe)
The sesamoid bones (two small bones embedded at the top of the first metatarsal bone, which connects to the big toe)

The Hindfoot. The hindfoot is the back of the foot. Pain originating here can extend from the heel, across the sole (known as the plantar surface), to the ball of the foot (the metatarsophalangeal joint).

Condition	Location	Symptoms	Recommended Footwear
Toe Pain
Corns and calluses	Around toes, usually little toe, bottom of feet or areas exposed to friction.	Hard, dead, yellowish skin.	Wide (box-toed) shoes; soft cushions under heel or ball of foot, or customized or gel insoles for calluses. Doughnut-shaped pads for corns.
Ingrown toenails	Toenails.	Nail curling into skin causes pain, swelling, and, in extreme cases, infection.	Sandals, open-toed shoes.
Bunions and bunionettes (tailor's bunion)	Big toe (bunions) or little toe (bunionettes).	The following can occur alone or in combination: Metatarsus primus varus. The first (big toe) metatarsal bone shifts away from the second, and the big toe points inward. Medial exostosis. This is a bony bump at the base of the big toe, which protrudes outward. Area next to bony bump is red, tender, and occasionally filled with fluid. Toe joint may be inflamed. Hallux valgus. This is a deformity in which the bone and joint of the big toe shift and grow inward, so that the second toe crosses over the big toe.	Soft, wide-toed shoes or sandals. Bunion shields or splints. Thick doughnut-shaped moleskin pads, custom-made orthotics or foot slings, if necessary. Avoid shoes with stitching along the side of the "bump."
Morton's neuroma (also called interdigital neuroma)	Inflammation of the nerve, usually between the third and fourth toes and bottom of the foot near these toes.	Cramping and burning pain, or electric-shock sensation. The condition may produce a thick protective sheath around the nerve that feels like a ball. This may be detected by pressing top to bottom on the top of the foot using one hand and moving the other hand from side to side. Morton's neuroma is aggravated by prolonged standing and relieved by removal of the shoes and forefoot massage.	Wide (box-toed) shoes. Orthotic or insole with pad that reduces stress on the painful area.
Hammertoe or claw toe	Usually second toe, but may develop in any or all of the three middle toes.	Toes form hammer or claw shape. In hammertoe, the first knuckle of the toe is mainly affected. In claw toe the entire toe is deformed. No pain at first, but pain increases as tendon becomes tighter and toes stiffen.	Wide (box-toed) shoes. Toe pads or specially designed shields, splints, caps, or slings. (Splints or slings are not for people with diabetes.)
Front-of-the-Foot Pain
Metatarsalgia	Ball of the foot.	Acute, recurrent, or chronic pain without a known cause.	Wide (box-toed) shoes. Orthotic with pad that reduces metatarsal pressure. Gel cushions. Metatarsal bandage.
Stress fracture	Most often in the area beneath the second or third toe.	Sudden pain (which persists) when injury occurs.	Low-heeled shoes with stiff soles.
Sesamoiditis	Ball of foot beneath big toe.	Pain and swelling.	Low-heeled shoe with stiff sole and soft padding inside.
Heel and Back-of-the-Foot Pain
Plantar fasciitis or heel spurs	Back of the arch right in front of heel.	At onset, some people report a tearing or popping sound. Pain is most severe with first steps after getting out of bed. Pain decreases after stretching, returns after inactivity.	Over-the-counter foot insole (cut quarter-size hole surrounding painful area). Possible night splints. Orthotics if necessary.
Bursitis of the heel	Center of the heel.	Pain, with warmth and swelling. Increases during the day.	Heel cup.
Haglund's deformity (pump bump)	Fleshy area on the back of the heel.	Tender swelling aggravated by shoes with stiff backs.	Soft shoes. Heel pads. Possible orthotic to support heel.
Achilles tendinitis	Achilles tendon: area along the back between calf muscles and heel.	Pain worsens during physical activities (particularly running), after which the tendon usually swells and stiffens. If it ruptures, popping sound may occur followed by acute pain similar to a blow at the back of the leg.	Insoles, tendon strap, heel cups.
Arch and Bottom-of-the Foot Pain
Tarsal tunnel syndrome	Anywhere along the bottom of the foot.	Numbness, tingling, or burning sensations, pain, most commonly felt at night.	Specially designed orthotics to relieve pressure.
Flat feet or posterior tibial tendon dysfunction (PTTD)	The arch.	No arch. Often no pain or discomfort. Three stages in PTTD: Pain and weakness in the tendon. The arch flattens but is still flexible. The foot becomes rigid and possibly painful at the ankle. Sometimes people report fatigue, pain, or stiffness in the feet, legs, and lower back.	For children, possible custom-made insoles.
High arches (hollow feet)	The arch.	High arches. Lower back pain, possible tendency to lower limb injuries.

Causes

Nearly all causes of foot pain can be grouped under one of the following:

Ill-fitting shoes. Poorly fitting shoes are a frequent cause of foot pain. High-heeled shoes concentrate pressure on the toes and can aggravate, if not cause, problems with the toes.
Certain medical conditions. Any medical condition that causes a disturbance in the way a person walks can contribute to foot pain. This may include diseases or conditions that lead to pain or numbness in the feet (such as diabetes), leg and foot deformities, spinal problems, and neurological disorders such as Parkinson's disease or cerebral palsy.
High-impact exercise. High-impact exercising, such as jogging or strenuous aerobics, can injure the feet. Common injuries include corns, calluses, blisters, muscle cramps, acute knee and ankle injuries, plantar fasciitis, and metatarsalgia.

Arthritic Conditions. Arthritic conditions, particularly osteoarthritis and gout, can cause foot pain. Although rheumatoid arthritis almost always develops in the hand, the ball of the foot can also be affected.

Diabetes. Diabetes is an important cause of serious foot disorders. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #9: Diabetes - type 1 and In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

Obesity. Obesity can cause foot and ankle pain.

Pregnancy. Pregnancy can cause fluid buildup and swollen feet. The increased weight and imbalance of pregnancy contributes to foot stress.

Medications. Some medications, such as calcitonin and drugs used for high blood pressure, can cause foot swelling.

Click the icon to see an image of foot inspection.

Risk Factors

A risk factor is anything that increases your chances of getting a disease or condition. The following are factors that increase your risk for foot pain:

Elderly people are at very high risk for foot problems. As you age, your feet widen and flatten, and the fat padding on the sole of the foot wears down. The skin on the feet also becomes dryer. Foot pain in older adults may be the first sign of age-related conditions, such as arthritis, diabetes, and circulatory disease. Foot problems can also impair balance and function in this age group.

Taking fashion to extreme limits, some people have turned to cosmetic surgery as a drastic way to fit into high-heeled shoes. Procedures include surgical shortening of the toes, narrowing of feet, or injecting silicone into the pads of the feet. Such methods may increase your risk for future foot pain. The American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) and other foot-related medical associations have expressed concern over this trend. The AOFAS strongly advises against cosmetic foot surgery and urges consumers to carefully consider the relative risks and benefits of undergoing unnecessary surgical procedures.

Women are at higher risk than men for severe foot pain, probably because of high-heeled shoes. Severe foot pain appears to be a major cause of general disability in older women.

An estimated 120,000 job-related foot injuries occur every year, about a third of them involving the toes. A number of foot problems -- including arthritis of the foot and ankle, toe deformities, pinched nerves between the toes, plantar fasciitis, adult-acquired flat foot, and tarsal tunnel syndrome -- have been attributed to repetitive use at work.

For example, in a study of New York police officers who walked an average of 3 miles a day, 20% experienced foot pain at the end of their workday. (Insoles can relieve much of this pain.) No studies, however, have scientifically distinguished between injuries due to work versus those due to regular use. This is an important issue because of its potential impact on disability claims.

Pregnant women have an increased risk of foot problems due to weight gain, swelling in their feet and ankles, and the release of certain hormones that cause ligaments to relax. These hormones help when bearing the child, but they can weaken the feet.

People who engage in regular high-impact aerobic exercise are at risk for plantar fasciitis, heel spurs, sesamoiditis, shin splints, Achilles tendon, and stress fractures. Women are at higher risk for stress fractures than are men.

Gaining weight puts added stress on the feet and can lead to foot or ankle injuries. The added pressure on the soft tissues and joints of the foot in overweight people increases the likelihood of developing tendinitis and plantar fasciitis.

Treatment: Corns and Calluses

A corn is a protective layer of dead skin cells that forms due to repeated friction. It is cone-shaped and has a knobby core that points inward. This core can put pressure on a nerve and cause sharp pain. Corns can develop on the top of, or between, toes. If a corn develops between the toes, it may be kept pliable by the moisture from perspiration and is therefore called a soft corn.

Corns develop as a result of friction from the toes rubbing together or against the shoe. They often occur from the following:

Shoes, socks, or stockings that fit too tightly around the toes
Pressure on the toes from high-heeled shoes
Shoes that are too loose, due to the friction of the foot sliding within the shoe
Deformed and crooked toes

Calluses are composed of the same material as corns. Calluses, however, develop on the ball or heel of the foot. The skin on the sole of the foot is ordinarily about 40 times thicker than the skin anywhere else on the body, but a callus can even be twice as thick. A protective callus layer naturally develops to guard against excessive pressure and chafing as people get older and the padding of fat on the bottom of the foot thins out. If calluses get too big or too hard, they may pull and tear the underlying skin.

Risk factors for calluses include the following:

Poorly fitting shoes
Walking regularly on hard surfaces
Flat feet

Of note, in people with diabetes, the presence of calluses is a strong predictor of ulceration, particularly in those who have a history of foot ulcers.

Preventing Corns and Calluses and Relieving Discomfort. To prevent corns and calluses and relieve discomfort if they develop:

Do not wear shoes that are too tight or too loose. Wear well-padded shoes with open toes or a deep toe box (the part of the shoe that surrounds the toes). If necessary, have a cobbler stretch the shoes in the area where the corn or callus is located.
Wear thick socks to absorb pressure, but do not wear tight socks or stockings.
Apply petroleum jelly or lanolin hand cream to corns or calluses to soften them.
Use doughnut-shaped pads that fit over a corn and decrease pressure and friction. They are available at most drug stores.
Place cotton, lamb's wool, or mole skin between the toes to cushion any corns in these areas.

Removing Corns and Calluses. To remove a corn or callus, soak it in very warm water for 5 minutes or more to soften the hardened tissue, then gently sand it with a pumice stone. Several treatments may be necessary. Do not trim corns or calluses with a razor blade or other sharp tool. Unsterile cutting tools can cause infection, and it is easy to slip and cut too deep, causing excessive bleeding or injury to the toe or foot.

Medicated Solutions and Pads. There are numerous over-the-counter pads, plasters, and medications for removing corns and calluses. These treatments commonly contain salicylic acid, which may cause irritation, burns, or infections that are more serious than the corn or callus. Use caution with these medications. The following people should not use them:

Patients with diabetes
Patients with reduced feeling in the feet due to circulation problems or neurological damage
Patients who do not have the flexibility or eyesight to use them properly

Treatment: Bunions

A bunion is a deformity that usually occurs at the head of one of the five long bones (the metatarsal bones) that extend from the arch of the foot and connect to the toes. A bunion typically develops in the following way:

Most often it occurs in the first metatarsal bone (the one that attaches to the big toe). A bunion may also develop in the bone that joins the little toe to the foot (the fifth metatarsal bone), in which case it is known as either a bunionette or a tailor's bunion.
A bunion begins to form when the big or little toe is forced in toward the rest of the toes, causing the head of the metatarsal bone to jut out and rub against the side of the shoe.
The underlying tissue becomes inflamed, and a painful bump forms.
As this bony growth develops, the bunion is formed as the big toe is forced to grow at an increasing angle toward the rest of the toes. One important bunion deformity, hallux valgus, causes the bone and joint of the big toe to shift and grow inward, so that the second toe crosses over it.

Several conditions can cause bunions:

Narrow high-heeled shoes with pointed toes can put enormous pressure on the front of the foot.
Injury in the joint may cause a bunion to develop over time.
Genetics play a role in 10 - 15% of all bunions.

Flat feet, gout, arthritis, and occupations (such as ballet) that place undue stress on the feet can also increase the risk for bunions.

Shoes and Protective Pads. Pressure and pain from bunions and bunionettes can be relieved by wearing appropriate shoes, such as the following:

Soft, wide, low-heeled leather shoes that lace up
Athletic shoes with soft toe boxes
Open shoes or sandals with straps that don't touch the irritated area

A thick doughnut-shaped, moleskin pad can protect the protrusion. In some cases, an orthotic can help redistribute weight and take pressure off the bunion. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) or corticosteroid injections may offer some pain relief.

Surgery. If discomfort persists, surgery may be necessary, particularly for more serious conditions, such as hallux valgus. There are more than 100 surgical variations, ranging from removing the bump to realigning the toes.

The most common surgery, an office procedure known as bunionectomy, involves shaving down the bone of the big toe joint. In one procedure the surgeon uses a very small incision, through which the bone-shaving drill is inserted. The physician shaves off the bone, guided by feel or x-ray. This technique is not a cure, but patient satisfaction is high and results are long-lasting.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing bunion removal.

More extensive surgeries may be required to realign the toe joint. Although there are variations of each, they generally involve one or more of the following:

Osteotomy (cutting and realigning the joint). Long-term studies on osteotomies report that 90% of patients are satisfied with the procedure.
Exostetectomy (removal of the large bony growth). This technique is only useful when there is no shift in the toe bone itself.
Arthrodesis (removal of damaged portion of the joint, followed by implantation of screws, wires, or plates to hold the bones together until they heal). This is the gold standard procedure for very severe cases or when previous procedures have failed. Most patients report good results.
Arthroplasty (removal of damaged portion of the joint with the goal of achieving a flexible scar). This technique offers symptom relief and faster rehabilitation than arthrodesis, but it can cause deformity and some foot weakness. Arthroplasty tends to be used in older patients. Biologic or synthetic implants for supporting the toes are showing promise as part of this procedure.
Tendon and Ligament Repair. If tendons and ligaments have become too loose, the surgeon may tighten them.

In severe cases, surgeons are testing bone grafts to restore bone length in patients who have had previous bunion surgeries or damage from osteoarthritis.

Complications, though uncommon in even the most complex procedures, can include:

Continued pain
Infection
Possible numbness
Irritation from implants used to support the bone
An excessively shortened metatarsal bone

Recovery from more invasive procedures, such as arthrodesis or osteotomy, may take 6 - 8 weeks, and it can be that long before a patient can put full weight on the foot. In such cases, the patient will need to wear a cast or use crutches. Elderly patients may need wheelchairs.

Treatment: Hammertoes

A hammertoe is a permanent deformity of the toe joint, in which the toe bends up slightly and then curls downward, resting on its tip. When forced into this position long enough, the tendons of the toe shrink, and the toe stiffens into a hammer- or claw-like shape.

Hammertoe is most common in the second toe, but it can develop in any or all of the three middle toes if they are pushed forward and do not have enough room to lie flat in the shoe. The risk is increased when the toes are already crowded by the pressure of a bunion. Risks include:

Lying down for long periods
Diabetes
Diseases that affect the nerves and muscles

Click the icon to see an image of a hammertoe.

Treatment for Hammertoe. At first, a hammertoe is flexible, and any pain it causes can usually be relieved by putting a toe pad, sold in drug stores, into the shoe. To help prevent and ease existing discomfort from hammertoes, shoes should have a deep, wide toe area. As the tendon becomes tighter and the toe stiffens, other treatments, including exercises, splints, and custom-made shoe inserts (orthotics) may help redistribute weight and ease the position of the toe.

Surgery. Patients with severe cases of hammertome may need surgery. If the toe is still flexible, only a simple procedure that releases the tendon may be involved. Such procedures sometimes require only a single stitch and a Band-Aid. If the toe has become rigid, surgery on the bone is necessary, but it can still be performed in the doctor's office. A procedure called PIP arthroplasty involves releasing the ligaments at the joint and removing a small piece of toe bone, which restores the toe to its normal position. The toe is held in this position with a pin for about 3 weeks, and then the pin is removed. One study reported that 92% of patients who had arthroscopy were still pain free after 5 years.

Treatment: Ingrown Toenails

Ingrown toenails can occur on any toe but are most common on the big toes. They usually develop when tight-fitting or narrow shoes put too much pressure on the toenail and force the nail to grow into the flesh of the toe. Incorrect toenail trimming can also contribute to the risk of developing an ingrown toenail. Other causes are:

Fungal infections
Injuries
Abnormalities in the structure of the foot
Repeated impact on the toenail from high-impact aerobic exercise

An ingrown toenail is a condition in which the edge of the toenail grows into the skin of the toe. The big toe is most commonly affected. Symptoms include pain, redness, and swelling around the toenail.

Caring for Toenails. Trim toenails straight across and keep them long enough so that the nail corner is not visible. If the nail is cut too short, it may grow inward. If the nail does grow inward, do not cut the nail corner at an angle. This only trains the nail to continue growing inward. When filing the nails, file straight across the nail in a single movement, lifting the file before the next stroke. Do not saw back and forth. A cuticle stick can be used to clean under the nail.

Treatments. To relieve pain from ingrown toenails, try wearing sandals or open-toed shoes. Soaking the toe for 5 minutes twice a day in a warm water solution of Domeboro or Betadine can help. People who are at increased risk for infections, such as those with diabetes, should have professional treatment.

Antibiotic ointments can treat ingrown toenails that are infected. Apply the ointment by working a wisp of cotton under the nail, especially the corners, to lift the nail up and drain the infection. The cotton will also help force the toenail to grow out correctly. Change the cotton daily, and use the antibiotic consistently.

In severe cases, more intensive treatments are needed. Surgery involves simply cutting away the sharp portion of ingrown nail, removing the nail bed, or removing a wedge of the affected tissue. One study found that orthonyxia, a newer surgical technique that implants a small metal brace into the top of the nail, is as effective as traditional surgical techniques for preventing ingrown toenails from recurring.

Nonsurgical methods can also treat ingrown toenails. One technique uses chemicals to remove the skin. Both sodium hydroxide and phenol may be used, but research shows that sodium hydroxide produces a better outcome and faster recovery than phenol. Other nonsurgical methods include using cauterization (heating), or lasers, to remove the skin.

Treatment: Forefoot Pain

Forefoot pain refers to pain and discomfort felt toward the top of the foot. The rate of forefoot pain and deformity increases with age. When a cause cannot be determined, any pain on the ball of the foot is generally referred to as metatarsalgia.

Forefoot pain may be due to:

Morton's neuroma
Sesamoiditis
Stress fractures

A neuroma usually means a benign tumor of a nerve. However, Morton’s neuroma, also called interdigital neuroma, is not actually a tumor. It is a thickening of the tissue surrounding the nerves leading to the toes. Morton’s neuroma usually develops when the bones in the third and fourth toes pinch together, compressing a nerve. It can also occur in other locations. The nerve becomes enlarged and inflamed. The inflammation causes a burning or tingling sensation and cramping in the front of the foot. Other causes of this condition include:

Tight, poorly-fitting shoes
Injury
Arthritis
Abnormal bone structure

Treatment for Neuromas. Pain from Morton's neuroma can be reduced by massaging the affected area. Roomier shoes (box-toed shoes), pads of various sorts, and cortisone injections in the painful area are also helpful. A combination of cortisone injections and shoe modifications provides better immediate relief than changes in footwear alone. Ultrasound-guided injection of alcohol might also provide relief from Morton's neuroma, research finds.

If these treatments are not effective, the enlarged area may need to be surgically removed. In one long-term study of one surgeon's experience, 85% of patients reported good to excellent satisfaction nearly 6 years after surgery. About 65% were pain free. Some numbness is common afterward, but it rarely bothers patients. Occasionally, the nerve tissue may re-grow and form another neuroma.

Sesamoiditis is an inflammation of the tendons around the small, round bones that are embedded in the head of the first metatarsal bone, which leads to the big toe. Sesamoid bones bear much stress under ordinary circumstances; excessive stress can strain the surrounding tendons. Often there is no clear-cut cause, but sesamoid injuries are common among people who participate in jarring, high-impact activities, such as ballet, jogging, and aerobic exercise.

Treatment for Sesamoiditis. Rest and reducing stress on the ball of the foot are the first lines of treatment for sesamoiditis. A low-heeled shoe with a stiff sole and soft padding inside is all that is usually required. In severe cases, surgery may be necessary.

A stress fracture in the foot, also called fatigue or march fracture, usually results from a break or rupture in any of the five metatarsal bones (mostly the second or third). These fractures are caused by overuse during strenuous exercise, particularly jogging and high-impact aerobics. Women are at higher risk for stress fracture than men.

A fracture in the first metatarsal bone, which leads to the big toe, is uncommon because of the thickness of this bone. If it occurs, however, it is more serious than a fracture in any of the other metatarsal bones because it dramatically changes the pattern of normal walking and weight bearing.

Treatment for Stress Fractures. Patients should seek treatment if pain persists for 3 weeks. In a study of young athletes, treatment after that time reduced the chance that they could return to their sport. Surgery may be needed if conservative measures fail. In most cases, however, stress fractures heal by themselves if you avoid rigorous activities. Some health care providers recommend moderate exercise, particularly swimming and walking. It is best to wear low-heeled shoes with stiff soles. Occasionally, a health care provider may recommend wearing a special wooden shoe and a compressive wrap to make walking more comfortable.

Treatment: Heel Pain

The heel is the largest bone in the foot. Heel pain is the most common foot problem and affects 2 million Americans every year. It can occur in the front, back, or bottom of the heel. Types of heel pain include:

Achilles tendinitis
Bursitis of the heel
Excess pronation
Haglund's deformity
Heel spur syndrome
Plantar fasciitis

Each type of heal pain is described in more detail below. General treatment guidelines are as follows:

The American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society (AOFAS) suggests shoe inserts, medications, and stretching as a first line of therapy for heel pain. One study found that 95% of women who used an insert and did simple stretching exercises for the Achilles tendon and plantar fascia experienced improvement after 8 weeks.
If these treatments fail, the patient may need prescription heel orthotics and extended physical therapy. Surgery may be an option if other methods have failed.

Achilles tendinitis is an inflammation of the tendon that connects the calf muscles to the heel bone. It is caused by small tears in the tendon from overuse or injury. This condition is most common in people who engage in high-impact exercise, particularly jogging, racquetball, and tennis.

People at highest risk for this disorder from these activities are those with a shortened Achilles tendon. Such people tend to roll their feet too far inward when walking, and may bounce when they walk. A shortened tendon can be due to an inborn structural abnormality, or it can develop from regularly wearing high heels.

An inflamed or torn Achilles tendon causes intense pain and affects mobility.

Evidence is uncertain about the best way to treat either acute or chronic Achilles tendinitis. Some approaches include:

Treatments to Relieve Pain and Reduce Inflammation. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as aspirin or ibuprofen (Advil), may help ease pain and reduce inflammation. It is also helpful to apply ice for 20 - 30 minutes, four or five times a day. (Note: Corticosteroid injections are sometimes used, although evidence suggests they don't help very much, and they can pose a risk for rupture of the tendon.)

Gentle Stretching. Gentle calf muscle stretches may also help reduce pain and spasms. If the calf is swollen, elevate the leg. Exercise is safe when the heel is no longer swollen or tender, even if pain is still present. If pain increases with exercise, stop immediately.

Laser Therapy. Low-level laser therapy that emits energy directed at pain trigger points has helped some patients. No strong evidence supports its use to date, however.

Surgery vs. Nonsurgical Treatment. Chronic inflammation may lead to rupture of the Achilles tendon. If pain continues, the ruptured tendon will require a cast and perhaps surgery, called tendon transfer. Although some experts believe a cast without surgery is a sufficient treatment for such rupture, there is a chance the tendon may rupture again in the future, even after it heals. Some experts suggest surgery for active people and nonsurgical treatment for older people.

Surgery requires a long incision with a postoperative period of immobilization that can average 6 weeks. Complications can include a significant surgical scar, infection, and muscle atrophy, although surgery reduces pain and preserves foot function in the long term. Less invasive techniques are being tested. In one study, selected patients with ruptured tendons were hospitalized for about 5 days and fitted with special footgear (Variostabil, which continuously raised the back of the foot). The footgear was effective for most patients, and the tendon ruptured again in only 5% of cases.

Bursitis of the heel is an inflammation of the bursa, a small sack of fluid beneath the heel bone. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as aspirin or ibuprofen (Advil), and steroid injections will help relieve pain from bursitis. Applying ice and massaging the heel are also beneficial. A heel cup or soft padding in the heel of the shoe reduces direct impact when walking.

Pronation is the normal motion that allows the foot to adapt to uneven walking surfaces and to absorb shock. Excessive pronation occurs when the foot has a tendency to turn inward and stretch and pull the fascia. It can cause not only heel pain, but also hip, knee, and lower back problems.

Haglund's deformity, known medically as posterior calcaneal exostosis, is a bony growth surrounded by tender tissue on the back of the heel bone. It develops when the back of the shoe repeatedly rubs against the back of the heel, aggravating the tissue and the underlying bone. It is commonly called pump bump because it frequently occurs with high heels. (It can also develop in runners, however.)

Treatment for Haglund's Deformity. Applying ice followed by moist heat will help ease discomfort from a pump bump. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as aspirin or ibuprofen (Advil), will also reduce pain. Your doctor may recommend an orthotic device to control heel motion. Corticosteroid injections are not recommended because they can weaken the Achilles tendon.

In severe cases, surgery may be necessary to remove or reduce the bony growth. According to one study, however, surgery was not effective for more than 30% of patients and, in fact, the condition worsened in 14% of patients who had surgery. A more recent study reported that surgery cured 90% of cases, but patients took 6 months to 2 years to fully recover. Experts advise patients to try all conservative measures before choosing surgery.

Plantar fasciitis is a common foot problem that accounts for 1 million office visits per year. Plantar fasciitis occurs from small tears and inflammation in the wide band of tendons and ligaments that stretches from the heel to the ball of the foot. This band, much like the tensed string in a bow, forms the arch of the foot and helps serve as a shock absorber for the body.

The term plantar means the sole of the foot, and fascia refers to any fibrous connective tissue in the body. Most people with plantar fasciitis experience pain in the heel with their first steps in the morning. The pain also often spreads to the arch of the foot. The condition can be temporary, or it may become chronic if ignored. Resting can provide relief, but only temporarily.

Heel spurs are calcium deposits that can develop under the heel bone as a result of the inflammation that occurs with plantar fasciitis. Heel spurs and plantar fasciitis are sometimes blamed interchangeably for pain, but plantar fasciitis can occur without heel spurs, and spurs commonly develop without causing any symptoms at all.

Causes of Plantar Fasciitis. The cause of plantar fasciitis is often unknown. It is usually associated with overuse during high-impact exercise and sports. Plantar fasciitis accounts for up to 9% of all running injuries. Because the condition often occurs in only one foot, however, factors other than overuse are likely to be responsible in many cases. Other causes of this injury include poorly-fitting shoes, lack of calf flexibility, or an uneven stride that causes an abnormal and stressful impact on the foot.

Treatment Goals. The three major treatment goals for plantar fasciitis are:

Reducing inflammation and pain
Reducing pressure on the heel
Restoring strength and flexibility

Embarking on an exercise program as soon as possible and using NSAIDs, splints, or heel pads as needed can help relieve the problem. Pain that does not subside with NSAIDs may require more intensive treatments, including leg supports and even surgery.

Exercises to Restore Strength and Flexibility. Stretching the plantar fascia is the mainstay therapy for restoring strength and flexibility. One exercise involves the following:

Put the hands on a wall and lean against them.
Place the uninjured foot on the floor in front of the injured foot.
Raise the heel of the injured foot.
Gently stretch the injured leg and foot.

With stretching treatments, the plantar fascia nearly always heals by itself but it may take as long as a year, with pain occurring intermittently. A moderate amount of low-impact exercise (such as walking, swimming, or cycling) also seems to be beneficial.

Treatment. Inflammation and pain is most commonly treated with ice and over-the-counter nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as aspirin or ibuprofen. NSAIDs reduce pain and disability in people with plantar fasciitis when used with other techniques, such as night splints and stretching.

Corticosteroids are powerful anti-inflammatory agents. An injection of a steroid plus a local anesthetic (such as xylocaine) may provide relief in severe cases of plantar fasciitis. (Steroid injections are not used for pain that is only due to heel spurs). For athletes or performers who need immediate relief, an effective method is to administer the steroid dexamethasone using a procedure called iontophoresis, which introduces the drug into the foot's tissue using an electrical current.

Several non-drug approaches can relieve pressure on the heel, including:

Sturdy Shoes and Insoles. It is important to wear comfortable but sturdy shoes that have thick soles, rubber heels, and a sole insole to relieve pressure. (An insole with an arch support might also be helpful.) Cutting a round hole about the size of a quarter in the sole cushion under the painful area may help support the rest of the heel while relieving pressure on the painful spot. Heel cups are not very useful. When combined with exercises that stretch the arch and heel cord, over-the-counter insoles may offer the same relief as prescribed orthotics.
Night Splints. Some evidence suggests that splints worn at night may be helpful for some people. One device, for example, uses an Ace bandage and an L-shaped fiberglass splint to keep the foot stretched while the patient is sleeping. This allows the muscle to heal. One study reported that nearly any splint, regardless of cost, is equally effective in about three-quarters of patients. Although patient compliance may be better with custom-made prescribed orthotics than with tension night splints, one study found they are equally effective in improving pain.
Elevated Heels. Some people report relief from mild symptoms with the use of shoes or cowboy boots that have elevated heels. This approach, however, may not work in some people and is not recommended for anyone with a moderate-to-severe condition. (Heel cups have not been proven to be very useful.)
Orthotics. For severe conditions, such as fallen arches or structural problems that cause imbalance, insoles, called orthotics, molded from a plaster cast of the patient's foot may be needed. (See "Insoles and Orthotics" section).
Extracorporeal Shock Wave Therapy (ESWT). ESWT may be used as an alternative to surgery for patients who have not responded to other treatments. The therapy uses low-dose sound waves to injure the surrounding tissues in the heel, which is believed to trigger healing of the tissues that are causing the pain. Studies show that the treatment provides a very small reduction in heel pain without side effects. It can be considered as an option for patients who haven't responded well to extensive conservative treatment.
Surgery. Surgery may be needed for some patients, typically those who have disabling heel pain that does not respond to other treatments for at least a year. A typical surgery is called instep plantar fasciotomy. It relieves pressure on the nerves that are causing pain by removing and therefore releasing part of the plantar fascia. A less invasive method uses a procedure called endoscopy, which requires smaller incisions. Wearing a below-the-knee walking cast after surgery for 2 weeks may reduce the need for pain relief and speed recovery time compared to the use of crutches.
Botox. Small studies show that injections of botulinum toxin (Botox), a protein used to temporarily paralyze certain muscles, reduces pain and improves patients' future ability to walk. More research is needed on this treatment.

Treatment: Flat Feet

Flat foot, or pes planus, is a defect of the foot that eliminates the arch. The condition is most often inherited. Arches, however, can also fall in adulthood, in which case the condition is sometimes referred to as posterior tibial tendon dysfunction (PTTD). This occurs most often in women over age 50, but it can occur in anyone. The following are risk factors for PTTD:

Wearing high heels for long periods of time is a particular risk for flat feet. Over the years, the Achilles tendon in the back of the calf shortens and tightens, so the ankle does not bend properly. The tendons and ligaments running through the arch then try to compensate. Sometimes they break down, and the arch falls.
Some studies have indicated that the earlier a person starts wearing shoes, particularly for long periods of the day, the higher the risk for flat feet later on.
Other conditions that can lead to PTTD include obesity, diabetes, surgery, injury, rheumatoid arthritis, or the use of corticosteroids.

Some research suggests that flat feet in adults can, over time, actually exert abnormal pressure on the ankle joint that can cause damage. One indirect complication of flat arches may be urinary incontinence or leakage during exercise. The less flexible the arch, the more force reaches the pelvic floor, jarring the muscles that affect urinary continence. Nevertheless, whether flat feet pose any significant problems in adults is unknown. For example, one study on athletes with flat feet indicated that they had no higher risk for leg or foot injuries than did athletes with normal arches.

Treatment for Flat Feet in Children. Doctors usually can't diagnose flat feet until a child is 6 years old. Children with flat feet typically don't have symptoms, and often outgrow the condition. Children who are experiencing symptoms might need to change shoes or wear arch supports. In rare cases, minimally invasive joint insert surgery may be an option.

Treatment for Flat Feet in Adults. In general, conservative treatment for flat feet acquired in adulthood (posterior tibial tendon dysfunction) involves pain relief and insoles or custom-made orthotics to support the foot and prevent progression.

In severe cases, surgery may be required to correct the foot posture, usually with procedures called osteotomies or arthrodesis that typically lengthen the Achilles tendon and adjust tendons in the foot. One procedure uses an implant to support the arch. These procedures have potential complications. Conservative methods should be tried first.

Treatment: Abnormally High Arches

An overly-high arch (hollow foot) can cause problems. Army studies have found that recruits with the highest arches have the most lower-limb injuries and that flat-footed recruits have the least. Contrary to the general impression, the hollow foot is much more common than the flat foot.

Clawfoot, or pes cavus, is a deformity of the foot marked by very high arches and very long toes. Clawfoot is a hereditary condition, but can also occur when muscles in the foot contract or become unbalanced due to nerve or muscle disorders.

Claw toe is a deformity of the foot in which the toes are pointed down and the arch is high, making the foot appear claw-like. Claw toe can be a condition from birth or develop as a consequence of other disorders.

Treatment: Tarsal Tunnel Syndrome

Tarsal tunnel syndrome results from compression of a nerve that runs through a narrow passage behind the inner ankle bone down to the heel. It can cause pain anywhere along the bottom of the foot. It can occur with:

Diabetes
Back pain
Arthritis
Injury to the ankle
Abnormal blood vessels
Scar tissue that press against the nerve

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and the dorsiflexion-eversion test can diagnose this syndrome.

Treatment for Tarsal Tunnel Syndrome. Specially designed shoe inserts called orthotics can relieve pain from tarsal tunnel syndrome, because they help redistribute weight and take pressure off the nerve. Corticosteroid injections may also help. Surgery is sometimes performed, particularly if symptoms persist for more than a year, although its benefits are a matter of debate. Tarsal tunnel syndrome caused by known conditions, such as tumors or cysts, may respond better to surgery than tarsal tunnel syndrome of unknown cause. It can take months after this surgery for a person to recover and resume normal activities. Only experienced surgeons should perform tarsal tunnel syndrome surgery.

Treatment: Foot Injury

If you suspect that you have broken or fractured bones in a toe or foot, call a doctor, who will probably order x-rays. Even if you can walk, you still might have a fracture. People are often able to walk even if a foot bone has been fractured, particularly if it is a chipped bone or a toe fracture.

Over-the-counter nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are commonly used to treat mild pain caused by muscle inflammation. Aspirin is the most common NSAID. Others include ibuprofen (Motrin, Advil, Nuprin, Rufen), ketoprofen (Actron, Orudis KT), naproxen (Aleve, Naprelan), and tolmetin (Tolectin). A gel containing ibuprofen can be applied to sore joints. Acetaminophen (Tylenol) is not an NSAID, and although it is a mild pain reliever, it will not reduce inflammation. It is important to note that high doses or long-term use of any NSAID can cause gastrointestinal disturbances with sometimes serious consequences, including dangerous bleeding. No one should take NSAIDs for prolonged periods of time without consulting a doctor.

The acronym RICE stands for rest, ice, compression, and elevation -- the four basic elements of immediate treatment for an injured foot.

Rest. Patients should get off injured foot as soon as possible.
Ice. This is particularly important to reduce swelling and promote recovery during the first 48 hours. Wrap a bag or towel containing ice around the injured area on a repetitive cycle of 20 minutes on, 40 minutes off.
Compression. Lightly wrap an Ace bandage around the area.
Elevation. Elevate the foot on several pillows.

Minor injuries like sprains may be treated at home if broken bones are not suspected. The acronym RICE is helpful for remembering how to treat minor injuries: "R" stands for rest, "I" is for ice, "C" is for compression, and "E" is for elevation. Pain and swelling should decrease within 48 hours, and gentle movement may be beneficial, but don't put pressure on a sprained joint until the pain is completely gone (one to several weeks).

Prevention

The American Podiatric Medical Association offers the following tips for preventing foot pain:

Don't ignore foot pain -- it's not normal. If the pain persists, see a doctor who specializes in podiatry.
Inspect feet regularly. Pay attention to changes in color and temperature. Look for thick or discolored nails (a sign of developing fungus), and check for cracks or cuts in the skin. Peeling or scaling on the soles of feet could indicate athlete's foot. Any growth on the foot is not considered normal.
Wash feet regularly, especially between the toes, and dry them completely.
Trim toenails straight across, but not too short. (Cutting nails in corners or on the sides increases the risk for ingrown toenails.)
Make sure shoes fit properly. Purchase new shoes later in the day when feet tend to be at their largest, and replace worn out shoes as soon as possible.
Select and wear the right shoe for specific activities (such as running shoes for running).
Alternate shoes. Don't wear the same pair of shoes every day.
Avoid walking barefoot, which increases the risk for injury and infection. At the beach or when wearing sandals, always use sunblock on your feet, as you would on the rest of your body.
Be cautious when using home remedies for foot ailments. Self-treatment can often turn a minor problem into a major one.
It is critical that people with diabetes see a podiatric physician at least once a year for a checkup. People with diabetes, poor circulation, or heart problems should not treat their own feet, including toenails, because they are more prone to infection.

Skin creams can help maintain skin softness and pliability. A pumice stone or loofah sponge can help get rid of dead skin.

Taking a warm footbath for 10 minutes two or three times a week will keep the feet relaxed and help prevent mild foot pain caused by fatigue. Adding 1/2 cup of Epsom salts increases circulation and adds other benefits. Taking footbaths only when the feet are painful is not as helpful.

In addition to wearing proper shoes and socks, walking often -- and properly -- can prevent foot injury and pain. The head should be erect, the back straight, and the arms relaxed and swinging freely at the side. Step out on the heel, move forward with the weight on the outside of the foot, and complete the step by pushing off the big toe.

Exercises specifically for the toe and feet are easy to perform and help strengthen them and keep them flexible. Helpful exercises include the following:

Raise and curl the toes 10 times, holding each position for a count of five.
Put a rubber band around both big toes and pull the feet away from each other. Count to five. Repeat 10 times.
Pick up a towel with the toes. Repeat five times.
Pump the foot up and down to stretch the calf and shin muscles. Perform for 2 or 3 minutes.

Early Development. The first year of life is important for foot development. Parents should cover their babies' feet loosely, allowing plenty of opportunity for kicking and exercise. Change the child's position frequently. Children generally start to walk at 10 - 18 months. They should not be forced to start walking early. Wearing just socks or going barefoot indoors helps the foot develop normally and strongly and allows the toes to grasp. Going barefoot outside, however, increases the risk for injury and other conditions, such as plantar warts.

Shoes. Children should wear shoes that are light and flexible, and since their feet tend to perspire, their shoes should be made of materials that breathe. Replace footwear every few months as the child's feet grow. Footwear should never be handed down. Protect children's feet if they participate in high-impact sports.

Shoes

In general, the best shoes are well cushioned and have a leather upper, stiff heel counter, and flexible area at the ball of the foot. The heel area should be strong and supportive, but not too stiff, and the front of the shoe should be flexible. New shoes should feel comfortable right away, without a breaking-in period.

Well-fitted shoes with a firm sole and soft upper are the best way to prevent many problems with the feet. They should be purchased in the afternoon or after a long walk, when the feet have swelled. There should be 1/2 inch of space between the longest toe and the tip of the shoe (remember, the longest toe is not always the big toe), and the toes should be able to wiggle upward.

Stand when being measured, and have both feet sized, buying shoes that fit whichever foot is largest. Wear the same socks as you would regularly wear with the new shoes. Women who are accustomed to wearing pointed-toe shoes may prefer the feel of tight-fitting shoes, but with wear their tastes may adjust to shoes that are less confining and properly fitted.

Ideally, the shoe should have a removable insole. Thin, hard soles may be the best choice for older people. Elderly people wearing shoes with thick inflexible soles may be unable to sense the position of their feet relative to the ground, significantly increasing the risk for falling.

High heels are the major cause of foot problems in women. Although people believe that foot binding is a problem limited to Chinese women of the past, many fashionable high heels are designed to constrict the foot by up to an inch. Women who insist on wearing high-heeled shoes should at least look for shoes with wide toe room, reinforced heels that are relatively wide, and cushioned insoles. They should also keep the amount of time they spend wearing high heels to a minimum.

The way shoes are laced can be important for preventing specific problems. Laces should always be loosened before putting shoes on. People with narrow feet should buy shoes with eyelets farther away from the tongue than people with wider feet. This makes for a tighter fit for narrower feet and a looser fit for wider feet. If, after tying the shoe, less than an inch of tongue shows, the shoes are probably too wide. Adjust tightness both at the top and bottom of the shoe. When shoes with high arches cause pain, skip eyelets when lacing them to relieve pressure.

If shoes need breaking in, place moleskin pads next to areas on the skin where friction is likely to occur. Once a blister occurs, moleskin is not effective. Change shoes during the day, and rotate between different pairs of shoes. As soon as the heels show noticeable wear, replace the shoes or their heels.

Avoid extreme variations between exercise, street, and dress shoes.

Exercise and Sports. Shoes purchased for exercise should be specifically designed for a person's preferred sport. For instance, a running shoe should especially cushion the forefoot, while tennis shoes should emphasize ankle support. Athletic socks are almost as important as shoes. Experts often recommend padded acrylic socks.

Occupational Footwear. Because a number of occupations put the feet in danger, workers in high-risk jobs should be sure their footwear is protective. For example, non-electric workers at risk for falling or rolling objects or punctures should wear shoes with steel toes and possibly other metal foot guards. Electric workers should wear footgear with no metal parts (or insulated steel toes) and rubber soles and heels. Chemical workers should wear shoes made of synthetics or rubber, not leather.


Aerobic Dancing	Sufficient cushioning to absorb shock and pressure, which should be many times greater than shock from walking. Arches that maintain side-to-side stability. Thick upper leather support. Box toe. Orthotics may be required for people with ankles that over-turn inward or outward. Soles should allow for twisting and turning.
Cycling	Rigid support across the arch to prevent collapse during pedaling. Heel lift. Cross-training or combo hiking/cycling shoes may be sufficient for the casual biker. Toe clips or specially designed shoe cleats for serious cyclers. In some cases, orthotics may be needed to control arch and heel and balance the forefoot.
Running	Sufficient cushioning to absorb shock and pressure. Fully bendable at the ball of the foot. Enough traction on the sole to prevent slipping. Consider insole or orthotic with arch support for problem feet.
Tennis	Allows side-to-side sliding. Low-traction sole. Snug fitting heel with cushioning. Padded toe box with adequate depth. Soft-support arch.
Walking	Lightweight. Breathable upper material (leather or mesh). Wide enough to accommodate ball of the foot. Firm padded heel counter that does not bite into heel or touch anklebone. Low heel close to ground for stability. Good arch support. Front provides support and flexibility.

Insoles and Orthotics

Insoles are flat cushioned inserts that are placed inside the shoe. They are designed to reduce shock, provide support for heels and arches, and absorb moisture and odor. In general, they can be very helpful for many people.

People respond very differently to specific insoles. What may work for one person may not for another. Consider the thickness of socks when purchasing insoles to be sure they do not squeeze the toes up against the shoes. Insoles can be purchased in athletic and drug stores. Shoe stores that specialize in foot problems often sell customized, but more expensive, insoles. In general, over-the-counter insoles offer enough support for most people's foot problems. Most well-known brands of athletic shoes have built-in insoles.

Brands and Materials. There are many types of insoles available. They are composed of various materials, such as cork, leather, plastic foam, and rubber. Very effective insoles are now made from viscoelastic polymers (such as Sorbothane, Airplus, Spenco, Dr. Scholl's Massaging Gel, and others), which are gel-like materials that act both as liquids and solids.

Heel Cushions for Shortened Achilles Tendons. People who have developed short, tightened Achilles tendons (usually women who have worn high-heeled shoes for prolonged periods) should consider using heel cushions. Like insoles, heel cushions are inserted inside the shoes. They should be at least 1/8 inch thick, but not more than 1/4 inch thick.

For severe conditions, such as fallen arches or structural problems that cause imbalance, podiatrists or physicians may need to fit and prescribe orthotics, or orthoses, which are insoles molded from a plaster cast of the patient's foot. Orthotics are usually categorized as rigid, soft, or semi-rigid.

Before seeking prescription orthotics, people with less severe problems should consider testing the lower-priced, over-the-counter insoles.

Types of orthotics include:

Rigid Orthotics. Rigid orthotics are used to control motion in two major foot joints that lie directly below the ankle. They are often used to prevent excessive pronation (the turning in of the foot) and are useful for people who are very overweight or have uneven leg lengths. Some experts warn that rigid orthotics may cause sesamoiditis or benign tumors from pinched nerves.
Soft Orthotics. Soft orthotics are designed to absorb shock, improve balance, and remove pressure from painful areas. They are made from a lightweight material and are often beneficial for people with diabetes or arthritis. Soft orthotics need to be replaced periodically, and because they are bulkier than rigid orthotics, they may require larger shoes.
Semi-Rigid Orthotics. Semi-rigid orthotics are designed to provide balance, often for a specific sport. They are typically made of layers of leather and cork reinforced by silastic.

Resources

www.apma.org -- American Podiatric Medical Association
www.aofas.org -- American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society
www.acfas.org -- American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons
www.aapsm.org -- American Academy of Podiatric Sports Medicine
www.apta.org -- American Physical Therapy Association
www.diabetes.org -- American Diabetes Association
http://ndep.nih.gov/campaigns/Feet/Feet_overview.htm -- National Diabetes Education Program
www.arthritis.org -- Arthritis Foundation
www.podiatrynetwork.com -- Podiatry Network

References

Bostanci S, Kocyigit P, Gurgey E. Comparison of phenol and sodium hydroxide chemical matricectomies for the treatment of ingrowing toenails. Dermatol Surg. 2007;33:680-685.

Donley BG, Moore T, Sferra J, Gozdanovic J, Smith R. The efficacy of oral nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medication (NSAID) in the treatment of plantar fasciitis: a randomized, prospective, placebo-controlled study. Foot Ankle Int. 2007;28:20-23.

Frey C, Zamora J. The effects of obesity on orthopaedic foot and ankle pathology. Foot Ankle Int. 2007;28:996-999.

Gollwitzer H, Diehl P, von Korff A, Rahlfs VW, Gerdesmeyer L. Extracorporeal shock wave therapy for chronic painful heel syndrome: a prospective, double blind, randomized trial assessing the efficacy of a new electromagnetic shock wave device. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2007;46:348-357.

Hughes RJ, Ali K, Jones H, Kendall S, Connell DA. Treatment of Morton's neuroma with alcohol injection under sonographic guidance: follow-up of 101 cases. Am J Roentgenol. 2007;188:1535-1539.

Kruijff S, van Det RJ, van der Meer GT, van den Berg IC, van der Palen J, Geelkerken RH. Partial matrix excision or orthonyxia for ingrowing toenails. J Am Coll Surg. 2008;206:148-153.

Malay DS, Pressman MM, Assili A, Kline JT, York S, Buren B, Heyman ER, Borowsky P, LeMay C. Extracorporeal shockwave therapy versus placebo for the treatment of chronic proximal plantar fasciitis: results of a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blinded, multicenter intervention trial. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2006;45:196-210.

Review Date:
12/14/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Stress

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:26 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
The Body's Response
Complications
Conditions with Similar Sym...
Treatment
Risk Factors
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Some people are pre-programmed for a heightened response to stress by conditions in the womb. Pregnant women under stress who eat a diet high in protein and low in carbohydrates have babies with higher cortisol levels. Later on, these levels increase in response to stress.
The impact of stress on the heart and circulation system is becoming more clear. Stress causes the body to release inflammatory markers that may worsen heart and circulatory diseases as well as inflammatory disease, such as rheumatoid arthritis. High levels of inflammatory markers are associated with increased risk of heart attack and stroke. Extreme stress can also produce a condition that mimics a heart attack, but is reversible. People under severe stress can experience irregular heart beats that make them susceptible to sudden cardiac death.
Stress also increases the risk of developing type 2 diabetes in women.
Traumatic stress has long been known to cause amnesia, emotional numbness, nightmares, and memory problems. Now it is known that traumatic emotional stress can cause permanent changes in the brain that interfere with the normal way information is accepted, coded, and retrieved.
The good news is that our physical response to stress is increasingly understood. Knowing what occurs at the cellular level may help researchers find more ways to counteract the detrimental physical and emotional effects of stress.

Introduction

Stress affects most people in some way. Acute (sudden, short-term) stress leads to rapid changes throughout the body. Almost all body systems (the heart and blood vessels, the immune system, the lungs, the digestive system, the sensory organs, and brain) gear up to meet the perceived danger.

These stresses could prove beneficial in a critical, life-or-death situation. Over time, however, repeated stressful situations put a strain on the body that may contribute to physical and psychological problems. Chronic (long-term) stress can have real health consequences and should be addressed like any other health concern.

Fortunately, research is showing that lifestyle changes and stress-reduction techniques can help people learn to manage their stress.

People can experience stress from external or internal factors.

External stressors include adverse physical conditions (such as pain or hot or cold temperatures) or stressful psychological environments (such as poor working conditions or abusive relationships). Humans, like animals, can also experience external stressors.
Internal stressors can also be physical (infections, inflammation) or psychological (such as intense worry about a harmful event that may or may not occur). As far as anyone can tell, internal psychological stressors are rare or absent in most animals except humans.

Stressors can also be defined as short-term (acute) or long-term (chronic).

Acute Stress. Acute stress is the reaction to an immediate threat, commonly known as the fight or flight response. The threat can be any situation that is perceived, even subconsciously or falsely, as a danger.

Common acute stressors include:

Noise (which can trigger a stress response even during sleep)
Crowding
Isolation
Hunger
Danger
Infection
High technology effects (playing video games, frequently ringing mobile phones)
Imagining a threat or remembering a dangerous event

Under most circumstances, once the acute threat has passed, levels of stress hormones return to normal. This is called the relaxation response.

Chronic Stress. Frequently, modern life poses ongoing stressful situations that are not short-lived. The urge to act (to fight or flee) must therefore be controlled. Stress, then, becomes chronic.

Common chronic stressors include:

On-going highly pressured work
Long-term relationship problems
Loneliness
Persistent financial worries

The Body's Response

The best way to envision the effect of acute stress is to imagine yourself in a primitive situation, such as being chased by a bear.

In response to seeing the bear, a part of the brain called the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) system is activated.

Release of Steroid Hormones and the Stress Hormone Cortisol. The HPA systems trigger the production and release of steroid hormones (glucocorticoids), including the primary stress hormone cortisol. Cortisol is very important in organizing systems throughout the body (including the heart, lungs, circulation, metabolism, immune systems, and skin) to deal quickly with the bear.

Release of Catecholamines. The HPA system also releases certain neurotransmitters (chemical messengers) called catecholamines, particularly those known as dopamine, norepinephrine, and epinephrine (also called adrenaline).

Catecholamines activate an area inside the brain called the amygdala, which appears to trigger an emotional response to a stressful event. In the case of the bear, this emotion is most likely fear.

Release of Neuropeptide S. The brain releases neuropeptide S, a small protein that modulates stress by decreasing sleep and increasing alertness and a sense of anxiety. This gives the person a sense of urgency to run away from the bear.

Effects on Long- and Short-Term Memory. During the stressful event, catecholamines also suppress activity in areas at the front of the brain concerned with short-term memory, concentration, inhibition, and rational thought. This sequence of mental events allows a person to react quickly, either to fight the bear or to flee from it. It also interferes with the ability to handle difficult social or intellectual tasks and behaviors during that time.

On the other hand, neurotransmitters at the same time signal the hippocampus (a nearby area in the brain) to store the emotionally loaded experience in long-term memory. In primitive times, this brain action would have been essential for survival, since long-lasting memories of dangerous stimuli (such as the large bear) would be critical for avoiding such threats in the future.

The stress response also affects the heart, lungs, and circulation:

As the bear comes closer, the heart rate and blood pressure increase instantaneously.
Breathing becomes rapid, and the lungs take in more oxygen.
The spleen discharges red and white blood cells, allowing the blood to transport more oxygen throughout the body. Blood flow may actually increase 300 - 400%, priming the muscles, lungs, and brain for added demands.

The effect on the immune system from confrontation with the bear is similar to organizing a defensive line of soldiers to potentially critical areas. The steroid hormones reduce the activity in parts of the immune system, so that specific infection fighters (including important white blood cells) or other immune molecules can be repositioned. These immune-boosting troops are sent to the body's front lines where injury or infection is most likely to occur, such as the skin and the lymph nodes.

As the bear gets closer, fluids are diverted from nonessential locations, including the mouth. This causes dryness and difficulty in talking. In addition, stress can cause spasms of the throat muscles, making it difficult to swallow.

The stress effect moves blood flow away from the skin to support the heart and muscle tissues. This also reduces blood loss in the event that the bear causes a wound. The physical effect is a cool, clammy, sweaty skin. The scalp also tightens so that the hair seems to stand up.

Stress shuts down digestive activity, a nonessential body function during short-term periods of hard physical work or crisis.

Once the threat has passed and the effect has not been harmful (for example, the bear has not wounded the human), the stress hormones return to normal. This is known as the relaxation response. In turn, the body's systems also return to normal.

Complications

In prehistoric times, the physical changes in response to stress were an essential adaptation for meeting natural threats. Even in the modern world, the stress response can be an asset for raising levels of performance during critical events, such as a sports activity, an important meeting, or in situations of actual danger or crisis.

If stress becomes persistent and low-level, however, all parts of the body's stress apparatus (the brain, heart, lungs, vessels, and muscles) become chronically over- or under-activated. Such chronic stress may produce physical or psychological damage over time. Acute stress can also be harmful in certain situations, particularly in individuals with preexisting heart conditions.

Studies suggest that the inability to adapt to stress is associated with the onset of depression or anxiety. In one study, two-thirds of subjects who experienced a stressful situation had nearly 6 times the risk of developing depression within that month.

Some evidence suggests that repeated release of stress hormones produces hyperactivity in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) system, and disrupts normal levels of serotonin, the nerve chemical that is critical for feelings of well-being. Some people appear to be more at risk for an overactive HPA system under stress, including those with the personality traits that cause perfectionism. Certainly, on a more obvious level, stress reduces the quality of life by reducing feelings of pleasure and accomplishment. In addition, relationships are often threatened in times of stress.

The full impact of mental stress on heart disease is just coming to light, but the underlying mechanisms are not always clear. Stress can certainly influence the activity of the heart when it activates the automatic part of the nervous system that affects many organs, including the heart. Such actions and others could theoretically affect the heart badly in several ways:

Sudden stress increases the pumping action and rate of the heart, while at the same time causing the arteries to constrict (narrow). This restricts blood flow to the heart. A 2002 study suggested that such actions may be responsible for some cases of acute stress that have been associated with a higher risk for serious heart problems. These problems include heart rhythm abnormalities and heart attacks, and even death in people with heart disease.
Emotional effects of stress alter the heart rhythms, which could pose a risk for serious arrhythmias (rhythm abnormalities) in people with existing heart rhythm disturbances.
Stress causes blood to become stickier (possibly in preparation of potential injury), increasing the likelihood of an artery-clogging blood clot.
Stress appears to impair the clearance of fat molecules in the body, raising blood-cholesterol levels, at least temporarily.
Stress that leads to depression appears to be associated with increased intima-medial thickness, a measure of the arteries that signifies worsening blood vessel disease.
Chronic stress may lead to the production of immune factors called cytokines, although study results vary widely. Cytokines produce an inflammatory response that is now believed to be responsible for damaging the arteries. Such damage contributes to heart disease. New studies indicate that some people under stress may have increased levels of C-reactive protein (CRP), a risk marker for heart attack. Each 1 mg/L increase in CRP has been linked to a 20% increased risk of myocaridal ischemia, a condition that signals poor blood flow to the heart muscle.
Stress causes the body to release inflammatory markers into the bloodstream. These markers may worsen heart disease or increase the risk of heart attack or stroke.
Studies have reported an association between stress and high blood pressure, which may be more pronounced in men than in women. According to some evidence, people who regularly experience sudden spikes in blood pressure (caused by mental stress) may, over time, develop injuries in the inner lining of their blood vessels. In one 20-year study, for example, men who periodically measured highest on the stress scale were twice as likely to have high blood pressure as those with normal stress.

Evidence is still needed to confirm any clear-cut relationship between stress and heart disease. For example, a 2002 study in Scotland found no greater risk for actual heart disease or heart events even in men who reported higher mental stress. In fact, higher stress was associated with fewer heart events. Men with high stress levels did tend to complain of chest pain and to go to the hospital for it more often than those with lower stress. They also went to the hospital more often.

Evidence links stress to heart disease in men, particularly in work situations where they lack control. The association between stress and heart problems in women is weaker, and there is some evidence that the ways women cope with stress may be more heart-protective. In one study, men were more apt than women to use alcohol or eat less healthily in response to stress, which might account for their higher heart risks from stress. Different stressors may affect genders differently. In one study, work stress was associated with a higher risk for heart disease in men, but marital stress -- not work stress -- was associated with more severe heart disease in women with existing heart problems.

A condition called stress cardiomyopathy (or Takotsubo cardiomyopathy) is widely recognized. In this disease, intense emotional or physical stress causes severe but reversible heart dysfunction. The patient experiences chest pain, and EKGs and echocardiograms indicate a heart attack, but further tests show no underlying obstructive coronary artery disease.

Acute emotional stress can create abnormal heartbeats. MRI studies show that asymmetric brain activity may play a role in making a stressed heart susceptible to ventricular arrhythmias by creating electrical instability. In some patients, this can cause sudden cardiac death.

Psychological stress is also recognized as a possible cause of acute coronary syndrome (ACS), a collection of symptoms that signify heart attack or approaching heart attack. In one study of men who suffered ACS at work or up to 2 hours after work, many of the men were found to have anger and negative emotions. A 2007 review of studies on blood qualities, coagulation, fibrinolysis, and platelet reactivity found that high levels of psychological stress are associated with harmful changes to the blood. The research suggests that stress has the potential to trigger ACS, particularly in patients with heart disease. The studies also suggest that the risk is greatest immediately after the stressful incident, rather than during it.

Stress Reduction and Heart Disease. Studies suggest that treatments that reduce psychological distress improve long-term outlook in people with heart disease, including after a heart attack. Evidence indicates that stress management programs may reduce the risk of heart attacks by up to 75% in people with heart disease. Specific stress management techniques may help some problems but not others. For example, acupuncture in one study helped people with heart failure but had no effect on blood pressure. Relaxation methods, on the other hand, may help people with high blood pressure.

One survey revealed that men who had a more intense response to stressful situations, such as waiting in line or problems at work, were more likely to have strokes than those who did not report such distress. In some people, prolonged or frequent mental stress causes an exaggerated increase in blood pressure.

Chronic stress affects the immune system in complicated ways, and may have various results.

Susceptibility to Infections. Chronic stress appears to blunt the immune system's response to infections, and may even impair a person's response to immunizations. Several studies have shown that people under chronic stress have low white blood cell counts and are vulnerable to colds. Once a person catches a cold or flu, stress can make symptoms worse. People who carry the herpes virus or HIV may be more susceptible to viral activation following exposure to stress. Even more serious, some research has found that HIV-infected men with high stress levels progress more rapidly to AIDS when compared to those with lower stress levels.

Inflammatory Response. Some evidence suggests that chronic stress triggers an over-production of certain immune factors called cytokines. In excess levels, these chemicals can have very damaging effects. A recent study found that students unable to cope with stress had high levels of TNF-alpha, an inflammatory cytokine. Such findings may partly explain the association between chronic stress and numerous diseases, including heart disease and asthma.

Whether or not stress causes or aggravates cancer is not entirely clear. One study reported no association between stressful life events and recurrence in women who had been treated for breast cancer. Nevertheless, some animal studies suggest that lack of control over stress (not simply stress itself) had negative effects on immune function and contributed to tumor growth.

That being said, a 2007 study found that stress activates a gene that may cause metastatic cancer, as measured by increasing levels of the marker AGR2.

Although stress reduction techniques have no effect on survival rates, studies show that they are very helpful in improving a cancer patient's quality of life. Stress is also known to be one cause of hyponatremia (low plasma sodium levels) in cancer patients. Fortunately, this imbalance can be corrected with drugs called AVP-receptor agonists, developed for use in heart failure.

The brain and intestines are strongly related, and are controlled by many of the same hormones and parts of the nervous system. Indeed, some research suggests that the gut itself has features of a primitive brain. It is not surprising then that prolonged stress can disrupt the digestive system, irritating the large intestine and causing diarrhea, constipation, cramping, and bloating. Excessive production of digestive acids in the stomach may cause a painful burning.

Irritable Bowel Syndrome. Irritable bowel syndrome (or spastic colon) is strongly related to stress. With this condition, the large intestine becomes irritated, and its muscular contractions are spastic rather than smooth and wave-like. The abdomen is bloated, and the patient experiences cramping and alternating periods of constipation and diarrhea. Sleep disturbances due to stress can make irritable bowel syndrome even worse.

Peptic Ulcers. It is now well-established that most peptic ulcers are either caused by the H. pylori bacteria or the use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory (NSAID) medications (such as aspirin and ibuprofen). Nevertheless, studies still suggest that stress may predispose someone to ulcers, or sustain existing ulcers. Some experts estimate that social and psychological factors play some contributing role in 30 - 60% of peptic ulcer cases, whether they are caused by H. pylori or NSAIDs. In any case, some experts believe that the anecdotal relationship between stress and ulcers is so strong that attention to psychological factors is still warranted.

Inflammatory Bowel Disease. Although stress is not a cause of inflammatory bowel disease (Crohn's disease or ulcerative colitis), there are reports of an association between stress and symptom flare-ups. One study, for example, found that while short-term (over the previous month) stress did not significantly exacerbate ulcerative colitis symptoms, long-term perceived stress tripled the rate of flare-ups compared to patients who did not report feelings of stress.

Stress can have varying effects on eating problems and weight.

Weight Gain. Often stress is related to weight gain and obesity. Many people develop cravings for salt, fat, and sugar to counteract tension. As a result, they gain weight. Weight gain can occur even with a healthy diet, however, in some people exposed to stress. In addition, the weight gained is often abdominal fat, a predictor of diabetes and heart problems.

The release of cortisol, a major stress hormone, appears to encourage abdominal fat and may be the primary connection between stress and weight gain. Cortisol is a glucocorticoid. These hormones, along with insulin, appear to be responsible for stress-related food cravings. A 2005 study showed that hormonally induced cravings for "comfort foods" may have a biological benefit for managing stress. Eating comfort foods appears to reduce the negative hormonal and behavioral changes associated with stress, which might lessen the impact of stress on an individual. Carbohydrates in particular have been found to significantly increase levels of tryptophan and large neutral amino acids. This produces serotonin, which improves mood and performance under stress.

A 2007 study proposes a "reward-based stress eating" model. In this theory, stress and tasty, high-calorie foods cause the brain to make chemicals called endogenous opioids. These neurotransmitters help protect against the harmful effects of stress by slowing activity of a brain process called the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis, thus weakening the stress response. Repeated stimulation of the reward pathways through stress-induced HPA stimulation, eating tasty food, or both, may lead to changes in the brain that cause compulsive overeating.

Weight Loss. Some people suffer a loss of appetite and lose weight during periods of stress. In rare cases, stress may trigger hyperactivity of the thyroid gland, stimulating appetite but causing the body to burn up calories at a faster than normal rate.

Eating Disorders. Chronically elevated levels of stress chemicals have been observed in patients with anorexia and bulimia. Some studies, however, have not found any strong link between stress and eating disorders. More work is needed to determine if changes in stress hormones are a cause or result of eating disorders.

Chronic stress has been associated with the development of insulin resistance, a condition in which the body is unable to use insulin effectively to regulate glucose (blood sugar). Insulin resistance is a primary factor in diabetes. In the Healthy Women Study, a large population of healthy women was studied for 15 years. Very stressful life events and severe depression greatly increased the risk of developing insulin resistance.

In another study of more than 33,000 Swedish workers, the development of type 2 diabetes was strongly correlated with work stress and low emotional support. However, the effect was seen in women, but not in men.

Stress can also exacerbate existing diabetes by impairing the patient's ability to manage the disease effectively.

Researchers are attempting to find the relationship between pain and emotion, but the area is complicated by many factors, including effects of personality types, fear of pain, and stress itself. A recent study suggests that chronic pain may impair the action of neutrophils, thereby weakening the immune response.

Muscular and Joint Pain. Stress may intensify chronic pain caused by arthritis and other conditions. According to a study on patients with rheumatoid arthritis, however, stress management techniques do not appear to have much effect on arthritic pain. Psychological distress also plays a significant role in the severity of back pain. Some studies have clearly associated job dissatisfaction and depression to back problems, although it is still unclear if stress is a direct cause of the back pain.

Headaches. Tension-type headaches are highly associated with stress and stressful events. Sometimes the headache does not start until long after the stressful event has ended. Additionally, stress can contribute to the development of headaches or cause headaches to occur more often.

Some research suggests that people who suffer from tension-type headaches may have some biological predisposition for translating stress into muscle contractions. Among the wide range of possible migraine triggers is emotional stress (although the headaches often erupt after the stress has eased). One study suggested that women with migraines tend to have personalities that over-respond to stressful situations.

The tensions of unresolved stress frequently cause insomnia, generally keeping the stressed person awake or causing awakening in the middle of the night or early morning. This appears to be due to the fact that stress causes physiological arousal during non-rapid eye movement (NREM) sleep.

Sexual Function. Stress can lead to diminished sexual desire and an inability to achieve orgasm in women. Stress response can cause androgen levels to drop, causing temporary impotence in men. Part of the stress response involves the release of brain chemicals that constrict the smooth muscles of the penis and its arteries. This constriction reduces the blood flow into and increases the blood flow out of the penis, which can prevent erection.

Premenstrual Syndrome. Some studies indicate that the stress response in women with premenstrual syndrome may be more intense than in those without the syndrome.

Fertility. Stress may even affect fertility. Stress hormones have an impact on the hypothalamus gland, which produces reproductive hormones. Severely elevated cortisol levels can even shut down menstruation. One small study reported a significantly higher incidence of pregnancy loss in women who had both high stress and prolonged menstrual cycles. Another reported that women with stressful jobs had shorter periods than women with low-stress jobs.

Effects on Pregnancy. Old wives' tales about a pregnant woman's emotions affecting her baby may have some credence. Stress may cause physiologic alterations, such as increased adrenal hormone levels or resistance in the arteries, which may interfere with normal blood flow to the placenta. Maternal stress during pregnancy has been linked to a higher risk for miscarriage, lower birth weights, and increased incidence of premature births. Some evidence also suggests that stress experienced by expectant mothers can even influence the way in which the baby's brain and nervous system will react to stressful events. Indeed, one study found a higher rate of crying and low attention in infants of mothers who had been stressed during pregnancy.

Menopause. A drop in estrogen levels during perimenopause and menopause may be responsible for changes in mood precipitated by stress. Estrogen replacement therapy can soften this response to stressful events.

Stress affects the brain, particularly memory, but the effects vary widely depending on whether the stress is acute or chronic.

Effect of Acute Stress on Memory and Concentration. Studies indicate that the immediate effect of acute stress impairs short-term memory, particularly verbal memory. On the plus side, high levels of stress hormone during short-term stress have been associated with enhanced memory storage and greater concentration on immediate events. The difference in effect may be due to how cortisol impacts glucocorticoid receptors in the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex. In a study of 20 men and 20 women, those whose cortisol levels increased in response to unpleasant, emotionally arousing photos had less memory recall later than those whose cortisol levels did not rise.

Effect of Chronic Stress on Memory. If stress becomes chronic, sufferers often experience loss of concentration at work and home, and they may become inefficient and accident-prone. In children, the physiologic responses to chronic stress can clearly inhibit learning. Chronic stress in older people may play an even more important role in memory loss than the aging process. In one study, for example, older adults with low stress hormone levels tested as well as younger adults in cognitive tests; those with higher stress levels tested 20 - 50% lower.

Studies have connected long-term exposure to excess amounts of cortisol (a major stress hormone) to shrinking of the hippocampus, the brain’s memory center. For example, two studies reported that groups who suffered from post-traumatic stress disorder (Vietnam veterans and women who suffered from sexual abuse) displayed up to 8% shrinking of the hippocampus. It is not yet known if this shrinking is reversible.

Allergies. Stress has been related to skin allergies. Some research suggests that stress, not indoor pollutants, may actually be a cause of the so-called sick-building syndrome. Sick-building syndrome produces allergy-like symptoms, such as eczema, headaches, asthma, and sinus problems, in office workers.

Compulsive Hoarding. People with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and compulsive hoarding are far more likely to have experienced a traumatically stressful event than people with OCD who are not hoarders. Hoarders who have experienced traumatic events have significantly more severe hoarding than those who have not been traumatized. The strongest association with traumatic stress is found in the clutter factor of compulsive hoarding, rather than in difficulty discarding objects.

Chronic Fatigue. Stress increases the risk of developing chronic fatigue syndrome, although studies suggest that high levels of emotional instability may genetically predispose someone to the syndrome.

Skin Disorders. Stress plays a role in worsening numerous skin conditions, including hives, psoriasis, acne, rosacea, and eczema, and is one of the most common causes of eczema. Unexplained itching may also be caused by stress. Evidence suggests that experiencing the stress of a traumatic event (parental divorce or separation, or a severe disease in a family member) before age 2 increases the risk of developing eczema.

Unexplained Hair Loss (Alopecia Areata). Alopecia areata is hair loss that occurs in localized (individual) patches. The cause is unknown, but stress is suspected as a player in this condition. For example, hair loss often occurs during periods of intense stress, such as mourning.

Teeth and Gums. Stress has now been implicated in increasing the risk for periodontal disease, which is disease in the gums that can cause tooth loss.

People under chronic stress often turn to alcohol abuse or tobacco use for relief. The damage these self-destructive habits cause under ordinary circumstances is compounded by the physiological effects of stress itself. Many people also resort to abnormal eating patterns or passive activities, such as watching television. The results of a national survey, released in February 2006, show that: "Americans engage in unhealthy behaviors such as comfort eating, poor diet choices, smoking and inactivity to help deal with stress."

Alcohol affects receptors in the brain that reduce stress. Lack of nicotine increases stress in smokers, which creates a cycle of dependency on smoking. One study indicated that nicotine has calming effects in women but not in men. In fact, in the study, smoking increased aggression in men.

The cycle is self-perpetuating: a sedentary routine, an unhealthy diet, alcohol abuse, and smoking all promote heart disease. They also interfere with sleep patterns, and lead to increased rather than reduced tension levels. Drinking four or five cups of coffee, for example, can cause changes in blood pressure and stress hormone levels similar to those produced by chronic stress. Animal fats, simple sugars, and salt are known contributors to health problems.

Conditions with Similar Symptoms

The physical symptoms of anxiety disorders mirror many symptoms of stress, including:

A fast heart rate
Rapid, shallow breathing
Increased muscle tension

Anxiety is an emotional disorder, however, and is characterized by feelings of apprehension, uncertainty, fear, or panic. Unlike stress, the triggers for anxiety are not necessarily or even usually associated with specific stressful or threatening conditions. Some individuals with anxiety disorders have numerous physical complaints, such as headaches, gastrointestinal disturbances, dizziness, and chest pain. Severe cases of anxiety disorders are debilitating, and interfere with career, family, and social spheres.

Depression can be a disabling condition, and, like anxiety disorders, may result from chronic stress. A 2005 study of Canadian workers found that individuals with a high level of work-related stress are more than twice as likely to experience a major depressive episode, compared with people under less stress. Evidence also suggests that certain people may be genetically susceptible to depression after stressful life events. Depression also mimics some of the symptoms of stress, including changes in appetite, sleep patterns, and concentration. Serious depression, however, is distinguished from stress by feelings of sadness, hopelessness, loss of interest in life, and, sometimes, thoughts of suicide. Acute depression is also accompanied by significant changes in the patient's functioning. Professional therapy may be needed in order to determine if depression is caused by stress, or if it is the primary problem.

Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a reaction to a very traumatic event, and it is actually classified as an anxiety disorder. The event that brings on PTSD is usually outside the norm of human experience, such as intense combat or sexual assault. The patient struggles to forget the traumatic event and frequently develops emotional numbness and event-related amnesia. Often, however, there is a mental flashback, and the patient re-experiences the painful circumstance in the form of dreams and disturbing thoughts and memories. These thoughts and dreams resemble or recall the trauma. Other symptoms may include lack of pleasure in formerly enjoyed activities, hopelessness, irritability, mood swings, sleep problems, inability to concentrate, and an excessive startle-response to noise.

Treatment

Perhaps the best general approach for treating stress can be found in the elegant passage by Reinhold Niebuhr, "Grant me the courage to change the things I can change, the serenity to accept the things I can't change, and the wisdom to know the difference." The process of learning to control stress is life-long, and will not only contribute to better health, but a greater ability to succeed in one's own agenda.

Stress can be a factor in a variety of physical and emotional illnesses, which should be professionally treated. Many stress symptoms are mild and can be managed by over-the-counter medications (for example, aspirin, acetaminophen, or ibuprofen for tension headaches; antacids, anti-diarrhea medications, or laxatives for mild stomach distress). A physician should be consulted, however, for physical symptoms that are out of the ordinary, particularly those that get worse or wake a person up at night. A mental health professional should be consulted for unmanageable acute stress or for severe anxiety or depression. Often short-term therapy can resolve stress-related emotional problems.

In choosing specific strategies for treating stress, several factors should be considered.

No single method is always successful: A combination of approaches is generally most effective.
What works for one person does not necessarily work for someone else.
Stress can be positive as well as negative. Appropriate and controllable stress provides interest and excitement and motivates the individual to greater achievement. A lack of stress may lead to boredom and depression.

Stress may play a part in making people vulnerable to illness. A physician or psychologist should be consulted if there are any indications of accompanying medical or psychological conditions, such as heart symptoms, significant pain, anxiety, or depression.

People often succeed in relieving stress for the short term. However, they go back to previous ways of stressful thinking and behaving because of outside pressure, long-held beliefs, or habits. The following are some obstacles to managing stress:

The fight or flight urge: The very idea of relaxation can feel threatening, because it is perceived as letting down one's guard. For example, an over-demanding boss may put a subordinate into a psychological state of fighting-readiness, even though there is no safe opportunity for the subordinate to fight back or express anger. Stress builds up, but the worker has the illusion, even subconsciously, that the stress itself is providing safety or preparedness. For this reason, the employee does nothing to correct the condition.
Many people are afraid of being perceived as selfish if they engage in stress-reducing activities that benefit only themselves. The truth is that self-sacrifice (in the form of not reducing one’s stress) may be inappropriate and even damaging, if the person making the sacrifice is unhappy, angry, or physically unwell.
Some people believe that certain emotional responses to stress, such as anger, are natural and unchangeable features of personality. Research has shown, however, that with cognitive behavioral therapy, individuals can be taught to change their emotional reactions to stressful events.

It is essential to remember that reducing stress and staying relaxed clears the mind, so it can begin appropriate actions to get rid of the stress-ridden conditions.

Although treating stress cannot cure medical problems, stress management can be a very important part of medical treatment. Specific stress reduction approaches may benefit different medical problems. For example, acupuncture in one study helped reduce harmful heart muscle actions in people with heart failure, but it had no effect on blood pressure. Relaxation methods, on the other hand, may help people with high blood pressure. Stress reduction may improve well-being and quality of life for many patients who are experiencing stress because of severe or chronic medical conditions.

Important Note: Never use stress reduction techniques as the only treatment, or in place of proven treatments, for any medical condition.

Risk Factors

At some point in their lives virtually everyone will experience stressful events or situations that overwhelm their natural coping mechanisms. In one poll, 89% of respondents indicated that they had experienced serious stress in their lives. Some people are simply biologically prone to stress. Many outside factors influence susceptibility as well.

Conditions Most Likely To Produce Stress-Related Health Problems. Conditions that are most likely to be associated with stress and negative physical effects include the following:

An accumulation of persistent stressful situations, particularly those that a person cannot easily control (for example, high-pressured work plus an unhappy relationship)
Persistent stress following a severe acute response to a traumatic event (such as an automobile accident)
Acute stress accompanying serious illness, such as heart disease

Factors That Influence the Response to Stress. People respond to stress differently, depending on different factors:

Early nurturing: Abusive behavior towards children may cause long-term abnormalities in the hypothalamus-pituitary system, which regulates stress.
Personality traits: Certain people have personality traits that cause them to over-respond to stressful events.
Genetic factors: Some people have genetic factors that affect stress, such as having a more or less efficient relaxation response. One study found a genetic abnormality in serotonin regulation that was connected with a heightened reaction of heart rates and blood pressure in response to stress. (Serotonin is a brain chemical involved with feelings of well-being.)
Immune regulated diseases: Certain diseases that are associated with immune abnormalities (such as rheumatoid arthritis or eczema) may actually weaken a response to stress.
The length and quality of stressors: Naturally, the longer the duration and more intense the stressors, the more harmful the effects.

Individuals at Higher Risk for Stress. Studies indicate that the following people are more vulnerable to the effects of stress than others:

Older adults: As people age, achieving a relaxation response after a stressful event becomes more difficult. Aging may simply wear out the systems in the brain that respond to stress, so that they become inefficient. The elderly, too, are very often exposed to major stressors such as medical problems, the loss of a spouse and friends, a change in a living situation, and financial worries. No one is immune to stress, however, and it may simply go unnoticed in the very young and old.
Women in general and working mothers specifically: Working mothers, regardless of whether they are married or single, face higher stress levels and possibly adverse health effects, most likely because they bear a greater and more diffuse work load than men or other women. This has been observed in women in the U.S. and in Europe. Such stress may also have a domino and harmful effect on their children. It is not clear, however, if stress has the same adverse effects on women's hearts as it does on men's.
Less educated individuals.
Divorced or widowed individuals: Numerous studies indicate that unmarried people generally do not live as long as their married contemporaries.
Anyone experiencing financial strain, particularly long-term unemployed and those without health insurance.
People who are isolated or lonely.
People who are targets of racial or sexual discrimination.
People who live in cities.

Children are frequent victims of stress because they are often unable to communicate their feelings accurately. They also have trouble communicating their responses to events over which they have no control. Certain physical symptoms, notably repeated abdominal pain without a known cause, may be indicators of stress in children.

Various conditions can affect their susceptibility to stress.

Low Birth Weight. One study reported that low birth weight and slow growth up until age 7 was related to stress in adulthood.

Parental Stress. Parental stress, especially in mothers, is a particularly powerful source of stress in children, even more important than poverty or overcrowding. In a 2002 study, for example, young children of mothers who were highly stressed (particularly if they were depressed) tended to be at high risk for developing stress-related problems. This was especially true if the mothers were stressed during both the child's infancy and early years. Some evidence even supports the old idea that stress during pregnancy can have adverse effects on the infant's mood and behavior. Older children with stressed mothers may become aggressive and anti-social. One study suggested that stress-reduction techniques in parents may improve their children's behavior.

Gender Differences in Adolescent Stress. Adolescent boys and girls experience equal amounts of stress, but the source and effects may differ. Girls tend to become stressed from interpersonal situations, and stress is more likely to lead to depression in girls than in boys. For boys, however, specific events, such as changing schools or getting poor grades, appear to be the major sources of stress.

A report issued in October 2006 by the American Academy of Pediatrics recommends more unstructured play time for children. The report notes that today’s overscheduled, hurried lifestyle that many children experience is a source of stress and anxiety in some children.

In a 1999 study of 46,000 workers, health care costs were 147% higher in workers who were stressed or depressed than in others who were not. Furthermore, according to one survey, 40% of American workers describe their jobs as very stressful, making job-related stress an important and preventable health hazard.

Several studies are now suggesting that job-related stress is as great a threat to health as smoking or not exercising. Stress impairs concentration, causes sleeplessness, and increases the risk for illness, back problems, accidents, and lost time from work. Work stress can lead to harassment or even violence while on the job. At its most extreme, chronic stress places a burden on the heart and circulation that in some cases may be fatal. The Japanese even have a word for sudden death due to overwork, karoushi.

Not all work stress is harmful. However, studies suggest the following job-related stressors may increase people's -- particularly men's -- health risks:

Having no say in decisions that affect one's responsibilities
Unrelenting and unreasonable performance demands
Lack of effective communication and conflict-resolution methods among workers and employers
Lack of job security
Night-shift work, long hours, or both
Too much time spent away from home and family
Wages not matching levels of responsibility

Reducing Stress on the Job. Many institutions within the current culture, while paying lip service to stress reduction, put intense pressure on individuals to behave in ways that increase tension. Yet, there are numerous effective management tools and techniques available to reduce stress. Furthermore, treatment for work-related stress has proven benefits for both the employee and employer. In one study, at the end of 2 years, a company that instituted a stress management program saved nearly $150,000 in workers compensations costs (the cost of the program was only $6,000). Other studies have reported specific health benefits resulting from workplace stress-management programs. In one of the studies, workers with hypertension experienced reduced blood pressure after even a brief (16-hour) program that helped them manage stress behaviorally.

In general, however, few workplaces offer stress management programs, and it is usually up to the employee to find their own ways to reduce stress. Here are some suggestions:

Seek out someone in the Human Resources department or a sympathetic manager and communicate concerns about job stress. Work with them in a non-confrontational way to improve working conditions, letting them know that productivity can be improved if some of the pressure is off.
Establish or reinforce a network of friends at work and at home.
Restructure priorities and eliminate unnecessary tasks.
Learn to focus on positive outcomes.
If the job is unendurable, plan and execute a career change. Send out resumes or work on transfers within the company.
If this isn't possible, be sure to schedule daily pleasant activities and physical exercise during free time.

It may be helpful to keep in mind that bosses are also victimized by the same stressful conditions they are imposing. For example, in one study of male managers in three Swedish companies, those who worked in a bureaucracy had greater stress-related heart risks than those who worked in companies with social supports.

Caregivers of Family Members. Studies show that caregivers of physically or mentally disabled family members are at risk for chronic stress. One study reported that overall mortality rates were over 60% higher in caregivers who were under constant stress. Spouses caring for a disabled partner are particularly vulnerable to a range of stress-related health threats, including influenza, depression, heart disease, and even poorer survival rates. Caring for a spouse with even minor disabilities can induce severe stress.

Specific risk factors that put caregivers at higher risk for severe stress, or stress-related illnesses, include:

Caregiving wives: Some studies suggest that wives experience significantly greater stress from caregiving than husbands do.
Having a low income.
Being African-American: African-American people tend to be in poorer physical health, and have lower incomes, than Caucasians. They therefore face greater stress as caregivers to their spouses than their white counterparts.
Living alone with the patient.
Helping a highly dependent patient.
Having a difficult relationship with the patient.

Intervention programs that are aimed at helping the caregiver approach the situation positively can reduce stress, and help the caregiver maintain a positive attitude. A 2002 program also demonstrated that moderate-intensity exercise was very helpful in reducing stress and improving sleep in caregivers.

Health Professional Caregivers. Caregiving among the health professionals is also a high risk factor for stress. One study, for example, found that registered nurses with low job control, high job demands, and low work-related social support experienced very dramatic health declines, both physically and emotionally.

People who are less emotionally stable or have high anxiety levels tend to experience specific events as more stressful than others. Some doctors describe an exaggerated negative response to stress as "catastrophizing" the event (turning it into a catastrophe). Nevertheless, a 2003 study of patients with anxiety disorder did not find any differences in actual physical response to stress (heart rate, blood pressure, release of stress hormones) compared to people without anxiety.

The lack of an established network of family and friends predisposes one to stress disorders and stress-related health problems, including heart disease and infections. A study, meanwhile, reported that older people who maintain active relationships with their adult children are buffered against the adverse health effects of chronic stress-inducing situations, such as low income or lower social class. Another study suggested this may be because people who live alone are unable to discuss negative feelings as a means to relieve their stress.

Studies of people who remain happy and healthy despite many life stresses conclude that most have very good networks of social support. One study indicated that support even from strangers reduced blood pressure surges in people undergoing a stressful event. Many studies suggest that having a pet helps reduce medical problems aggravated by stress, including heart disease and high blood pressure.

Lifestyle Changes

A healthy lifestyle is an essential companion to any stress-reduction program. General health and stress resistance can be enhanced by regular exercise, a diet rich in a variety of whole grains, vegetables, and fruits, and by avoiding excessive alcohol, caffeine, and tobacco.

Of interest, a 2003 study suggested that fish oil, which has been associated with a lower risk for heart disease and stroke, may blunt some of the harmful effects of mental stress on the heart.

In one study, high doses of vitamin C reduced stress levels and blood pressure. The doses given were higher than the recommended upper limit of 2,000 mg per day. High doses may cause headaches and diarrhea. Long-term use increases risk for kidney stones and has other adverse effects in specific individuals.

Exercise in combination with stress management techniques is extremely important for many reasons:

Exercise is an effective distraction from stressful events.
Exercise may directly blunt the harmful effects of stress on blood pressure and the heart (exercise protects the heart in any case).

Usually, a varied exercise regime is more interesting, and thus easier to stick to. Start slowly. Strenuous exercise in people who are not used to it can be very dangerous and any exercise program should be discussed with a physician. In addition, half of all people who begin a vigorous training regime drop out within a year. The key is to find activities that are exciting, challenging, and satisfying. The following are some suggestions:

Sign up for aerobics classes at a gym.
Brisk walking is an excellent aerobic exercise that is free and available to nearly anyone. Even short brisk walks can relieve bouts of stress.
Swimming is an ideal exercise for many stressed people, including pregnant women, individuals with musculoskeletal problems, and those who suffer exercise-induced asthma.
Yoga or Tai Chi can be very effective, combining many of the benefits of breathing, muscle relaxation, and meditation while toning and stretching the muscles. The benefits of yoga may be considerable. Numerous studies have found it beneficial for many conditions in which stress is an important factor, such as anxiety, headaches, high blood pressure, and asthma. It also elevates mood and improves concentration and the ability to focus.

As in other areas of stress management, making a plan and executing it successfully develops feelings of mastery and control, which are very beneficial in and of themselves. Start small. Just 10 minutes of exercise three times a week can build a good base for novices. Gradually build up the length of these every-other-day sessions to 30 minutes or more.

Cognitive-behavioral techniques (CBT) are among the most effective ways of reducing stress. A 2005 study found that CBT training can have a long-term impact one’s ability to cope with stress. In the study, participants received CBT training and were exposed to a stressful situation 4 months later. The participants who had received CBT training had significantly less stress-induced cortisol responses compared with individuals who had received no stress management training. This effect was observed in both men and women, although the CBT had a greater effect on men. CBT may be particularly helpful when the source of stress is chronic pain or a chronic disease. In fact, in a study of patients with HIV, CBT was more helpful than support groups for improving well-being and quality-of-life.

A typical CBT approach includes identifying sources of stress, restructuring priorities, changing one's response to stress, and finding methods for managing and reducing stress.

Identifying Sources of Stress. One key component in most CBT approaches is a diary that keeps an informal inventory of daily events and activities. While this exercise might itself seem stress producing (and yet one more chore), it need not be done in painstaking detail. A few words accompanying a time and date are usually enough to serve as reminders of significant events or activities.

The first step is to note activities that put a strain on energy and time, trigger anger or anxiety, or precipitate a negative physical response (such as a sour stomach or headache).

Also note positive experiences, such as those that are mentally or physically refreshing or produce a sense of accomplishment.

After a week or two, try to identify two or three events or activities that have been significantly upsetting or overwhelming.

Questioning the Sources of Stress. Individuals should then ask themselves the following questions:

Do these stressful activities meet my goals or someone else's?
Have I taken on tasks that I can reasonably accomplish?
Which tasks are under my control and which ones aren't?

Restructuring Priorities: Adding Stress Reducing Activities. The next step is to attempt to shift the balance from stress-producing to stress-reducing activities. Eliminating stress is rarely practical or feasible, but there are many ways to reduce its impact.

Consider as many relief options as possible. Examples include:

Listen to music. Music is an effective stress reducer in both healthy individuals and people with health problems. In one study, for example, students who listened to a well-known gentle classical piece of music during a stressful task had reduced feelings of anxiety, heart rate, and blood pressure.
Take long weekends or, ideally, vacations.
If the source of stress is in the home, plan times away, even if it is only an hour or two a week.
Replace unnecessary time-consuming chores with pleasurable or interesting activities.
Make time for recreation. This is as essential as paying bills or shopping for groceries.
Own a pet. In a study of people with high blood pressure, pet owners had much lower blood pressure increase in response to stress than non-owners. Note that owning a pet was beneficial only for people who like animals to begin with.

Discuss Feelings. The concept of communication and letting your feelings out has been so excessively promoted and parodied that it has nearly lost its value as good psychological advice. Nevertheless, feelings of anger or frustration that are not expressed in an acceptable way may lead to hostility, a sense of helplessness, and depression.

Expressing feelings does not mean venting frustration on waiters and subordinates, boring friends with emotional minutia, or wallowing in self-pity. In fact, because blood pressure may spike when certain chronically hostile individuals become angry, some therapists strongly advise that just talking, not simply venting anger, is the best approach, especially for these people.

The primary goal is to explain and assert one's needs to a trusted individual in as positive a way as possible. Direct communication may not even be necessary. Writing in a journal, writing a poem, or composing a letter that is never mailed may be sufficient.

Expressing one's feelings solves only half of the communication puzzle. Learning to listen, empathize, and respond to others with understanding is just as important for maintaining the strong relationships necessary for emotional fulfillment and reduced stress.

Keep Perspective and Look for the Positive. Reversing negative ideas and learning to focus on positive outcomes helps reduce tension and achieve goals. The following steps, using an example of a person who is alarmed at the prospect of giving a speech, may be useful:

First, identify the worst possible outcomes (forgetting the speech, stumbling over words, humiliation, audience contempt).
Rate the likelihood of these bad outcomes happening (probably very low or that speaker wouldn't have been selected in the first place).
Envision a favorable result (a well-rounded, articulate presentation with rewarding applause).
Develop a specific plan to achieve the positive outcome (preparing in front of a mirror, using a video camera or tape recorder, relaxation exercises).
Try to recall previous situations that initially seemed negative but ended well.

Use Humor. Research has shown that humor is a very effective mechanism for coping with acute stress. Keeping a sense of humor during difficult situations is a common recommendation from stress management experts. Laughter not only releases the tension of pent-up feelings and helps keep perspective, but it appears to have actual physical effects that reduce stress hormone levels. It is not uncommon for people to recall laughing intensely even during tragic events, such as the death of a loved one, and to remember this laughter as helping them to endure the emotional pain.

Relaxation Methods. Since stress is here to stay, everyone needs to develop methods to promote the relaxation response, the natural unwinding of the stress response. Relaxation lowers blood pressure, respiration, and pulse rates, releases muscle tension, and eases emotional strains. This response is highly individualized, but there are certain approaches that seem to work.

Combinations are probably best. For example, in a study of children and adolescents with adjustment disorder and depression, a combination of yoga, a brief massage, and progressive muscle relaxation effectively reduced both feelings of anxiety and stress hormone levels. A 2005 study of organ transplant recipients showed that training in meditation and gentle yoga led to significant improvements in quality of sleep and lessened anxiety and depression.

No one should expect a total resolution of stress from these approaches, but if done regularly, these programs can be very effective.

Acupuncture. Some evidence suggests that acupuncture may also be helpful. It might even improve some physical factors associated with stress and health problems. For example, in a study of heart failure patients, acupuncture improved stress-related heart muscle activity, which could be an important benefit in these patients. However, acupuncture had no effect on stress-related blood pressure or heart rate.

Hypnosis. Hypnosis may also benefit some people with severe stress. In one study of patients with irritable bowel, stress reduction by hypnosis correlated with improvement in many bowel symptoms.


*Deep Breathing Exercises.* During stress, breathing becomes shallow and rapid. Taking a deep breath is an automatic and effective technique for winding down. Deep breathing exercises consciously intensify this natural physiologic reaction and can be very useful during a stressful situation, or for maintaining a relaxed state during the day.	Inhale through the nose slowly and deeply to the count of 10. Make sure that the stomach and abdomen expand, but the chest does not rise. Exhale through the nose, slowly and completely, also to the count of 10. To help quiet the mind, concentrate fully on breathing and counting through each cycle. Repeat five to 10 times, and make a habit of doing the exercise several times each day, even when not feeling stressed.
*Muscle Relaxation.* Muscle relaxation techniques, often combined with deep breathing, are simple to learn and very useful for getting to sleep. In the beginning it is useful to have a friend or partner check for tension by lifting an arm and dropping it. The arm should fall freely. Practice makes the exercise much more effective and produces relaxation much more rapidly. Small studies have reported beneficial effects on blood pressure in patients with high blood pressure who use this technique.	After lying down in a comfortable position without crossing the limbs, concentrate on each part of the body. Maintain a slow, deep breathing pattern throughout this exercise. Tense each muscle as tightly as possible for a count of five to 10, and then release it completely. Experience the muscle as totally relaxed and lead-heavy. Begin with the top of the head and progress downward to focus on all the muscles in the body. Be sure to include the forehead, ears, eyes, mouth, neck, shoulders, arms and hands, fingers, chest, belly, thighs, calves, and feet. Once the external review is complete, imagine tensing and releasing internal muscles.
*Meditation.* Meditation, used for many years in Eastern cultures, is now widely accepted in this country as a relaxation technique. The goal of all meditative procedures, both religious and therapeutic, is to quiet the mind (essentially, to relax thought). Small studies have suggested that regular meditation can benefit the heart and help reduce blood pressure. Better research is needed, however, to confirm such claims. Some recommend meditating for no longer than 20 minutes in the morning after awakening and then again in early evening before dinner. Even once a day is helpful. Note: Meditating before going to bed may cause some people to wake up in the middle of the night, alert and unable to return to sleep. New practitioners should understand that it can be difficult to quiet the mind, and should not be discouraged by lack of immediate results. Several techniques are available. A few are discussed here. The only potential risks from meditating are in people with psychosis, in whom meditating may trigger a psychotic event.	Mindfulness Meditation. Mindfulness is a common practice that focuses on breathing. It employs the basic technique used in other forms of meditation. Sit upright with the spine straight, either cross-legged or sitting on a firm chair with both feet on the floor, uncrossed. With the eyes closed or gently looking a few feet ahead, observe the exhalation of the breath. As the mind wanders, simply note it as a fact and returns to the "out" breath. It may be helpful to imagine your thoughts as clouds dissipating away. Transcendental Meditation (TM). TM uses a mantra (a word that has a specific chanting sound but no meaning). The person meditating repeats the word silently, letting thoughts come and go. In one study, TM was as effective as exercise in elevating mood. Mini-Meditation. The method involves heightening awareness of the immediate surrounding environment. Choose a routine activity when alone. For example: While washing dishes, concentrate on the feel of the water and dishes. Allow the mind to wander to any immediate sensory experience (sounds outside the window, smells from the stove, colors in the room). If the mind begins to think about the past or future, or fills with unformed thoughts or worries, redirect it gently back. This redirection of brain activity from your thoughts and worries to your senses disrupts the stress response and prompts relaxation. It also helps promote an emotional and sensual appreciation of simple pleasures already present in a person's life.
*Biofeedback.* Biofeedback is a technique that measures bodily functions, like breathing, heart rate, blood pressure, skin temperature, and muscle tension. By watching these measurements, you can learn how to alter these functions by relaxing or holding pleasant images in your mind.	During biofeedback, electric leads are taped to a subject's head. The person is encouraged to relax using methods such as those described above. Brain waves are measured and an audible signal is emitted when alpha waves are detected, a frequency which coincides with a state of deep relaxation. By repeating the process, subjects associate the sound with the relaxed state and learn to achieve relaxation by themselves.
*Massage Therapy.* A 2005 report that reviewed data from multiple studies showed that massage therapy decreases cortisol levels. Another 2005 study showed that massage from a stable romantic partner can reduce physiological responses to a subsequent stressful event. In the study, women who received instructed shoulder-neck-massage from their partners before being exposed to stress had lowered cortisol responses, and smaller heart rate increases after the stressful event. Interestingly, massage was more beneficial than receiving social support from the partner, indicating the power of physical touch in managing stress. Several massage therapies are available.	Many massage techniques are available, such as the following: Swedish massage is the standard massage technique. It uses long smooth strokes, and kneading and tapping of the muscles. Shiatsu applies intense pressure to the same points targeted in acupuncture. It can be painful, but people report deep relaxation afterward. Reflexology manipulates acupuncture points in the hands and feet.

Some people who experience chronic stress seek herbal or natural remedies. It should be strongly noted, however, that just as with standard drugs, so-called natural remedies can cause problems, sometimes serious ones.

Probiotics. Probiotics are helpful bacterial strains that by themselves may provide a barrier against harmful bacteria. They do so through various mechanisms, such as excreting certain acids (for example, lactate, acetate) that inhibit harmful bacteria. They may also compete with them for nutrients. Stress reduces levels of these bacteria. Research even suggests that probiotics may help maintain remission in patients with IBD. In one small study, people suffering from stress and exhaustion significantly reduced their stress symptoms and gastrointestinal complaints when they took a probiotic supplement for 6 months. The specific bacteria that might be beneficial, however, are not fully known. The most well-known probiotics are the lactobacilli strains, such as acidophilus, which is found in yogurt and other fermented milk products. Others, however, may prove to be more important, such as bifidobacteria and GG lactobacilli. Other probiotics include the lactobacilli rhamnosus, casel, plantarium, bulgaricus, and salivarius, and also Enterococcus faecium and Streptococcus thermophilus.

Aromatherapy. The smell of lavender has long been associated with a calming effect. In a Japanese study, 14 women who were put in a room with a lavender scent experienced reduced mental stress. Several aromatherapies are now used for relaxation. Use caution, however, as some of the exotic plant extracts in these formulas have been associated with a wide range of skin allergies.

Valerian. Valerian is an herb that has sedative qualities and may reduce stress and associated physical effects. This herb is on the FDA's list of generally safe products. Of note, however, the herb's effects could be dangerously increased if it is used with standard sedatives. Other interactions and long-term side effects are unknown. Side effects include vivid dreams. High doses of valerian can cause blurred vision, excitability, and changes in heart rhythm.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, however, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been numerous reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Special Warning on Kava. Kava has been commonly used to reduce anxiety and stress. It is now highly associated with liver injury and even liver failure in a few cases. Experts now strongly warn against its use.

People seeking relief from stress should be wary of things that promise a quick cure, or plans that include the purchase of expensive treatments. These treatments may be useless and sometimes even dangerous.

Resources

www.nimh.nih.gov -- National Institute of Mental Health
www.nami.org -- National Alliance for the Mentally Ill
www.nmha.org -- National Mental Health Association
www.amtamassage.org -- American Massage Therapy Association
www.cognitivetherapynyc.com -- American Institute for Cognitive Therapy
www.aabt.org -- Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy
www.healthyminds.org -- The American Psychiatric Association
www.naswdc.org -- The National Association of Social Workers
www.aacap.org -- American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
www.stress.org -- The American Institute of Stress

References

Ginsburg KR and the Committee on Communications and Committee on Psychosocial Aspects of Child and Family Health. Clinical Report: The Importance of Play in Promoting Healthy Child Development and Maintaining Strong Parent-ChildBonds.Last accessed on 17 October, 2006.

Dallman MF, Pecoraro NC, la Fleur SE. Chronic stress and comfort foods: self-medication and abdominal obesity. Brain Behav Immun. 2005;19:275-280.

Wang J. Work stress as a risk factor for major depressive episode(s). Psychol Med. 2005;35:865-871.

Hammerfald K, Grau M, et al. Persistent effects of cognitive-behavioral stress management on cortisol responses to acute stress in healthy subjects-A randomized controlled trial. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2005 Sep 22; epub ahead of print.

Kreitzer MJ, Gross CR, Ye X, et al. Longitudinal impact of mindfulness meditation on illness burden in solid-organ transplant recipients. Prog Transplant. 2005;15:166-172.

Field T, Hernandez-Reif M, Diego M, et al. Cortisol decreases and serotonin and dopamine increase following massage therapy. Int J Neurosci. 2005;115:1397-1413.

Ditzen B, Neumann I, Bodenmann G, et al. Romantic Partner Interaction Reduces Endocrine and Autonomic Stress Responses in Women. New Research Abstracts, Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association. Washington, D.C. 2005. Abstract NR140.

Review Date:
10/16/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Urinary incontinence

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:59 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Stress Incontinence
Urge Incontinence
Overflow Incontinence
Functional Incontinence
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Prognosis
Treatment
Lifestyle Changes
Other Treatments
Behavioral Treatments
Medications
Surgery
Other Procedures
Catheters and Collection De...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Sling Procedure Versus Burch Colposuspension

The sling procedure is better than Burch colposuspension in treating stress incontinence but may cause more post-operative urinary complications, according to results from an important 2007 New England Journal of Medicine study. In the first large-scale clinical trial to directly compare these two types of surgery, 47% of women who underwent the sling procedure had no urinary incontinence 2 years after surgery, compared with 38% of women who received the Burch procedure. However, 63% of women who had the sling procedure (and 47% of women who underwent the Burch procedure) experienced urinary tract infections following surgery.

Oxybutynin May Cause Hallucinations

In 2007, the FDA investigated reports that oxybutynin (Detrol) may cause hallucinations, especially in children and older adults. Out of 202 reports of oxybutynin-related central nervous system side effects, hallucinations occurred in 27% of cases involving children and 25% of cases involving adults age 60 years and older. The FDA is considering adding stronger cautions about these risks to oxybutynin’s prescribing label.

Tamsulosin and Tolterodine Combination Treatment

For men with moderate-to-severe lower urinary tract symptoms, including overactive bladder, a combination of tamsulosin (Flomax) and tolterodine (Detrol) works better than either drug alone, according to a study published in 2006 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Researchers Investigating Stem Cell Treatment for Stress Incontinence

Muscle stem cell injections may eventually prove to be an effective treatment for stress incontinence, indicate several small studies. Doctors took tissue biopsies from patients’ arm muscles, then isolated and injected the muscle stem cells into areas surrounding the urethra. The injections helped strengthen sphincter muscles and improved bladder control. Researchers presented results of these studies at the 2007 American Urological Association annual meeting and the 2006 Radiological Society of North America annual meeting.

Introduction

Urinary incontinence is the inability to control urination. It may be temporary or permanent, and can result from a variety of problems in the urinary tract. Urinary incontinence is generally divided into four groups, according to the problem involved:

Stress incontinence
Urge incontinence
Overflow incontinence
Functional incontinence

Often, more than one type of incontinence is present, with about 40% of all cases falling into more than one category.

Because incontinence is a symptom, rather than a disease, it is often hard to determine the cause. In addition, a variety of conditions may be the cause.

The urinary system helps to maintain proper water and salt balance throughout the body:

The process of urination begins in the two kidneys, which process fluids and dissolve waste matter to produce urine.
Urine flows out of the kidneys into the bladder through two long tubes called ureters.
The bladder is a sac that acts as a reservoir for urine. It is covered with a membrane and enclosed in a powerful muscle called the detrusor. The bladder rests on top of the pelvic floor. This is a muscular structure similar to a sling running between the pubic bone in front to the base of the spine.
The bladder stores the urine until it is eliminated from the body via a tube called the urethra, which is the lowest part of the urinary tract. (In men it is enclosed in the penis. In women it leads directly out.)
The connection between the bladder and the urethra is called the bladder neck. Strong muscles called sphincter muscles encircle the bladder neck (the smooth internal sphincter muscles) and urethra (the fibrous external sphincter muscles).

Click the icon to see an animation about urination.

The Process of Urination

The process of urination is a combination of automatic and conscious muscle actions. There are two phases: the emptying phase and the filling and storage phase.

The Filling and Storage Phase. When a person has completed urination, the bladder is empty. This triggers the filling and storage phase, which includes both automatic and conscious actions.

Automatic Actions. The automatic signaling process in the brain relies on a pathway of nerve cells and chemical messengers (neurotransmitters) called the cholinergic and adrenergic systems. Important neurotransmitters include serotonin and noradrenaline. This pathway signals the detrusor muscle surrounding the bladder to relax. As the muscles relax, the bladder expands and allows urine to flow into it from the kidney. As the bladder fills to its capacity (about 8 - 16 oz of fluid) the nerves in the bladder send back signals of fullness to the spinal cord and the brain.
Conscious Actions. As the bladder swells, the person becomes conscious of a sensation of fullness. In response, the individual holds the urine back by voluntarily contracting the external sphincter muscles, the muscle group surrounding the urethra. These are the muscles that children learn to control during the toilet training process.

When the need to urinate becomes greater than one's ability to control it, urination (the emptying phase) begins.

The Emptying Phase. This phase also involves automatic and conscious actions.

Automatic Actions. When a person is ready to urinate, the nervous system initiates the voiding reflex. The nerves in the spinal cord (not the brain) signal the detrusor muscles to contract. At the same time, nerves are also telling the involuntary internal sphincter (a strong muscle encircling the bladder neck) to relax. With the bladder neck now open, the urine flows out of the bladder into the urethra.
Conscious Actions. Once the urine enters the urethra, a person consciously relaxes the external sphincter muscles, which allows urine to completely drain out from the bladder.

The female and male urinary tracts are relatively the same except for the length of the urethra.

Stress Incontinence

The primary symptom of stress incontinence is leakage due to activities that apply pressure to a full bladder. High-impact exercise poses the greatest risk for leaking. But stress incontinence can occur with even minor activities, such as:

Coughing
Sneezing
Laughing
Running (sometimes even standing can produce leakage)
Lifting

Leakage stops when the activity stops. If the condition persists, it is more likely to be urge incontinence.

Stress incontinence occurs because the internal sphincter does not close completely. In both men and women, the aging process causes a general weakening of the sphincter muscles and a decrease in bladder capacity. Causes of stress incontinence, however, may differ between men and women.

In women, stress incontinence is nearly always due to one or both of the following:

The urethra fails to close and becomes overly movable (urethral hypermobility).
The muscles around the bladder neck weaken (intrinsic sphincteric deficiency or ISD). Some experts believe that this problem is present to some degree in nearly all women with stress incontinence. (ISD can also occur in anyone from an inborn disorder or injury from surgery or radiation.)

Many women are prone to one or both of these problems, which can occur under the following circumstances:

Having had many children through vaginal deliveries. In such cases, pregnancy and childbirth strain the muscles of the pelvic floor. Prolapsed uterus, in which the uterus protrudes into the vagina, occurs in about half of all women who have given birth. This condition can often cause incontinence.
Menopause. Estrogen deficiencies after menopause can cause the urethra to thin out so that it may not close properly.

Urethral Hypermobility. In urethral hypermobility the urethra does not close properly, allowing it to move too much (hypermobile). This condition typically occurs when the pelvic floor muscles in women become weak, and the following events occur:

The weakened pelvic floor muscles stretch.
This allows the bladder to sag downward within the abdomen.
The sagging bladder pulls on the muscles surrounding the bladder neck (internal sphincter), which are connected to the urethra.

Stress incontinence associated with urethral hypermobility is sometimes categorized as type 1 or type 2.

Type 1 is the less severe form, and the bladder neck and urethra remain incompletely closed.
In type 2, the angle of the bladder neck shifts. In such cases cystocele may occur, in which the bladder muscles bulge (herniate) into the vaginal wall.

Intrinsic sphincteric deficiency (ISD). Intrinsic sphincter deficiency (sometimes called type 3) is the other major cause of stress incontinence in women. It occurs when the bladder neck muscles are damaged or weakened. The result is twofold:

The bladder neck is open during filling.
The closing pressure around the urethra is low.

This is the most severe stress incontinence in women and usually occurs after previous surgeries for incontinence.

Prostate treatments can impair the sphincter muscles. Such treatments are the major causes of stress incontinence in men. They include the following:

Surgery or radiation for prostate cancer. Incontinence occurs in nearly all male patients for the first 3 - 6 months after radical prostatectomy. After a year of the procedure, most men retain continence, although leakage can occur.

Surgery for benign prostatic hyperplasia. Stress incontinence occurs in 1 - 5% of men after transurethral resection of the prostate (TURP), the standard treatment for severe benign prostatic hyperplasia.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing TURP surgery.

Incontinence after prostate procedures is often a combination of urge and stress. Because studies often combine the two types of incontinence, it is not always clear which predominates.

Urge Incontinence

The main symptom of urge incontinence (also called hyperactive, irritable, or overactive bladder) is the need to urinate frequently. Patients may go to the bathroom more than 8 times over 24 hours, including 2 or more times a night, and have subsequent leakage. However, most people (60%) with overactive bladder experience only urgency and frequency. In some cases, urge incontinence occurs only at night. This is called nocturnal enuresis.

All cases of urge incontinence involve an overactive bladder. This occurs when the detrusor muscle, which surrounds the bladder, contracts inappropriately during the filling stage. When this occurs, the urge to urinate cannot be voluntarily suppressed, even temporarily. There is usually one of two types:

Idiopathic Detrusor Overactivity (formerly called Detrusor Instability). In this type, the nerves serving the bladder have signaled the brain appropriately that the bladder is full, but the detrusor muscles are unable to be suppressed. The actual cause, however, is not known.
Neurogenic Detrusor Overactivity (formerly called Detrusor Hyperreflexia). With this type, a known neurologic abnormality impairs the signaling systems between the bladder and the central nervous system, and the brain is unable to inhibit the detrusor muscles controlling urination.

Very often, the cause of detrusor instability and bladder hyperactivity is unknown. Some conditions that can produce the disorders leading to urge incontinence include the following:

Benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH). Detrusor instability occurs in about 75% of men with BPH and causes frequency, urgency, and urination during the night (although incontinence itself occurs only in very severe cases). Urge incontinence only at night can be a sign of severe obstruction in the urinary tract.

Benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH) is a non-cancerous enlargement of the prostate gland, commonly found in men over the age of 50.

Prostate surgical procedures. Either prostatectomy for prostate cancer or transurethral resection of the prostate (TURP) for BPH can cause detrusor instability. As with stress incontinence, prostatectomy poses a much higher rate than with TURP, which is very low.
Hysterectomy. Complications of this operation, which removes the uterus, are associated with a higher risk for urge incontinence. In one study, for example, incontinence developed or worsened after hysterectomy in about 16% of women who had only mild or no incontinence before surgery. However, hysterectomies can also significantly improve urinary incontinence in many women who have an existing condition before the procedure. In the same study, 30% of women had severe urinary incontinence before hysterectomy, which declined to 20% afterward and was sustained for at least 2 years.

Click the icon to see an image about hysterectomy.

Damage to the central nervous system. Certain neurologic disorders or injuries can disrupt the passage of nerve messages between the urinary tract and central nervous system. These neurological conditions include stroke, multiple sclerosis, spinal cord or disk injury, and Parkinson's disease.
Infections.
The aging process.
Emotional disorders. Anxiety and possibly even depression have been associated with urge incontinence.
Medications, including some sleeping pills.
Genetic factors may play a role in some cases.

Overflow Incontinence

Overflow incontinence happens when the normal flow of urine is blocked and the bladder cannot empty completely. Overflow incontinence can be due to a number of conditions:

A partial obstruction. In this case the urine cannot flow completely out of the bladder, so it never fully empties.
An inactive bladder muscle. In contrast to urge incontinence, the bladder is less active than normal, not more. It cannot empty properly and so becomes distended, or swells. Eventually this distention stretches the internal sphincter until it opens partially and leakage occurs.

The causes of the conditions leading to overflow incontinence include:

Tumors
Certain medications (anticholinergics, antidepressants, antipsychotics, sedatives, narcotics, alpha-adrenergic agonists, beta-adrenergic agonists, calcium channel blockers)
Benign prostatic hyperplasia (enlarged prostate)
Scar tissue
Nerve damage. In such cases, nerves in the bladder are damaged so that the body cannot feel when the bladder is full, and the bladder does not contract. Such damage can be caused by spinal cord injuries, previous surgery in the colon or rectum, and pelvic fractures. Diabetes, multiple sclerosis, and shingles also can cause this problem.

Functional Incontinence

Patients with functional incontinence have mental or physical disabilities that keep them from urinating, although the urinary system itself is normal. Conditions that can lead to function incontinence include:

Parkinson's disease.
Alzheimer's disease and other forms of dementia. Mental confusion may prevent both recognition of the need to void and locating a bathroom.
Severe depression. In such cases, people may become incontinent because they are indifferent to self-control.

Risk Factors

About 13 million adults experience incontinence at some time. The number, however, may actually be higher because most patients are reluctant to discuss incontinence with their doctors. In fact, research indicates that many patients will not admit to having the problem even when questioned directly. Although a third of American men and women age 30 - 70 have experienced at least some loss of bladder control, most have not been diagnosed by a doctor.

A 2004 survey of more than 1,400 Americans found that despite the prevalence of bladder control loss, an alarming 64% of those experiencing symptoms are not currently taking measures to manage their condition. The survey, sponsored by the National Association for Continence, also found that adults waited an average of 6 years before discussing their symptoms with a doctor. A 2006 study reported that only half of women with urinary incontinence have discussed their condition with a doctor, while only a third had received any treatment.

Incontinence is uncommon in children 5 years and older. However, it may still occur in:

10% of 5 year-olds
5% of 10 year-olds
1% of 18 year-olds

Incontinence that occurs before puberty is twice as common in boys as in girls. Most young people who experience nighttime wetting do not have any serious physical or emotional disorders. It is often difficult to diagnose incontinence in children. Many cases result from a combination of factors, including:

Birth defects or inborn conditions that cause problems in the urinary tract
Slower physical development
An overproduction of urine at night
A lack of ability to recognize bladder filling when asleep
Anxiety
Inherited factors (indicated by a strong family history of bedwetting)

Bedwetting in children is not considered incontinence. However, bedwetting and other urinary problems in childhood may predict the later development of adult urinary incontinence. According to a 2006 study, women who experienced childhood bedwetting, as well as frequent daytime and nighttime urination, had an increased risk of developing adult urge incontinence.

All older adults are susceptible to incontinence. One in 10 people over age 65 have some type of bladder control loss. About 12% of women ages 60 - 64 and 21% of women age 85 and over experience daily urinary incontinence. About half of the elderly who are housebound or in nursing homes experience incontinence.

Urinary incontinence is far more common among women than men. Between 15 - 50% of women experience urinary incontinence during their lifetimes, with the highest rates occurring in women who have had children. Severe urinary continence affects 7 – 10% of women. About 10% of women undergo surgery for urinary incontinence or pelvic organ prolapse.

Birth Conditions. Pregnancy and childbirth may increase the risk for urinary incontinence. The risk is highest with the first child, and there is an increased risk in women who have their first child over age 30. Some studies suggest that women who used the drug oxytocin for inducing labor are at higher risk for developing urinary incontinence. Such medically induced labor tends to subject the muscles and nerves in the pelvis to greater force than does natural labor.

Studies indicate that the method of birth can affect risk later in life. For example, a major 2003 study reported that women who had a cesarean section had a much lower risk for stress incontinence before age 50 than women who had vaginal delivery. However, a 2006 study contradicted many assumptions by suggesting that vaginal delivery is not associated with later development of urinary incontinence in postmenopausal women. The study compared sisters who had either given birth vaginally or had never had children. Researchers found no difference in rates of urinary incontinence. The study suggested that cesarean delivery may not make much difference in preventing urinary incontinence.

Another 2006 study found that episiotomy does not help prevent urinary incontinence. Episiotomy is a surgical incision that is made during childbirth to the perineum, the muscle between the vagina and the rectum. Doctors commonly perform this procedure to help widen the vaginal opening and prevent tearing. The study found that episiotomy does not have many benefits, and may later cause pain during intercourse.

Vaginal birth can cause pelvic prolapse, a condition in which pelvic muscles weaken and the pelvic organs (bladder, uterus) slip into the vaginal canal. Pelvic prolapse, and the surgery used to correct it, can cause incontinence. Sacrocolpopexy is the standard surgical procedure for repairing pelvic prolapse. A 2006 study found that performing a urinary incontinence surgical procedure (Burch colposuspension) at the same time as sacrocolpopexy can help prevent stress incontinence. [See Surgery section.]

High-Impact Exercise. Women who engage in high-impact exercise are susceptible to urinary leakage, particularly women with a low foot arch. Shock to the pelvic area is increased as the foot makes impact with hard surfaces. Those at highest risk for urinary leakage are gymnasts, followed by softball, volleyball, and basketball players.

Smokers. Studies have reported a higher risk for incontinence, notably mixed incontinence, in women who are current or former heavy smokers (more than a pack a day).

Obesity. Being overweight is a major risk factor for all types of incontinence. The more a woman weighs, the greater her risk.

Medical Factors in Older Women. Urge incontinence is more common among postmenopausal women who have a history of:

Diabetes
Higher body mass index (heavier weight)
Hysterectomy
Two or more urinary tract infections within the past year

The rate of incontinence in men (about 1.5 - 5%) is much lower than in women. The risk for urinary incontinence increases with age. In the United States, about 17% of men over age 60 have urinary incontinence. In older men, prostate problems and their treatments are the most common factors that affect the urinary tract. Up to 30% of men who have had surgery to remove their prostate gland experience some degree of urinary incontinence.

Urinary incontinence varies by race and ethnicity. It is most common in non-Hispanic white women. Among men, African-Americans are at highest risk. Some studies suggest that the greatest disparity is with stress incontinence. African-American and Asian American women have a much lower risk for stress incontinence than Caucasian and Hispanic women.

A number of conditions can cause temporary incontinence in anyone:

Urinary tract infections
Excess fluid intake
Constipation
Severe depression
Restricted mobility

Drugs. Drugs are most often the cause of temporary incontinence.

Drugs that affect the adrenergic system (a nerve-cell and hormonal pathway that regulates the sphincter muscle) are common causes of incontinence. For example, alpha-adrenergic blockers, such as terazosin (Hytrin), used for benign prostatic hypertrophy, can cause incontinence by over-relaxing the muscles. On the other hand, men with enlarged prostates who suffer from urinary problems may be helped by the increase of urine flow after using terazosin.
Alpha-adrenergic agonists, such as pseudoephedrine (found in some oral decongestants) strengthen the muscles and may cause overflow incontinence in susceptible people.
Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as propranolol (Inderal), prescribed for hypertension and angina, relax the sphincter.
Diuretics, used for high blood pressure, often rapidly introduce high urine volumes into the bladder.
Calcium-channel blockers can cause overflow incontinence by relaxing the bladder detrusor muscles.
Colchicine, a drug used for gout, can cause urge incontinence.
Other medications and substances that increase the risk for incontinence are caffeine, sedatives, antidepressants, antipsychotics, and antihistamines.

Diagnosis

Fewer than half of the patients who have urinary incontinence tell their doctor about the problem. In many cases, patients simply feel that incontinence is part of the aging process. And, in spite of the commonness of this problem, two-thirds of doctors never ask their older patients if they experience incontinence.

It is important, however, for both the doctor and the patient to raise the issue.

The first step in the diagnosis of incontinence is a detailed history. The doctor should ask questions about the patient's present and past medical conditions and patterns of urination. Patients should tell the doctor the following information:

When the problem began
Frequency of urination
Amount of daily fluid intake
Use of caffeine or alcohol
Frequency and description of leakage or urine loss, including activity at the time, sensation of urge to urinate, and approximate volume of urine lost
Frequency of urination during the night
Whether the bladder feels empty after urinating
Pain or burning during urination
Problems starting or stopping the flow of urine
Forcefulness of the urine stream
Presence of blood, unusual odor or color in the urine
A list of major surgeries with their dates, including pregnancies and deliveries, and other medical conditions
Any medications being taken

A 2006 study suggested a simpler way of diagnosing incontinence using a test that asks 3 questions:

During the last 3 months, have you leaked urine (even a small amount)?
When did you leak urine? (During physical activity; when you could not reach the bathroom quickly enough; without physical activity or bladder urge.)
When did you leak urine most often? (Physical activity; bladder urge; without or about equally with physical activity or bladder urge.)

Based on the patient’s answers, the “3IQ” test may help a doctor distinguish between urge and stress urinary incontinence.

Voiding Diary. The patient might find it helpful to keep a diary for 3 to 4 days before the office visit. This diary, sometimes referred to as a voiding diary or log, should be a detailed record of:

Daily eating and drinking habits
The times and amounts of normal urination

For each incident of incontinence, the log should also detail:

The amount of urine lost (the patient is often asked to catch and measure urine in a measuring cup during a 24-hour period)
Whether the urge to urinate was present
Whether the patient was involved in physical activity at the time

The office visit should consist of a thorough physical examination, checking for abnormalities or enlargements in the rectal, genital, and abdominal areas that may cause or contribute to the problem.

One of the important measurements for urinary incontinence is the postvoid residual urine volume (PVR). This is the amount of urine left in the bladder after urination:

Normally, about 50 mL or less of urine is left
More than 100 mL suggests an abnormality and requires further tests
More than 200 mL is a definite sign of abnormalities

Use of a Catheter. The most common method for measuring PVR uses a catheter, which is inserted into the urethra after a few minutes of urination. The advantage of the catheter is that it can also collect urine for analysis.

Ultrasound. Ultrasound is useful in determining the volume of urine.

Cystometry measures the bladder's ability to retain urine at different capacities and pressures. It uses a catheter and can be performed at the same time as the PVR test.

Subtraction Cystometry. Although procedures vary, the basic steps for the technique are as follows:

The patient empties the bladder as much as possible.
Two catheters are inserted into the urethra until they reach the bladder. One is used to fill the bladder with water. The other is used to measure pressure. Another catheter is inserted into the rectum or vagina, which is used to measure abdominal pressure.
While water is instilled through the tube into the bladder, the pressure in the bladder and abdomen are measured and the results are recorded in a computing device.
During the process, the patient informs the doctor about any changes in the need to urinate, including the initial need to urinate, a normal desire to urinate, and a strong need to urinate.
Often during this process, the patient is asked to cough, bounce up and down, or even walk in place. The patient may also be asked to strain as if he or she is having a bowel movement. This is called the Valsalva maneuver. The point at which leakage occurs during this action is called the Valsalva leak point pressure, which might be a useful measurement for determining treatment.
When the urge to urinate is strong, the doctor stops this portion of the test.
A calculation is then made using bladder and abdominal pressure measurements as well as volume and flow rate of the urine. The result provides the doctor with an assessment of detrusor contractions.

The detrusor muscles of a normal bladder will not contract during bladder filling. Severe contractions at low amounts of administered fluid (less than 200 mL) indicate urge incontinence. Stress incontinence is suspected when there is no significant increase in bladder pressure or detrusor muscle contractions during filling, but the patient experiences leakage if abdominal pressure increases.

Video Cystometry. Video cystometry combines a computer reading of bladder pressures and pictures of the bladder itself. It is most useful in cases where the more standard tests have not yielded satisfactory results.

To determine whether the bladder is obstructed, the speed of urine flow is measured electronically using a test called uroflowmetry. The test involves the following steps:

Patients are instructed not to urinate for several hours before the test and to drink plenty of fluids so they have a full bladder and a strong urge to urinate.
To perform this test, a patient urinates into a special toilet equipped with a uroflowmeter.
It is important that patients remain still while urinating to help ensure accuracy, and that they urinate normally and do not exert strain to empty their bladder or attempt to retard their urine flow.

Many factors can affect urine flow (such as straining or holding back because of self-consciousness) so experts recommend that the test be repeated at least twice.

Q[max]. The rate of urine flow is calculated as milliliters of urine passed per second (mL/s). At its peak, the flow rate measurement is recorded and referred to as the Q[max]. The higher the Q[max], the better the patient's flow rate. Men with a Q[max] of less than 12 mL/s have four times the risk for urinary retention than men with a stronger urinary flow.

The Q[max] measurement is sometimes used as the basis for determining the severity of obstruction and for judging the success of treatments. It is not very accurate, however, for a number of reasons:

Urine flow varies widely among individuals as well as from test to test.
The patient's age must be considered. Flow rate normally decreases as men age, so the Q[max] typically ranges from more than 25 mL/s in young men to less than 10 mL/s in elderly men.

The Q[max] level does not necessarily coincide with a patient's perceptions of the severity of his own symptoms.

Urethrocystoscopy. Urethrocystoscopy, also called cystourethroscopy or cystoscopy, detects structural abnormalities, inflammation of the bladder wall, or masses that might not show up on x-ray.

The patient is given a light anesthetic, and the bladder is filled with water.
Next, a thin flexible tube called a cystoscope is inserted through the urethra into the bladder.
The end of the cystoscope contains a tiny microscope-like instrument.
The doctor uses the cystoscope to look for abnormalities in the interior of the bladder.

Cystoscopy is a procedure that uses a flexible fiber optic scope, which is inserted through the urethra into the urinary bladder. The doctor fills the bladder with water and inspects the interior of the bladder. The image seen through the cystoscope may also be viewed on a color monitor and recorded on videotape for later evaluation.

The procedure has some risks. Complications are uncommon, but can include allergic response to the anesthetic, urinary tract infection, bleeding, and urine retention.

Intravenous Pyelogram. Intravenous pyelogram (IVP) may be used to diagnose urge incontinence. It is performed as follows:

A dye is injected into the patient's vein and is processed by the kidneys.
A series of x-ray pictures are taken of the kidneys, ureter, and bladder as the dye passes through them. This provides a dynamic picture of the relationship between the patient's urinary system and urinary functioning.

Click the icon to see an image of an intravenous pyelogram.

IVPs can detect structural abnormalities, urethral narrowing, or incomplete emptying of the bladder. This test should not be used on pregnant women or patients with kidney failure. There is a risk for an allergic reaction to standard dyes, although newer, less allergenic ones are becoming available.

Ultrasound. Ultrasound plays a role in many cases of incontinence. For example, it is useful for men with prostate problems. It is helpful in measuring urine volume in the bladder. Ultrasound may also be useful in many cases of female stress incontinence, by identifying abnormalities in the bladder neck, and in assessing the urinary tract before and after surgery. It also may eventually be useful in diagnosing detrusor instability.

Chain Cystogram. In cases of stress incontinence, a chain cystogram may also be performed. With this procedure, a beaded chain is positioned in the bladder and urethra. The x-ray image of the chain reveals the angle of the bladder neck. This test should not be performed on pregnant women.

Electrophysiologic sphincter testing, also referred to as electromyography (EMG), evaluates two important factors:

The function of the nerves serving the sphincter and pelvic floor muscles.
The patient's ability to control these muscles.

Using a technique similar to that of an electrocardiogram, the doctor places electrodes on the affected areas to observe electrical activity in the muscles.

Urethral pressure profile is used to investigate urethral blockage. A probe is placed in the urethra to determine pressure at different points along this pathway during urination and the exact location of any obstruction in the urethra.

Prognosis

Incontinence is rarely life threatening. In most cases, if treated promptly, physical complications are not serious.

Urinary incontinence can have severe emotional effects. Depression is very common in women with incontinence. For example, in a 2003 study, 82% of women with severe incontinence and 41% of those with moderate incontinence reported at least 2 weeks of depression during the preceding year. Incontinence also has emotional effects on men. A number of studies of prostate cancer patients suggest that incontinence is a much more distressing side effect for men than impotence (also a side effect of prostate cancer treatment).

Other negative emotional effects reported include:

Loneliness and humiliation. Because little public attention has been paid to this problem, the incontinent person often feels alone and humiliated. Many people with incontinence do not even seek medical advice for the problem. In one survey of doctors, nearly all of them reported that a patient's embarrassment and reluctance to discuss bladder problems is a major barrier to successful treatment.
Shame. Many people experience a sense of personal failure.
Helplessness. Patients often feel helpless and angry.
Introversion. Patients may eventually curtail social activities, or even give them up entirely.
Lack of confidence. Many people with incontinence believe that they are unemployable.

To prevent humiliation due to wetness or odors, people with incontinence may have to alter their way of life.

Errands become very difficult and need advanced planning.
Public bathrooms may difficult to locate or unavailable. The problem is particularly severe for those with urge incontinence who have little time to reach a bathroom and have large volume spills.

Incontinence is particularly serious in older adults:

Older adults who are otherwise healthy may stop exercising because of leakage, which can increase their impairment.
Incontinence can result in loss of independence and quality of life.
It is a major reason for nursing home placement.
Severe incontinence may require catheterization. This is the insertion of a tube that allows urine to continually pass into an external collecting bag. In such cases, complications are common, particularly infections.
There is a strong association between urge incontinence and falls and injuries. In one large study, over half of women who reported incontinence experienced at least one fall over a 3-year period. This high incidence of falls may be due in part to the rush to the toilet in the middle of the night. Keeping a pan or portable commode near the bed may prevent injuries as well as improve sleep and general convenience.

Treatment

The treatment for temporary incontinence can be rapid, simple, and effective. If urinary tract infections are the cause, they can be treated with antibiotics. Any related incontinence will often clear up in a short time. Medications that cause incontinence can be discontinued or changed to halt episodes.

Chronic incontinence may require a variety of treatments, depending on the cause. Treatment options are listed below in the order in which they are usually tried, from least-to-most invasive:

Behavioral techniques, which include Kegel exercises and bladder training, are sometimes all a person needs for achieving continence. A number of devices can also be used to strengthen muscles and prevent urine leakage. Bladder training is useful for urge incontinence.
Medications are tried next. These may include anticholinergics and antispasmodics. Estrogen or estrogen plus progesterone used to be recommended, but recent research has shown that these hormone treatments can actually make urinary incontinence worse.
Surgery. Surgery is the last resort; there are many effective procedures available for stress incontinence.

Lifestyle techniques to improve quality of life and improve hygiene are part of all treatments.

Lifestyle measures, including dietary recommendations, bladder training, and continent aids, are useful for anyone with incontinence. Other treatments vary depending on whether the patient has stress or urge incontinence. In people who have both, the treatment usually is aimed at the predominant form.

Treating Stress Incontinence. The general goal for women with stress incontinence is to strengthen the pelvic muscles. Typical steps for treating women with type 1 stress incontinence are:

Devices and continent aids for blocking urine in the urethra (vaginal pessaries, adhesive pads, and others).
Behavioral techniques and noninvasive devices, including Kegel exercises, weighted vaginal cones, and biofeedback.
Medications. Alpha-adrenergic agonists and possibly tricyclic antidepressants.
Surgery is a reasonable option if symptoms do not improve with noninvasive methods. Many are available, and most are designed to restore the bladder neck and urethra to their anatomically correct positions.

Treating Urge Incontinence. The goal of most treatments for urge incontinence is to reduce the hyperactivity of the bladder. The following methods may be helpful:

Behavioral methods
Medications (anticholinergics, anti-spasmodics, and alpha blockers)
Procedures that stimulate the pelvic floor or nerves in the tailbone (the sacral nerves), which help retrain the bladder

Lifestyle Changes

Many products are now available that help patients avoid embarrassment and, in some cases, prevent leakage. With recent improvements in paper technology, pads are now thin enough to be worn undetected, and a spare can be hidden in a purse or pocket. Proper hygiene is also essential for patients with incontinence.

Keeping Skin Clean. To avoid skin irritation and infection associated with incontinence, keep the area around the urethra clean. The following tips may be helpful:

After a urinary accident, clean any affected areas right away.
When bathing, use warm water and don't scrub forcefully; hot water and scrubbing can injure the skin.
A number of cleansers are available that are specially created for incontinence and allow frequent cleansing without over-drying or causing irritation to the skin. Most do not have to be rinsed off; the area is simply wiped with a cloth.
After bathing, a moisturizer plus a barrier cream should be applied. Barrier creams include petroleum jelly, zinc oxide, cocoa butter, kaolin, lanolin, or paraffin. These products are water repellent and protect the skin from urine.
Anti-fungal creams that contain miconazole nitrate are used for yeast infections.

Preventing or Reducing Odor. Certain methods may help reduce odor from accidents. They include:

Deodorizing tablets, such as Derifil, Nullo, Devrom, and Chlorofresh can be taken by mouth or used in appliances. Most contain chlorophyll.
Taking an alfalfa pill four times a day may reduce odor, and is not believed to interfere with any other medications. Alfalfa is a common grass, and some people with seasonal allergies may experience an allergic reaction. Talk to your doctor before taking any type of supplement.
Drinking more water, not less, will also reduce odors. Drinking more water may actually help reduce leakage, too.
To remove odors from mattresses, some experts recommend a solution of equal parts vinegar to water. Once the mattress has dried, baking soda can be applied on the stain, rubbed in, and then vacuumed off.

Weight Control. In women, pelvic floor muscle tone weakens with significant weight gain, so women are urged to eat healthy foods in moderation and to exercise regularly.

Fluid Intake. A common misconception among people with incontinence is that drinking less water will prevent accidents. In reality, limiting fluid intake has the following effects:

The lining of the urethra and bladder becomes irritated, which may actually increase leakage.
Concentrated urine also has a stronger pungency, so drinking plenty of fluids can help reduce odor.

Some experts recommend drinking two to three quarts a day.

Drinking plenty of cranberry juice may be particularly helpful. It is known to help prevent urinary tract infections. (Low calorie juices are available.)

People with incontinence, however, should stop drinking beverages 2 - 4 hours before going to bed, particularly those who experience leakage or accidents during the night.

Fiber-Rich Foods. Constipation can worsen urinary incontinence, so diets should be high in fiber, fruits, and vegetables.

Fluid and Food Restrictions. A number of foods and beverages may increase incontinence. Some experts suggest that people who eat or drink the following items should try eliminating one a day over a 10-day period and check to see if removing them improves continence:

Caffeinated beverages. (In one major 2003 study, tea drinking -- but not coffee drinking -- was associated with incontinence. In general, however, it might be useful to try avoiding coffee as well, including decaf coffee.)
Carbonated beverages such as soda
Alcoholic beverages
Citrus fruits and juices
Tomatoes and tomato-based foods
Spicy foods
Chocolate
Sugars and honey
Artificial sweeteners
Milk and milk products

Some otherwise healthy adults stop exercising because of leakage. There are a number of methods for preventing or stopping leakage during exercise. The following are some tips:

Limit fluid intake before exercising (but be sure not to become dehydrated)
Urinate frequently, including right before exercise
Women can try wearing pads or urethral inserts

A variety of absorbent pads and undergarments are quite effective in catching spills and leaks. Many undergarments developed for incontinence are almost indistinguishable from regular briefs and underpants.

For women, the following are available:

Normal and even attractive looking washable underwear that contains waterproof panels is available for women. Even stomach-control panties are available for women with incontinence.

For men, the following are available:

Drip collectors are available which can be worn under briefs and are not noticeable under normal clothing. Lined with absorbent material, the pouch-like collector surrounds the penis or scrotum and is fastened with a belt or pins.
Washable briefs made from polyester have a fully functional fly and waterproof panel and look and feel like normal underwear. Boxer shorts are also available that look regular but have a protective pouch.

Even for men and women with severe incontinence, disposable undergarments can be purchased that have a normal look to them.

All absorbent undergarments should be changed when wet to limit problems of chafing or infection.

A specially shaped plastic urinal (Feminal) is available for women. It avoids the use of a bedpan, and can be used while the woman is lying down, seated, or even standing.

Urinals for men are available that attach to athletic-like supporters.

Other Treatments

Foam pads (Miniguard, UroMed, Impress, Softpatch) with an adhesive coating have been developed for women with stress incontinence. They work as follows:

The pad is placed over the opening of the urethra where it creates a seal, preventing leakage.
It is removed before urinating and replaced with a new one afterwards.
The pad can be worn up to 5 hours a day and through the night.
It can be used during physical activity, although it may change position during vigorous exercise.
It should not be worn during sexual intercourse.

In one study of women who used these products, the average number of leaks per week dropped from 14 to 5. Women with more severe incontinence (an average of 34 leaks a week) had only 10 events, and when leakage occurred, it was slight.

Adhesive pads should not be used by women with the following conditions:

Urinary tract or vaginal infections
Urge or other forms of nonstress incontinence
A history of surgery for incontinence

Urethral Shields. Shields or caps (CapSure, Bard Cap Sure, FemAssist) that fit over the urethral opening are safe and effective in managing many forms of incontinence.

In a study of patients with stress incontinence, CapSure reduced urine loss by 96% within a week, and 82% of patients were completely dry. Side effects include irritation and urinary tract infections, although they are not severe.
In another study, 47% of women who used FemAssist reported complete continence, and 33% of the women reported continence was improved by more than half. FemAssist offered equal benefits for women with stress, urge, or mixed incontinence.

Urethral Tubes or Sleeves. Tubes or sleeves (Reliance Urinary Control Device, FemSoft) that fit into the urethra are also available for female incontinence.

The Reliance Urinary Control Device for women is a small tube inserted into the urethra using a reusable syringe. The device must be prescribed by a doctor, who measures the woman's urethra to determine the right size. The tip of the tube contains a balloon that is inflated against the urethra and blocks urine, preventing leakage. Every time a woman urinates, she pulls a string that deflates the balloon, then throws the old device away and replaces it with a new one. It is effective, but carries a high risk for urinary tract infections and most women report discomfort and irritation.
FemSoft is a silicone tube insert surrounded by a liquid-filled sleeve. When the tube is inserted into the urethra, the sleeve conforms to its shape and creates a seal at the bladder neck, preventing leakage. It is intended for one-time use and is replaced after voiding. This is a relatively new product and information is lacking on its comfort and risk for urinary tract infections.

Vaginal Devices. Devices that support the vaginal wall also help support the urethra that is located next to it:

Tampons. Mild stress incontinence in women, particularly when induced by exercise, may be managed by using a tampon. Specially designed tampons (such as the Contrelle Continence Tampon) are available, but even simple menstrual tampons may be helpful. (Keep in mind that tampons can only be worn for a few hours.) As tampons push on the vaginal wall, it compresses the urethra. In one study, 86% of women with mild incontinence remained continent during exercise sessions when using tampons. Out of this group, however, only 29% with severe incontinence remained dry.
Vaginal Pessaries. Vaginal pessaries are devices inserted into the vagina that support the inside of the vaginal walls. Pessaries are usually made of silicon and come in various forms, including donut or cube-shapes. They must be fitted by a health professional and are effective for vaginal prolapse or other vaginal structural problems. Serious complications are rare but can occur if the pessary is not replaced periodically.
Introl Bladder Neck Support. The Introl bladder neck support prosthesis is a flexible ring that is inserted into the vagina and has two ridges that press against the walls, supporting the urethra. Sizing the Introl is difficult, but success rates of 83% have been reported in women with stress incontinence. It can be left in during urination but must be removed and cleaned afterward. Introl can cause vaginal or urethral infections and may also be uncomfortable.

Behavioral Treatments

With the exception of functional incontinence, most cases of incontinence will almost always improve with behavioral techniques. There are a variety of methods, but the focus is usually on strengthening or retraining the bladder. Studies indicate that such exercises are very effective, even for men recovering from surgery for prostate cancer.

To enhance bladder training for incontinent patients who are in nursing rooms, nurses may need to check patients for dryness and regularly remind them to urinate. As an extra tip for older people with severe incontinence, keeping a pan or portable commode near the bed may prevent injuries from falling as well as improve general convenience.

Perhaps the best first-line approach for any form of incontinence is a combination of Kegel exercises and bladder training. In one study, women who used this combination approach experienced an average 50% reduction in incontinence episodes, with nearly 40% of them achieving complete continence. It was equally effective for urge, stress, or mixed incontinence.

Studies also report that between 50 - 75% of patients who perform only Kegel exercises experience a substantial improvement in their symptoms, including elderly people who have had the problem for years. A 2006 review suggested that Kegel exercises are especially helpful for women in their 40s and 50s who suffer from stress incontinence. The women participated in a supervised Kegel exercise program for at least 3 months.

Pelvic Floor Muscle (Kegel) Exercises. Kegel exercises are designed to strengthen the muscles of the pelvic floor that support the bladder and close the sphincters.

Stress incontinence is an involuntary loss of control of urine that occurs at the same time abdominal pressure is increased as in coughing or sneezing. It develops when the muscles of the pelvic floor have become weak.

Dr. Kegel first developed these exercises to assist women before and after childbirth, but they are very useful in helping to improve continence for both men and women. Kegel exercises are particularly useful for the following conditions:

Stress incontinence. Some experts believe that Kegel exercises should be the primary treatment for stress incontinence.
Urge incontinence. They can also be helpful for urge incontinence in cases that are not caused by nerve damage. In one study, 85% of women reported satisfaction with this program.

The general approach for learning and practicing Kegel exercises is as follows:

Since the muscles are sometimes difficult to isolate, the best method is to first learn while urinating. The patient begins to urinate and then contracts the muscle in the pelvic area with intention of slowing or stopping the flow of urine. Women should contract the vaginal muscles as well. They can detect this by inserting a finger inside the vagina. When the vaginal walls tighten, the pelvic muscles are being correctly contracted.
An alternate approach is to isolate the muscles used in Kegel contractions by sensing then squeezing and lifting the muscles in the rectum that are used in passing gas. (Again, women should contract the vaginal muscles as well.)
Patients should place their hands on their abdomen, thighs, and buttocks to make sure there is no movement in these areas while exercising.
In order to achieve success, some experts recommend performing two exercises that have different timing for the hold and release of the contraction. Both should be done regularly.
The first method is used for strengthening the pelvic floor muscles. The patient slowly contracts and lifts the muscles and holds for 5 seconds, then releases them. There is a rest of 10 seconds between contractions.
The second method is simply a quick contraction and release. The object of this exercise is to learn to shut off the urine flow rapidly.
In general, patients should perform 5 - 15 contractions, three to five times daily.

Some notes of caution:

Once learned, Kegel exercises should not be performed while urinating more than about twice a month, since this practice may eventually weaken the muscles.
In women, incorrect or overly vigorous exercises may cause vaginal muscles to tighten excessively, resulting in pain during sexual intercourse.
Over-exercise can also tire muscles and cause more leakage.
Incontinence will return to its original severity if these exercises are discontinued, so commitment to the program must be high and possibly life-long.
It may be several months before the patient sees significant improvement.

Bladder Training. Bladder training involves a specific, graduated schedule for increasing the time between urinations:

Patients start by planning short intervals between urinations, then gradually progressing with a goal of voiding every 3 - 4 hours.
If the urge to urinate arises between scheduled voidings, patients should remain in place until the urge subsides. At the time, the patient moves slowly to a bathroom. (In a small study, 73% of women with stress incontinence were helped by an absurdly simple and obvious movement: crossing the legs whenever a cough or sneeze was coming on.)

This system uses a set of weights to improve pelvic floor muscle control. The cones are inexpensive, relatively simple to use, and evidence suggests that they are as effective as Kegel exercises or electrostimulation:

The typical set includes five cones of graduated weights ranging from 20 grams (less than 1 ounce) to 65 grams (slightly over 2 ounces).
Starting with the lightest, the woman places the cone in her vagina while standing and attempts to prevent the cone from falling out. The muscles used to hold the cone are the same ones needed to improve continence.

As with standard Kegel exercises, frequent repetition is required, but most women will eventually be able to use the heavier weights and build up the ability to prevent stress and urge incontinence.

Women who are unable to learn Kegel muscle contraction and release with verbal instructions can be helped with the use of biofeedback:

Biofeedback uses a vaginal or rectal probe inserted by the patient that relays information to monitoring equipment.
The patient isolates the pelvic floor and bladder muscles and performs Kegel exercises.
The monitor emits auditory or visual signals that indicate how strongly the patient is contracting the proper pelvic floor muscles and how effectively the bladder muscles are being released.
The apparatus is designed for home use.

As with any Kegel exercise regimen, biofeedback must be used for several months before it is effective. In one major study, 75% of women with urge incontinence reported satisfaction with biofeedback, although women who were simply given verbal cues were even more satisfied (85%). A 2005 study of older women found that biofeedback worked better than oxybutynin (Ditropan) in controlling nighttime urge incontinence. Biofeedback that teaches control of pelvic muscles may even be very helpful in children who have daytime wetting, frequent urinary tract infections, or both.

A treatment called extracorporeal magnetic innervation therapy stimulates pelvic muscles to automatically perform Kegel exercises:

The patients stay fully dressed and sit on a special chair during the treatment.
Highly focused magnetic fields penetrate the pelvic area to stimulate the nerves.
Sessions are twice a week for about 6 weeks, although it may take more than 8 weeks to build up the muscles.

Studies report that patients experience fewer leaks, need fewer pads, and have fewer voiding episodes throughout the day and night. Comparison studies of magnetic therapy and sham (or "dummy") treatments are mixed, however, with some reporting no differences. More studies are needed to determine whether extracorporeal magnetic innervation therapy has any value.

Electrical stimulation of the pelvic floor muscles has been a common treatment for years. The procedure uses a probe inserted into the anus or vagina, which produces a contraction in the pelvic floor muscles. Success rates range from 50 - 90% for urge incontinence. (It may also be useful for some patients with stress incontinence.) A recent study regarding patient-adjusted intermittent electrostimulation in women with stress or mixed urinary incontinence using a new implanted stimulator found the concept promising. Researchers, however, encouraged further investigation regarding the effectiveness and safety of the technique. The procedure requires frequent visits, and it takes 2 - 3 months before the patient feels the benefits. It is often not covered by insurance. Side effects can be distressing and include abdominal cramps, diarrhea, bleeding, and infection.

Medications

A number of medications are available that increase sphincter or pelvic muscle strength or relax the bladder, improving the ability to hold more urine. Medications are prescribed for all kinds of incontinence, but they are generally most helpful for urge incontinence.

Anticholinergics. Anticholinergics work in the following ways:

Inhibit the involuntary contractions of the bladder
Increase capacity of the bladder
Delay the initial urge to void

A major 2003 analysis reported that these drugs produce small but significant improvements. However, the medications have not been rigorously compared with behavioral methods, such as bladder training and Kegel exercises, which are very effective for most cases of urge incontinence. Anticholinergics can have distressing side effects, notably dry mouth.

Anticholinergics include:

Propantheline (ProBanthine). This drug used to be the most commonly prescribed anticholinergic, but has been largely replaced by newer anticholinergics with fewer side effects.
Oxybutynin (Ditropan, Oxytrol)
Tolterodine (Detrol)
Hyoscyamine (Levbid, Cystospaz)

Extended-release versions of oxybutynin (Ditropan XL) and tolterodine (Detrol LA) are proving to be especially effective. They improve continence and have fewer adverse effects than short-acting forms. In a major 2003 comparison study of the extended release drugs, oxybutynin was slightly better than tolterodine, but dry mouth was reported more often. A skin patch form of oxybutynin (Oxytrol) is now available. It appears to work better and have fewer side effects, such as dry mouth and constipation, than the pill form.

Oxybutynin may cause more severe central nervous side effects than previously thought, especially for children and older adults. In 2007, the FDA reviewed 202 cases of oxybutynin-related central nervous system problems. Hallucinations were reported in 27% of pediatric cases and 25% of cases involving adults age 60 and older. Eleven percent of adults age 17 – 59 years experienced hallucinations. The FDA recommends that doctors monitor patients for these symptoms.

According to one study of tolterodine, the drug also improved quality of life. A 2006 study reported that tolterodine is helpful for men with overactive bladder and urge urinary incontinence. A 2006 study, published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, suggested that a combination of tolterodine and the alpha-blocker drug tamsulosin (Flomax) may work better than either drug alone for men with lower urinary tract symptoms, including overactive bladder.

Overactive Bladder Treatments for Children

Oxybutynin (Ditropan X) is approved for pediatric use in children ages 6 and older. The recommended dose is 5 mg once a day. A 2006 study suggested that children who have fewer episodes of daytime wetting may benefit most from this drug.
A 2004 analysis found that tolterodine is also effective and well tolerated in children with urinary symptoms due to overactive bladder.

Side effects of anticholinergic drugs include:

Dry eyes (a particular problem for people who wear contact lenses; patients who wear contacts may wish to start with low doses of medication and gradually build up)
Dry mouth
Headache
Constipation
Rapid heart rate
Confusion, forgetfulness, and possible worsening of mental function, particularly in older people with dementia, such as those with Alzheimer's disease
Hallucinations, possibly, especially for children and older adults
Glaucoma, in rare cases

Antispasmodics. Antispasmodic drugs help relax the bladder muscle and are used for urge incontinence. Before bladder relaxants are prescribed, a thorough evaluation for obstructions in the ureter must be performed to avoid excessive urine retention.

Flavoxate (Urispas) and dicyclomine (Bentyl), the most common antispasmodics, have been used for years, although studies suggest that Urispas has very little benefit for the majority of patients with urge incontinence. The drugs also have anticholinergic properties. In May 2004, the FDA approved a new antispasmodic, trospium chloride (Sanctura), for the treatment of overactive bladder with symptoms or urge incontinence.

Possible side effects reported with use of antispasmodic drugs include:

Weakness
Dizziness
Drowsiness
Hallucinations
Insomnia
Dry mouth
Impotence
Restlessness

M3 selective receptor antagonists. In 2004, the FDA approved darifenacin (Enablex) for treatment of urge incontinence and overactive bladder. Some clinical trials suggested that darifenacin could help reduce weekly incontinence episodes by 83%. The drug’s most common side effects are dry mouth and constipation. For elderly patients, darifenacin may have less negative effects on memory than oxybutynin.

Capsaicin and Analogs. Studies have reported beneficial effects from instillation of capsaicin, a component of hot red chili peppers, into the bladder of people with hyperactive and hypersensitive bladders. Temporary adverse effects, however, can be distressing. A capsaicin analog called resiniferatoxin may be more effective than capsaicin and have fewer side effects.

Alpha-Blockers. Alpha-blockers are drugs that relax smooth muscles and improve urine flow. They are useful for men with benign prostatic hyperplasia who also have urge incontinence. They include terazosin (Hytrin), doxazosin (Cardura), tamsulosin (Flomax), and alfuzosin (Xatral). Tamsulosin may be particularly beneficial. A 2006 study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that the combination of tamsulosin and tolterodine works better than either drug alone for men with moderate-to-severe lower urinary tract symptoms, including overactive bladder. Men in the study were age 40 years and older and had symptoms related to overactive bladder and benign prostatic hyperplasia.

Alpha-Adrenergic Agonists. Alpha-adrenergic agonists are used to strengthen the smooth muscle that opens and closes the internal sphincter. They include ephedrine and pseudoephedrine, which are common ingredients in numerous over-the-counter decongestants and appetite suppressants.

Such drugs may be helpful for patients with mild stress incontinence not caused by nerve damage, although evidence on their benefits is weak. They also can have significant side effects, particularly ephedrine. In fact, products containing a similar drug, phenylpropanolamine (PPA), have been taken off the market because of reports of a higher risk for stroke in some women who took it.

Side effects may include agitation, insomnia, and anxiety. They may have adverse effects on the heart in people with existing heart problems. People with glaucoma, diabetes, hyperthyroidism, heart disease, or high blood pressure should avoid alpha-adrenergic agonists.

Nitrovasolidators. Deficiencies in nitric oxide, a gas that keeps blood vessels open, have been associated with many disorders, including incontinence. Drugs that release nitric oxide, such as nitroflurbiprofen, are being investigated for urinary incontinence.

Evidence indicates that both urge and stress incontinence are affected, in part, by central nervous system processes, particularly signal transmission. Investigators are particularly interested in serotonin and noradrenaline, which are chemical messengers (called neurotransmitters) that affect pathways involved with urination. (These neurotransmitters are also important for many other emotional and physical functions.) Antidepressants targeting one or both of these neurotransmitters are sometimes used for urge incontinence and may also be helpful for some people with stress incontinence.

Tricyclic Antidepressants. Tricyclic antidepressants include imipramine (Janimine, Tofranil), doxepin (Sinequan), desipramine (Norpramin), and nortriptyline (Pamelor). They provide multiple benefits for both urge and stress incontinence. They act as anticholinergic drugs and relax the bladder. They also strengthen the internal sphincter. These drugs should be used carefully. They pose some risk for adverse effects on the heart and possibly the lungs, and they have other severe side effects in older adults. These antidepressants produce side effects similar to anticholinergic drugs, and may cause drowsiness. They may also backfire and actually cause overflow incontinence in some people.
Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors (SNRIs). SNRIs are specially designed antidepressants that are similar to tricyclics but do not have the same side effects. The neurotransmitters serotonin and norepinephrine are thought to play key roles in the normal action of bladder muscles and nerves. Increased neurotransmitter activity stimulates the nerve that controls the urethral sphincter. The SNRI duloxetine (Cymbalta) is approved in Europe for treatment of stress urinary incontinence. (It is approved in the U.S. for other conditions, but not stress urinary incontinence.) In 2005, the manufacturer of duloxetine withdrew its drug application after a small number of women in duloxetine urinary incontinence trials tried to commit suicide. The FDA is investigating whether duloxetine can cause suicidal behavior.

Desmopressin. Studies have reported that desmopressin (DDAVP), a drug used for bedwetting in children, may be helpful in treating adults with urinary incontinence that occurs during sleep. The drug affects sodium levels, and there is a slight risk for water intoxication with this drug.

Botulinum (Botox). Botulinum, the deadly toxin that sometimes contaminates improperly cooked foods, is also a powerful muscle-relaxant. Tiny injected amounts of a purified form (Botox) can relax the muscles and may help control overactive bladder that causes urge incontinence. It may also help relieve urinary retention that might occur after incontinence surgeries.

Stem Cells. Researchers are investigating muscle stem cell injections as a treatment for stress incontinence. Several small studies have indicated promising results. In these experiments, a doctor took a biopsy of skeletal muscle tissue from a patient’s arm. Stem cells were cultured and isolated from the biopsy sample. The doctor then injected the muscle-derived stem cells into the area surrounding the patient’s urethra that is close to the damaged sphincter muscle. In research results presented at the 2007 American Urological Association annual meeting and the 2006 Radiological Association of North American Meeting, patients experienced sustained improvements in bladder control and quality of life.

Surgery

There are nearly 200 procedures for incontinence. Most are designed to restore the bladder neck and urethra to their anatomically correct positions in patients with stress incontinence.

The American Urological Association suggests that surgery should actually be considered as initial therapy for women with severe stress incontinence. It is an effective and safe alternative when conservative treatments fail. Many of the procedures are safe even for women up to 80 years old who do not have serious medical conditions. Potential complications of all procedures include obstruction of the outlet from the bladder, causing difficulty in urination and irritation.

Deciding which procedure to choose is difficult and often depends on the factors causing the incontinence and whether anatomical abnormalities are involved. It should be noted that although hysterectomy has been shown to improve incontinence, it must not be performed only as a cure for incontinence.

In general, patients should weigh all options carefully. They should discuss the situation with their doctor, and ask about their surgeon's experience. As a general rule, the more times a surgeon has successfully performed a procedure, the better.

Retropubic Colposuspension Surgery. Retropubic colposuspension using standard "open" surgery is an effective treatment for stress incontinence, especially over the long term. ("Open" surgery implies the use of a wide incision in order to "open" the area.) Long-term continence rates can range from 85 - 90%.

The goal of colposuspension is to correct the position of the bladder and urethra by sewing the bladder neck and urethra directly to the surrounding pelvic bone or nearby structures. There are many variants, but, in general, they are effective only for women with urethral hypermobility. Most procedures require a general or spinal anesthetic and a 2-day hospital stay.

Burch colposuspension (sometimes called colpocystourethropexy) is a standard approach. It requires a wide abdominal incision and is often performed during abdominal surgeries such as hysterectomy or hernia operations. It is also performed along with sacrocolpopexy, a surgical procedure used to repair pelvic organ prolapse. (Pelvic organ prolapse occurs when the uterus or bladder slips from the pelvic cavity into the vagina. It is often due to pelvic muscle weakness that develops after childbirth.) Prolapse can lead to stress incontinence. However, prolapse surgery itself sometimes causes incontinence. A 2006 study suggested that a Burch colposuspension performed at the same time as sacrolpopexy can help reduce postsurgical stress incontinence.

The surgeon secures the urethra and bladder neck with lateral (sideways) sutures that pass through thick bands of muscle tissue running along the pubic bones. Unlike an older suspension procedure, this procedure poses a much lower risk for obstruction of the urethra. It is more effective in premenopausal than postmenopausal women and may not be appropriate for all women.

A rigorous 2007 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine compared the effectiveness of the Burch colposuspension to the sling procedure, another type of surgical treatment for stress incontinence. The study found that the sling procedure had better results for achieving dryness. However, more women who had the sling procedure had post-operative urinary problems, especially urinary tract infections. Overall, women were satisfied with the outcomes of both procedures. Eighty-six percent of women who had a sling procedure and 78% of women who had a Burch colposuspension reported satisfaction with their treatment.

Marshall-Marchetti-Krantz (MMK). The MMK approach requires a wide abdominal incision. The surgeon then elevates the urethra and bladder neck using sutures. These structures are then secured and anchored in nearby cartilage. This approach is one of the most reliable, but is used less often because of the risk for scarring and because the incision limits the surgeon's ability to correct any potential hernias (cystoceles).

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing bladder neck surgery.

Laparoscopy. Other less invasive procedures use laparoscopy, which requires only one or two small incisions over the pubic bone. Evidence suggests that laparoscopy, performed by an experienced surgeon, works just as well as standard surgery. While laparoscopy has a higher complication rate, it also has a faster recovery time and less postoperative pain. Still, well-conducted long-term studies are needed for an accurate comparison with standard colposuspension.

Needle Suspension. Needle suspensions include a number of approaches, including the Pereyra, Stamey, Raz, and Gittes procedures. The basic approach places stitches on either side of the bladder and ties them to muscle tissue or the pubic bone. Some of these procedures use transvaginal suspension, which requires only a small abdominal incision or no incision at all. In this case, the surgeon works through the vagina and places sutures through the vaginal walls. Transvaginal suspension works only if the walls of the vagina are strong enough to withstand the procedure. Some studies report poor long-term results, particularly compared to colposuspension. In one study, only 35% of patients who had transvaginal suspension reported success after 6 years. In another study, the failure rate was 83% after 4 - 5 years. Additional research has indicated that 20% of women have worse sexual function after the procedure.

Postoperative Considerations for Most Procedures. Following most standard procedures, patients usually leave the hospital on the second or third day, but need a urinary catheter for about 10 days. Newer procedures may require shorter stays and less intensive postoperative care.

Complications after surgery include:

Some risk of damage to the surrounding nerves or vessel. This can result in internal sphincter deficiency. (In some cases it may already have been present before the operation.)
Difficulty in urinating from surgical overcorrection. (This may require additional surgery.)
Poor wound healing.
Adhesions (scar tissue) that obstruct the urethra. This complication is higher with older standard procedures.
Vaginal abnormalities (prolapsed vagina).

A sling procedure may be a good option for severe stress incontinence in women who have either intrinsic sphincter deficiency or urethral hypermobility. The method is even proving to help women with mild-to-moderate incontinence and young girls with severe incontinence. It may also be useful for managing female urge incontinence. Sling procedures are also available for men who experience incontinence after prostatectomy.

Until recently, there were few clinical trials that directly compared the sling procedure with Burch colposuspension. In 2007, the New England Journal of Medicine published the results of the largest and most rigorous clinical trial conducted on these two types of surgery. In this study of 655 women with stress incontinence, half of the women underwent the sling procedure and half had open surgery with the Burch colposuspension.

Two years after surgery, success rates were highest for women who had the sling procedure. Forty-seven percent of women who had the sling procedure reported no urinary incontinence (either stress or urge) compared to 38% of women who had the Burch procedure. For stress-only incontinence, 66% of women who had the sling procedure and 49% of women who had the Burch procedure were dry. Eighty-six percent of women who had the sling procedure and 78% of the Burch group reported satisfaction with their treatment.

However, women who had the sling procedure did experience more post-operative urinary problems. The most common complication was urinary tract infections, which affected 63% of women who had a sling procedure compared with 47% of women who had the Burch procedure. A small number of women who had a sling procedure also reported difficulty voiding and urge incontinence.

The Percutaneous Sling Procedure for Women. The procedure generally works as follows:

The surgeon makes an incision above the pubic bone and removes a layer of abdominal fasci (tissue that covers muscle fibers). This muscle strip is set aside and later serves as the sling. (The uses of fasci taken from a cadaver or synthetic slings are also being investigated. However, the natural muscle strip may last longer than some of the common synthetic materials.)
The surgeon makes an incision in the vaginal wall. The piece of muscle fiber or material is attached under the urethra and bladder neck, somewhat like a hammock, and secured to the abdominal wall and pelvic bone.
This sling then compresses the urethra back to its original position. The sling must be supportive without being too tense, which can cause urinary obstruction.

Complications can include infection, bleeding, and the formation of fistulas (holes that form and are usually infected).

Vaginal Sling and Tape Procedures for Women. Newer outpatient procedures do not use abdominal incisions. Instead, they are performed through a small incision in the vagina. Typically, two small tacks are placed in the pubic bone. A sling is inserted into the vagina and is attached to the tack.

The tension-free vaginal tape (TVT) procedure uses a special gauze tape covered by a polypropylene coating, which is attached on each side of the urethra. The patient remains conscious and is asked to cough during the procedure so that the surgeon can determine if the tape is secure. Small early studies showed that the procedure worked as well as colposuspension (the standard suspension procedure), with stress incontinence cure rates of 84 - 100%. According to a 2005 study, the benefits of TVT can last for up to 8 years for women with stress incontinence. However, women with mixed incontinence (a combination of stress and urge) did not fare as well. Women with mixed incontinence had a 60% cure rate during the first 4 years following surgery, but the cure rate declined to 30% within 4 - 8 years post-surgery.

Sling Procedures in Men. For some men who have prostatectomy-induced incontinence, sling procedures may be a good option. Researchers have reported an 80% success rate, the same as an artificial urinary sphincter, which is the standard surgical treatment for such patients. The sling procedure has been less effective in men who have had radiation therapy, although improved techniques are making this approach useful even for these patients. Minimally invasive procedures are also being tested.

Artificial Sphincter. In cases of sphincter incompetence, or complete lack of sphincter function, an artificial internal sphincter may be implanted. This procedure is useful for appropriate male and female candidates of any age, including children. It is particularly helpful for men after radical prostatectomy. Studies have found poor results for patients with incontinence due to radiation therapies, although a 2001 study of men with prostatectomy indicated that it was useful regardless of previous radiation therapy.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing artificial sphincter surgery.

This device uses a balloon reservoir and a cuff around the urethra that is controlled with a pump. The patient opens the cuff manually by activating the pump. The urethra opens and the bladder empties. The cuff closes automatically several minutes later. The two major drawbacks of the internal sphincter implant are:

Malfunction. If the implant malfunctions, the surgery must be performed again.
Infection. Infection is more serious as it can cause erosion of the urethra or bladder neck underneath the implant. Such infections not only require removal of the device, but also may worsen the incontinence. Fortunately, techniques have improved so that infection is uncommon.

In a 2001 study, after an average of 7 years, 70% of female patients with stress incontinence had either the original implant or a replacement, and 82% had urination properly restored. (Only 37% still had the original implant, however.) Studies on men have reported similar findings, although newer devices that use narrow cuffs may significantly improve re-implantation rates. Nearly all patients still need to use pads for leakage.

Injections of materials, such as collagen, that provide bulk to help support the urethra are proving to be beneficial for the following patients:

Women (even the elderly) with severe stress incontinence who cannot or do not wish to have surgery that involves anesthesia.
Men who have slight incontinence caused by prostate surgery. Men who have bulking injections after TURP (transurethral resection of the prostate) have a continence rate that is equal to the rate in women. After radical prostatectomy (removal of the prostate gland in prostate cancer), collagen injections can achieve some level of continence in up to nearly half of men. (Collagen injections are not beneficial after radiation therapy for prostate cancer.)

The Procedure.

First, bladder instability or hyperactivity should be medically treated and managed to control muscle activity before having the procedure. Otherwise it is likely to fail.
The basic procedure involves injecting bulking material into the tissue surrounding the urethra.
The material used is usually animal or human collagen. (Collagen is the basic protein in bones, muscles, and all connective tissue.) Synthetic bulking materials, such as carbon-coated beads, are also being used.
The doctor passes the collagen-containing needle through a cystoscope, a tube that has been inserted into the urethra. The collagen can also be injected into the skin next to the sphincter.
The injected collagen tightens the seal of the sphincter by adding bulk to the surrounding tissue.
The procedure takes about 20 - 40 minutes, and most people can go home immediately afterward.
Two or three additional injections may be needed to achieve satisfactory results.

Postoperative Care. People may experience immediate improvement followed by a temporary relapse after a week or so. Patients must be taught to use a catheter tube for withdrawing urine for a few days following the procedure. In general, it takes about a month for the full benefits to be apparent.

Complications.

There is a risk for infection and urinary retention, although these conditions are temporary.
An increase in autoimmune disease has been reported in a small number of cases.
The procedure may not be appropriate for patients with certain cardiac conditions.

Duration of Effectiveness. Collagen is absorbed over time, so injections generally need to be repeated every 6 - 18 months. According to one study, however, after a year 44% of women who had the implants still experienced the same level of improvement. (Synthetic materials may last longer than collagen from other sources, but they pose a risk for rejection as well as migration to the lymph nodes and other parts of the body.)

Anterior vaginal repair procedures that correct a prolapsed (fallen) uterus or vagina can often correct incontinence in women who have these conditions. The anterior vaginal repair (also called a bladder tuck) requires an incision to be made through the vagina. This releases part of the anterior (front) vaginal wall, which is attached to the base of the bladder. The pubocervical fascia (the supportive tissue between the vagina and bladder) is folded and stitched to bring the bladder and urethra into proper position. Several variations on this procedure may be necessary, depending on the severity of the prolapse. It is not as effective as retropubic suspension procedures, however, and should not be used as the primary method for correcting incontinence.

An interesting investigative approach uses radiofrequency energy to shrink tissue that supports the bladder neck and reduces hypermobility. Early studies are promising. In one, for example, the cure rate was nearly 80% at the end of a year, and 83% of patients reported satisfaction with the procedure.

Other Procedures

The sacral nerves, located in the tail bone, appear to play an important role in regulating bladder control. A sacral nerve stimulation system (InterStim) is now available for patients with urge incontinence. The system sends electrical pulses to the sacral nerves to help retrain them. InterStim is reserved for the treatment of urinary retention and the symptoms of overactive bladder in patients who have failed or cannot tolerate less invasive treatments. The system works as follows:

A stopwatch-size device is implanted under the skin in the abdomen.
A wire connected to it runs to the sacral nerves in the lower back.
The device, a battery-operated generator, produces electrical pulses.
The pulses are sent to the sacral nerves and reduce the hyperactivity of the bladder.
The sensation of the electrical pulse is similar to a slight pulling sensation in the pelvic area. Sometimes it can cause a small jolt or shock if the patient changes posture quickly. It should not cause pain. (If it does, something is wrong with the device.)

Complications include infection, lower back pain, and pain at the implant site. The system, however, does not cause nerve damage and can be removed at any time.

Patients have reported improvement in the frequency and volume of urination, as well as the intensity of urgency and their quality of life. Studies report complete dryness in nearly half of patients, with about 75% of patients experiencing relief from heavy leaking.

Transcutaneous Neuromodulation. The use of electrodes on the surface of the skin, called transcutaneous neuromodulation, may prove to be beneficial and particularly attractive for children.

Percutaneous Stoller Afferent Nerve Stimulation. The percutaneous stoller afferent nerve system (PerQ SANS System) has also been approved for urge incontinence.

In this therapy, a very thin needle is inserted a short distance above the ankle bone.
The needle is applied to the tibial nerve in the ankle, which connects with the sacral nerve complex.
Low-frequency electrical stimulation is applied for 30 minutes once a week for about 3 months.
After that, depending on the patient's response, treatments are given every week to every other week.
Short-term results are promising, but more research is needed.

Catheters and Collection Devices

A catheter is a slim flexible tube inserted into the urethra. They are mainly used for cases of severe urge incontinence.

A catheter (a hollow tube) may be inserted into the urinary bladder when there is a urinary obstruction, following surgical procedures to the urethra, in unconscious patients (due to surgical anesthesia, coma, etc.), or for any other problem in which the bladder needs to be kept empty (decompressed) and urinary flow assured.

Click the icon to see an image of male bladder catheterization.

Temporary Catheterization. For people who are still active, catheterization is often very distressing. If possible, temporary, also called intermittent, catheterization is usually the best choice. Patients insert the catheter tube into their urethras, generally every 3 - 4 hours. This type of catheterization carries few risks and empties the bladder completely. Some patients report that they can maintain an active life with no significantly increased risk for infection with some simple precautions:

Sterilize catheters at home.
Use a Zip Lock plastic bag for carrying them when leaving home.
Use another plastic bag for antiseptic cleansing solution.
When using public bathrooms, wash before and after catheterization. Touch as few places in the bathroom as possible.

Permanent Catheterization. People who are mentally or physically incapable of self-catheterization may need permanent catheterization.

The permanent catheter is inserted by a doctor or nurse into the opening of the bladder and a cuff is inflated to hold the tube in place.
Urine drains to an external collection device, which is generally strapped to the leg and must be emptied periodically.

The procedure is not painful, but there is a substantial increased risk of infection. Many experts feel that the catheter is overused, especially in the elderly.

Condom Catheters. Condom catheters are much more satisfactory than standard catheters for many male patients, although there is more spillage.

The condom is worn all day.
At night it is removed and washed for reuse the next day.

Collection Devices Attached to the Leg. For chronic or severe incontinence, collective devices drain urine into a bag that is attached to the lower leg and emptied periodically. These are generally more successful for men. Urine can be funneled into the tube by a pouch surrounding the penis. The positioning of the collecting device is difficult for women, and more accidents occur. For both men and women, irritation of the area around the urethral opening is a problem, since urine is in contact with the area for long periods.

Resources

www.nafc.org -- National Association for Continence
www.simonfoundation.org -- The Simon Foundation for Continence
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Kidney and Urologic Diseases Information
www.acog.org -- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.augs.org -- American Urogynecologic Society
www.kegel-exercises.com -- Information on Kegel Exercises
www.urologyhealthy.org -- Urology Health from the American Urological Association

References

Albo ME, Richter HE, Brubaker L, et al. Burch colposuspension versus fascial sling to reduce urinary stress incontinence. N Engl J Med. 2007 May 24;356(21):2143-2155. Epub 2007 May 21.

Harris SS, Link CL, Tennstedt SL, Kusek JW, McKinlay JB. Care seeking and treatment for urinary incontinence in a diverse population. J Urol. 2007 Feb;177(2):680-4.

Kaplan SA, Roehrborn CG, Rovner ES, Carlsson M, Bavendam T, Guan Z. Tolterodine and tamsulosin for treatment of men with lower urinary tract symptoms and overactive bladder: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2006 Nov 15;296(19):2319-28.

Litwin MS, Saigal CS, editors. Urologic Diseases in America. US Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 2007; NIH Publication No. 07–5512.

Review Date:
6/15/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Glaucoma

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:34 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Symptoms
Outlook
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Treatment
Medications
Surgery
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approval

Bimatoprost (Lumigan) has been approved as a first-line treatment for open-angle glaucoma.

Glaucoma Cases Increasing Worldwide

About 60 million people worldwide will have glaucoma by 2010, and the number will increase to nearly 80 million by 2010, according to a recent study in the British Journal of Ophthalmology.

Weightlifting May Increase Glaucoma Risk

Weightlifting can cause a temporary increase in intraocular eye pressure (IOP), and holding your breath while lifting weights further increases IOP, suggests a 2006 study in the Archives of Ophthalmology. Doctors should ask patients with normal-tension glaucoma if they engage in weightlifting exercise.

IOP and Posture

IOP increases in some people when they are lying prone during sleep, yet glaucoma exams measure IOP in patients while they are sitting upright and awake, notes a 2006 study in the Archives of Ophthalmology. The researchers caution that posture may affect the interpretation of IOP readings.

Pregnancy and Glaucoma

The course of glaucoma is unpredictable during pregnancy -- IOP may remain stable in some women and increase in others, indicates a 2006 study. Although glaucoma eye drops can increase the risk of some pregnancy problems, especially during the first trimester, some pregnant women may need to continue to take glaucoma medication. Be sure your ophthalmologist carefully evaluates your individual case and explains the risks and benefits of taking medication during pregnancy.

Diabetes and Glaucoma

Type 2 diabetes increases the risk for open-angle glaucoma (the most common type of glaucoma). People with type 2 diabetes need to get regular glaucoma screenings.

Glaucoma Surgery

Tube shunts may work better than trabulectomy surgery for some patients with glaucoma, suggests a 2007 study.
Phacoviscocanalostomy, a surgery procedure that combines phacoemulsification (used for cataract surgery) and viscocanalostomy (used for glaucoma surgery), is safe and effective for patients who have both glaucoma and cataracts, indicates a 2006 study.

Introduction

Glaucoma is defined as a disease of the optic nerve, in which the nerve cells in the front of the optic nerve (the ganglion cells) die. The process is irreversible. Previously, it was believed that glaucoma was almost always due to increased intraocular pressure. However, glaucoma has been observed in many patients with normal and even low eye pressure, so the definition now rests on the damage to the optic nerve.

The Aqueous Humor. In understanding of glaucoma, it is important to first consider aqueous humor, the clear, watery fluid that circulates continuously through the front (anterior) chamber of the healthy eye and is a primary focus of glaucoma research. (This fluid is not related to tears, nor is it the dense jelly-like substance called vitreous humor that is contained in the rear chamber.) It serves two important functions in the eye:

It nourishes the area around the colored iris and behind the cornea.
It exerts pressure to help maintain the eye’s shape.

Draining the Fluid and Intraocular Pressure. The aqueous fluid is continuously produced within the front of the eye, causing pressure known as intraocular pressure (IOP). To offset the in-flowing fluid and to maintain normal IOP, the fluid drains out between the iris and cornea (an area known as the drainage angle). It does so through two channels within this angle:

The trabecular meshwork, a sponge-like, porous network, and its connecting passageways are referred to as the "conventional" outflow pathway. Most of the eye fluid outflow occurs in this region and flows from the trabecular meshwork to a group of vessels encircling the anterior chamber, called Schlemm's canal. From here, the fluid enters collection chambers and then flows out into the general blood circulatory system of the body.
The uveoscleral pathway is located behind the trabecular meshwork and is called the "unconventional" pathway. Up to 30% of the fluid flows out through this channel.

Intraocular Eye Pressure. Previously, it was believed that glaucoma was almost always due to an abnormal rise in intraocular pressure.

Glaucoma is a condition of increased fluid pressure inside the eye. The increased pressure causes compression of the retina and the optic nerve which can eventually lead to nerve damage. Glaucoma can cause partial vision loss, with blindness as a possible eventual outcome.

Increased IOP is, indeed, present in most cases of glaucoma, but some patients have normal IOP, which is usually maintained at measurements of 10 - 20 mm Hg. Measurements above this, however, do not necessarily predict glaucoma. For example, only about 10% of people with IOP levels between 21 - 30 mm Hg will actually develop glaucoma. This still puts such individuals at considerable risk for glaucoma, however.

Most people with glaucoma have the form called primary-open-angle glaucoma (also called chronic open-angle glaucoma). Open-angle glaucoma is essentially a plumbing problem.

The disease process may occur as follows:

The drainage angle remains open, but tiny drainage channels in the trabecular meshwork pathway become clogged. This pathway is responsible for most aqueous humor fluid outflow. An imbalance then occurs as fluid continues to be produced but does not drain out efficiently. Experts have still not definitely determined the precise area in the pathway where the blockage is most likely to occur. (In rare instances the pressure is high because the eye produces too much aqueous humor.)
The fluid in the eye’s anterior chamber builds up and increases pressure within the eye. This is called intraocular pressure (IOP).
The intraocular pressure exerts force on the optic nerve at the back of the eye.
Over time, the persistent pressure or other factors irreversibly damages the delicate long fibers of the optic nerve, called axons, which convey images to the brain.
As these axons die, the small cup-like head of the optic nerve may eventually collapse into an enlarged irregular shape.

Optic nerve damage is the basic glaucoma condition. If it is untreated, eventually the nerve deteriorates until a person loses sight, first in the peripheral vision (the vision in the "corner of the eyes"). If it becomes severe, the person loses central vision (in the middle of the eyes), and may eventually become blind. (Blindness is fortunately nearly always preventable with early treatment.)

Primary open-angle glaucoma tends to start in one eye but eventually involves both. In about half of patients the damage in the eye is diffuse, that is the nerve damage is generalized. In the other half the disease is localized, causing wedge-shaped abnormalities in the nerve fiber layers of the retina.

Intraocular eye pressure is normal (between 12 - 22 mmHg) in about 25 - 30% of U.S. glaucoma cases, a condition known as normal-tension glaucoma. (In Japan, the rates may be as high as 70%.) Other factors are present that cause optic nerve damage but do not affect IOP.

Closed-angle glaucoma (also called angle-closure glaucoma) is responsible for 15% of all cases. It is less common than open-angle glaucoma in the U.S., but it constitutes about half of the world's glaucoma cases because of its higher prevalence among Asians. The iris is pushed against the lens, sometimes sticking to it, closing off the drainage angle. This can occur very suddenly, resulting in an immediate rise in pressure. It often occurs in genetically susceptible people when the pupil shrinks suddenly. Closed-angle glaucoma can also be chronic and gradual, a less common condition.

Congenital glaucoma, in which the eye's drainage canals fail to develop correctly, is present from birth. It is very rare, occurring in about 1 in 10,000 newborns. This may be an inherited condition and often can be corrected with microsurgery.

The Light-Processing Parts. To understand sight, one begins with light and its passage through the eye's sensitive camera-like structures:

Light first passes through the cornea, a clear tissue at the front of the eye.
Behind the cornea, the iris (the colored tissues of the eye) opens and closes like a camera shutter to regulate the passage of light.
The lens, located behind the iris, focuses the light, which then hits the retina.
The retina is an electric fragile membrane of nerve cells called photoreceptors that receive light and translate it into signals.
A layer of cells, called the retinal ganglia, receive signals from the retina. These nerve cells are the front ends of the optic nerve cable, which, in turn, receive the signals.
The optic nerve is actually a cable of about 1.2 million nerve fibers called axons. It carries the signals to the brain, which interprets them as images.
They exit the eye through the optic disc, located in the back of the eye.

The Supportive Chambers. To help support and protect these sensitive structures, the eye contains two fluid-filled chambers:

The posterior (rear) chamber is the large area behind the iris.
Fluid passes from the posterior into the anterior (forward) chamber located in the bulging area between the iris and the front of the eye.

Causes

No single factor has been identified as a cause of primary open-angle glaucoma. A number of conditions, alone or in combination, are needed to trigger the processes leading to pressure in the first place and then to the nerve damage that destroys sight. The damage done to the optic nerve in glaucoma is triggered in most cases by the excessive pressure on the optic nerve that, over time, causes damage. Because optic nerve damage occurs in patients with normal as well as high intraocular pressure, however, researchers are investigating several other abnormal events that occur and can damage the optic nerve.

A number of genes have now been identified as possible factors in many cases of glaucoma. A gene called MYOC is of particular interest. Defects in this gene occur in between 3 - 6% of patients with adult-onset and juvenile open-angle glaucoma. They appear to overproduce a sticky protein called myocilin, which clogs the trabecular meshwork. The genes WDR36 and OPTN may cause primary open-angle glaucoma. Researchers hope that identification of genes will help improve screening of high-risk patients.

Specific syndromes have been identified with glaucoma. Many have an inherited component, although in most cases other factors must be present to activate the disease process.

Pseudoexfoliation Syndrome. Pseudoexfoliation (PEX) syndrome (also known as exfoliation syndrome) is the most common identifiable condition associated with glaucoma. In one study, 9% of patients with open-angle glaucoma had the syndrome. PEX occurs when dandruff-like matter flakes off the outer layer of the lens and collects in the drainage angle. The substance is composed of proteins produced by the lens, iris, and other parts of the eye. People can have this condition and not develop glaucoma, but they are at high risk. In one Australian study, 14% of the people with this condition had glaucoma compared to 2% of those without exfoliation. PEX has a strong genetic component but other factors (possibly sunlight, an autoimmune response, or slow virus) may be needed to trigger the disease.

Pigment Glaucoma. Pigment glaucoma starts with a condition called pigment dispersion syndrome, an inherited condition in which granules of pigment (the substance that colors the iris) flakes off into the intraocular fluid. In about 30% of cases, these fragments clog the trabecular meshwork and pressure builds up, causing glaucoma. In one study, 2% of patients had this form of glaucoma.

Irido Corneal Endothelia Syndrome. In irido corneal endothelial syndrome (ICE), cells on the back surface of the cornea spread to the drainage angle, sometimes forming scars that connect the iris to the cornea.

Neovascular Glaucoma. Neovascular glaucoma is always associated with other disorders, usually diabetes, that result in abnormal formation of new blood vessels on the iris and in the drainage system.

Aniridia. Aniridia is a rare inherited disorder (in which the iris is abnormal and increases the risk for glaucoma) that is difficult to treat. (A surgical approach called goniosurgery may help prevent glaucoma in young people with aniridia.)

Congenital Glaucoma. When an infant is born with glaucoma (congenital glaucoma), it is usually caused by an inherited abnormality in the drainage canal. Researchers have identified the gene responsible for 85% of these cases.

A natural process called apoptosis (cellular self-destruction) may contribute to damage in the retinal ganglion nerve cells, the nerve cells that are the front line of the optic nerve. Cell death can occur with or without elevated eye pressure. It is not clear what triggers apoptosis and cell death in such cases, but there are a number of suspects.

Excess Glutamate. Researchers have observed abnormally high levels of glutamate in people and animals with glaucoma. Glutamate is an amino acid that excites nerve cells. In the eye this occurs during vision. Some experts theorize that in glaucoma, either reduced blood flow or increased pressure on nerve cells triggers the release of excess glutamate. In large amounts, glutamate causes the nerve cells to fire intensively, which eventually destroys them.

Reduced Blood Flow. Researchers have observed reduced blood flow to the optic nerve in patients with glaucoma associated with both high and normal IOP. Less blood flow suggests oxygen loss, which may play a role in the destructive process. Some studies suggest that the greatest risk factor for nerve damage in patients is when blood pressure to the eye drops during the night. Ocular pressure at this time is highest, so the risk for nerve damage becomes intensified. Of interest in this regard are reports finding a significant reduction in eye blood pressure at night in patients with normal-tension glaucoma.

Excess Nitric Oxide. Elevated levels of nitric oxide, another nerve-stimulating compound, also plays a role in the nerve-damaging process. Nitric oxide is critical for nerve function and flexible blood vessels, but excess amounts may be toxic to nerves.

Glaucoma and Alzheimer's Disease. Some research has pointed out similarities in the process leading to cell death in glaucoma and Alzheimer's disease. Specifically, in both diseases activation of certain enzymes called caspases occurs and leads to accumulation of fragments of beta amyloid, an insoluble protein that forms sticky patches.

Autoimmunity. Some experts are studying the possibility that normal tension glaucoma may be an autoimmune disease; that is, factors in the immune system, including antibodies, attack cells in the person's own body as if they were foreign substances. In the case of glaucoma, such antibodies would damage parts of the optic nerve.

H. pylori Infection. Some research indicates that glaucoma is associated with Helicobacter (H.) pylori, the bacterium implicated as a major cause of peptic ulcers. Studies have reported over 87% of patients with glaucoma are infected with this bacterium.

People with acute closed-angle glaucoma often have a structural defect that causes a narrow angle between the iris and cornea where the aqueous humor circulates. Conditions that suddenly dilate the pupils may cause this shallow angle to close and precipitate attacks of acute glaucoma in susceptible people. Such conditions may include:

Certain drugs such as antihistamines, tricyclic antidepressants, some asthma medications (nebulized ipratropium), some anti-seizure drugs (topiramate)
Darkness
Emotional stress

When intraocular pressure leading to glaucoma is caused by other diseases or conditions, it is known as secondary glaucoma. Secondary glaucoma may be chronic or acute, mild or severe.

Medical Conditions. A number of diseases can contribute to the development of intraocular pressure leading to glaucoma:

Diseases that affect blood flow to the optic nerve (diabetes, high blood pressure, migraine; people with type 2 diabetes should be regularly screened for glaucoma.)
Hypothyroidism
Sleep apnea
Physical injury in the eye
Extreme nearsightedness (myopia)
Previous eye surgery
Other disorders, including leukemia, sickle cell anemia, and some forms of arthritis

Corticosteroids. Corticosteroids, commonly called steroids, have multiple effects on the trabecular meshwork and may even cause genetic changes. In fact, studying the effects of steroids on the eye is helping researchers understand the glaucoma disease process. Steroids pose a higher or lower risk depending on the form:

Taking topical steroid treatments in the eye poses the highest risk. It must be monitored carefully since, in some cases, damage may be permanent.
Taking oral corticosteroids, particularly in high doses or for long periods, increases the chance of glaucoma. In such cases, the eye disorder typically develops almost immediately and reverses within 2 weeks after the drug has been withdrawn.
Inhaled steroids were not thought to cause glaucoma, but there is some risk in people with a family history of glaucoma and other risk factors.

Symptoms

Chronic glaucoma is insidious. If the pressure increases slowly, it will not produce any symptoms until it has done irreversible damage. In such cases, people may notice visual problems at first only when light is dim. Patients are often sensitive to glare. Eventually they may lose contrast sensitivity; that is, they might have trouble differentiating between varying shades and brightness.

In acute closed-angle glaucoma, the pressure inside the eye increases quickly, and the symptoms are dramatic. Intense pain in the eyebrow area and blurred vision develop usually in one eye, and the patient often feels like the eye will burst (although it won't). The eye usually reddens. A person may see rainbow-like halos around lights. Sometimes nausea and vomiting occur. These symptoms may occur on and off and not appear as a full attack. In either case, they indicate a medical emergency. In chronic closed-angle glaucoma, the process is gradual and painless.

Although congenital glaucoma is usually present at birth, symptoms generally don’t develop in the infant for a few months. If parents notice that an infant’s eyes are enlarging, becoming cloudy, often watering, or tending to close in the presence of light, they should have an ophthalmologist examine the child’s eyes. Port-wine stains on an infant’s face could indicate the Sturge-Weber syndrome, a disorder that occasionally causes glaucoma.

Outlook

Worldwide, glaucoma ranks as one of the leading causes of blindness. Even if people with glaucoma do not become blind, vision can be impaired. In developed countries, most people get treatment in time to preserve their vision. Even so, glaucoma causes between 3 - 6% of blindness cases in Caucasians, and even more cases in African Americans.

In a 20-year study of Caucasian patients with glaucoma, blindness in at least one eye occurred in 27% of patients and blindness in both eyes occurred in 9% of patients. The blindness rates in African Americans are most likely higher. In fact, glaucoma is the leading cause of blindness in African Americans. Despite this higher prevalence, this ethnic group receives surgical treatment at half the rate of Caucasians.

The Process Leading to Vision Loss. Chronic glaucoma is often called “the silent thief of sight," because the afflicted person has no warning sign, no hint that anything is wrong. Untreated, the destruction develops slowly over time:

Over years or decades, the increased pressure compresses nerves at the back of the eyes.
Glaucoma gradually destroys first the outer fibers of the optic nerve, which reduces peripheral vision (the top, sides, and bottom areas of vision), but not central vision.
By the time a person notices that peripheral vision has been lost, permanent damage has already occurred.
If the eye pressure remains high, the destruction can progress until tunnel vision develops, and the person is only able to see objects that are straight ahead.
The last nerve fibers destroyed are those responsible for central vision; if this occurs, the glaucoma victim becomes totally blind.

Although there is no cure for open-angle glaucoma, a number of treatments are available that lower intraocular pressure and slow progression of vision loss.

Risk Factors for Vision Loss. Estimates of progression rates in vision deterioration range from 9 - 30% over a 2 - 7 year period.

According to a study on patients with elevated IOP, for every 1-mm Hg increase in IOP, there is a 10% higher risk of disease progression. A very elevated IOP (above 30 mm Hg) is certainly hazardous. An elevated IOP that is below 30 mm Hg, however, is not necessarily the most important factor in determining the risk for disease progression. Some evidence suggests that frequent and large daily fluctuations in intraocular pressure, not simply high IOP, are associated with the greatest risk for loss of vision. Having normal-tension glaucoma with optic nerve damage also carries a high risk for progression, even if eye pressure is reduced.

In any case, factors other than IOP play a role in increasing the chances for progression and vision loss in patients with slightly elevated IOP and normal tension glaucoma:

Both eyes affected
Pseudoexfoliation (PEX) syndrome. PEX occurs when proteins produced in the eye flake off the outer layer of the lens and collects in the drainage angle.
Bleeding in a specific region called the peripapillary nerve fiber layer
Thin corneas. (People who have thick corneas and elevated IOP may only need to be monitored if they have no other risk factor for vision loss.)
Larger cup-to-optic disc ratio. (The cup of the optic disc is the center portion, which enlarges as nerve damage progresses.)

Non-eye related factors associated with disease progression include being elderly, African American, female, or having a history of migraines.

Acute closed-angle glaucoma is a medical emergency; if the high pressure is not reduced within hours, it may permanently damage vision. Anyone who experiences its symptoms should immediately contact an ophthalmologist or go to a hospital emergency room.

Risk Factors

About 2 million Americans have open-angle glaucoma, but an exact count is unclear. Experts estimate that by 2010, over 60 million people worldwide will have glaucoma, with 74% of these cases due to open-angle glaucoma. Half of people with glaucoma are unaware of this problem because the condition causes no symptoms.

Elevated intraocular pressure in the eye occurs in 5 - 10 million Americans, but only about 10% of such people develop glaucoma because of this pressure. And, in 15% of actual glaucoma cases, IOP is normal. Major studies are helping to clarify the people who are at highest risk for glaucoma and optic nerve damage, including those with normal tension glaucoma.

Elderly. The prevalence of chronic glaucoma increases with age. In a major study, 0.6% of people age 60 - 64 had primary open-angle glaucoma. Among people who were 10 years older, the prevalence had more than doubled to 1.3%, and among those who were age 80 - 84, it had more than doubled again to 3%.

People of African Descent. Across all age groups, according to a 2000 report, the prevalence of glaucoma in African Americans is about 3.5% compared to about 1% in Caucasians. In addition, U.S. studies suggest that glaucoma develops earlier in African American population groups (starting at age 45 instead of age 60 in Caucasians). And, their risk for blindness once they have glaucoma is 14 - 17 times that of Caucasians with glaucoma. African American men are at higher risk than women. African American children who are extremely near-sighted and have relatives with glaucoma should begin regular eye examinations for glaucoma as early as possible.

In a major glaucoma study in Barbados, where most people are of African descent, over 10% of those age 50 and older had open angle glaucoma, and over 15% were afflicted after age 70. About half of the cases had normal or lower eye pressure. An interesting 2001 study suggested that African Americans tend to have significantly thinner central corneas than Caucasians. This could lead to misleadingly lower pressure scores in African American patients who actually may have high IOPs.

Family History. Glaucoma tends to run in families. Brothers and sisters of patients with open angle glaucoma are 5 times more likely to develop glaucoma by the time they are 70 years old than people whose siblings do not have the disease. Previous studies have also found that people with family histories of glaucoma are more likely to already have some vision loss when they are first diagnosed with glaucoma.

Effects of Blood Pressure. The association between a person's blood pressure and intraocular pressure in the eye is not entirely clear. A number of studies have found a higher risk for glaucoma in people with high blood pressure. A 2002 study suggested, however, that people with blood pressure that is low relative to their intraocular pressure may be at higher risk for glaucoma. The same study found no higher risk for glaucoma in people with hypertension, and in fact, high blood pressure was associated with a lower risk.

Having Certain Medical Disorders. Individuals with certain medical or physical conditions, including diabetes, migraine, nearsightedness, and sleep apnea, appear to have a higher risk. Conditions that require the use of any oral or inhaled steroid, particularly high doses for prolonged periods of time, can cause glaucoma. Previous eye surgery also puts people at risk.

Weightlifting. According to a 2006 study, holding your breath while weightlifting can increase the risk for developing normal-tension glaucoma. Weightlifting causes temporary increases in eye pressure; holding your breath during this exercise leads to even greater intraocular pressure.

Risk Factors for Closed-Angle Glaucoma. Chronic closed-angle glaucoma tends to be more common in people of Asian and African descent. Those who have this condition are often extremely farsighted. Acute closed-angle glaucoma occurs much more frequently in women than in men.

Risk Factors for Normal Tension Glaucoma. Risk factors for normal tension glaucoma include Japanese ancestry and a family history of the disease. It is more common in women than in men. A family history of cardiovascular disease also increases the risk.

Risk Factors for Pigmentary Glaucoma. Pigmentary glaucoma occurs three times more often in men then in women and at a younger age.

Risk Factors for Irido Corneal Endothelial Syndrome. This condition occurs more often in light-skinned women.

Diagnosis

A diagnosis of glaucoma no longer simply relies on the presence of pressure within the eye. It requires that there be optic nerve damage or a strong suggestion of damage, which can be clearly seen during a dilated eye examination of the optic nerve. In general, the hallmark sign of this condition is a loss of peripheral vision. With peripheral vision loss, a person can see in front of him- or herself but has lost the vision to the side.

The optic nerve carries the information of vision from the eye to the brain.

Because chronic glaucoma has no warning symptoms, half of its victims are unaware that they have the condition. Early diagnosis, however, is the key to successful treatment of glaucoma. One study reported that the more years since the last visit to an eye professional, the greater the risk for having visual loss.

Everyone over age 65 and African Americans over 40 years old should have periodic eye exams, including tests for glaucoma, every other year.
African Americans between ages 20 - 39 should have eye examinations every 3 - 5 years.
Other people at higher risk (people with diabetes, history of eye injuries, a family history of glaucoma, or those taking corticosteroid medications) should have eye examinations every year after age 35.
People with known glaucoma should have frequent examinations to check peripheral vision and to be sure treatment is maintaining a safe eye pressure. After such examinations, the ophthalmologist will assess current treatment and make necessary adjustments.

Doctors determine the intraocular pressure (IOP) of the aqueous humor inside the eye using tonometry, which measures the force necessary to make an indentation in the eye. There are several methods:

In the Schiotz method, the doctor first anesthetizes the eye with drops, then presses very lightly against it with tonometer, a tiny smooth instrument that is used to measure the pressure.
In the applanation method, the doctor touches a strip of orange-dyed paper to the side of the eye. The stain helps with the examination and rinses out with tearing. The doctor uses a slit-lamp, which is moved forward toward the patient's face until the tonometer touches the eye.
The noncontact approach applies a puff of air and measures the force needed to indent the eye.

Attempting to close the eyelids during the test can increase eye pressure and produce errors in the results.

In general, normal IOP is usually maintained at measurements of 10 - 20 mm Hg. Glaucoma pressure over 21 mm Hg indicates a potential problem. The test is not completely accurate, however. Only about 10% of people with IOP levels between 21 - 30 mm Hg will actually develop glaucoma and optic nerve damage. On the other hand, many people with glaucoma have normal pressure, at least for part of the time.

Changes in posture may also affect IOP. A 2006 study indicated that IOP increases during sleep or when a person is lying down. As IOP tests are generally given in a doctor’s office when a patient is sitting up, they may not provide a completely accurate evaluation of eye pressure.

The cornea thickness may be an important indicator of disease progression in patients with elevated IOP. According to some research, patients with thinner corneas have a significant risk for developing damage from glaucoma, while those with thicker corneas have a low risk.

In order to determine early damage in the optic nerve, a number of diagnostic instruments have been developed to assess the nerve fiber layers at the back of the eye (the fundus) and to check for optic disk cupping. (The cup of the optic disc is the center portion, which enlarges as nerve damage progresses.) The two most common procedures for identifying nerve damage are ophthalmoscopy and fundus photography. Other instruments have been developed, including those that use laser technology and computers, but none have proved to be infallible. No test has proven to be completely accurate, however, and none is routinely performed by all eye professionals.

In order to be accurate, the tests require a skilled professional and there are certain common factors:

The pupils must also be widely dilated using eye drops before the procedure.
Even mild cataracts and a slightly less-than-optimally dilated pupil can degrade the results. Such conditions are common in elderly people, who are the most likely to develop glaucoma.
If the back of the eye is lightly pigmented (colored), the area under observation is less distinct.
If the glaucoma is diffuse and there is a generalized loss of nerve fiber (which occurs in half of patients), it is more difficult to detect than if the glaucoma is more localized.

If IOP is low or normal and tests report optic nerve damage and peripheral visual loss, doctors should also check for other conditions before starting any treatment for glaucoma. Such problems include steroid use, anemia, and previous hemorrhage or severe low blood pressure.

Ophthalmoscopy. The eye professional (or even a primary care doctor) uses an ophthalmoscope to peer through the pupil directly at the optic nerve. The examiner can then check the shape and color of the nerve fibers to evaluate whether they have been damaged by the high pressure of glaucoma. Damaged nerve fibers may be indicated by:

An asymmetrical or elongated cupped optic nerve
The optic nerve color may be pale or an unhealthy-pink

If results show no optic nerve damage in patients who have mild elevations in pressure, the ophthalmologist may want to retest frequently but delay drug treatment, unless the patient has significant risk factors.

Fundus Photography. Fundus photography may be used to take pictures of the optic nerve and can reveal changes years in advance of vision loss. It is an unpleasant procedure requiring drops and a bright flash. This procedure has the same limitations as ophthalmoscopy.

Laser Polarimetry. Polarimetry uses laser technology to scan the eye and does not require any response from the patient. It is reported to be able to measure nerve fiber thickness in the eye and so be able to reveal early signs of deterioration. Preliminary studies have indicated that it has a diagnostic accuracy of over 90% for both confirming and ruling out glaucoma. One study, however, reported that laser polarimetry was sensitive enough to detect glaucoma in only up to 57% of patients with early glaucoma, 71% of those with moderate disease, and 81% of those with severe glaucoma. More research is needed.

Other Devices. Computer-assisted devices, such as the confocal scanning laser ophthalmoscope, are now available that may be useful for evaluating the retinal nerve layer. Another instrument, the optical coherence tomograph, measures the echo time delay of light that is scattered back from different layers in the retina. The value of these tests has not yet been determined.

If there is indication of optic nerve damage, the eye professional will conduct tests of the visual fields (the areas that the patient can see). In most people with glaucoma, the first areas to become noticeably impaired are the peripheral visual fields (areas of sight that are not directly in front of a person but more to the sides).

Click the icon to see an image of the visual field test.

Standard Perimetry Tests. Perimetry tests are used to check peripheral vision. One variation of this test is as follows:

A person sits closely facing a large computer-like monitor.
Small bright white lights flicker on and off hundreds of times, at different places on the screen, while the patient clicks a button whenever one of the lights is seen.
The machine prints out a report that maps any blanked-out areas in the person’s vision.

The test is complex and lengthy; elderly people and those with short attention spans may be inappropriate candidates. Other perimetry tests, some requiring less time to administer and some using "virtual reality" techniques, are currently being developed.

Other Tests. Other visual field tests are being developed that can detect abnormalities years before they can be detected by standard perimetry. Experts recommend some of these tests in selected patients with suspected glaucoma.

For example, a screening test called frequency doubling technology (FDT) checks for changes in particular cells in the retina that are indications of early glaucoma. It takes less than a minute to perform.

Another test called short wave automated perimetry (SWAP) uses colors (blue-on-yellow) and also detects very early abnormalities in the visual field. Testing time is longer than with FDT, however, and the presence of certain types of cataracts can interfere with its accuracy.

ELAM-1. Endothelial leukocyte cell adhesion molecule 1 (ELAM-1) is a molecule that has been found in glaucoma but not in healthy eyes. This molecule may prove to be a "marker" and its presence may be helpful in diagnosing glaucoma.

A simple test using a penlight helps determine the risk for acute closed-angle glaucoma. A beam of light is directed from the side of the face toward the patient's iris. If no shadow appears on the nose, then most likely the angle is wide enough to dilate. Using an instrument called a gonioscope, ophthalmologists can also inspect the front of the eyes and assess the drainage angle between the cornea and the iris and the channels in the trabecular meshwork. This test can differentiate between closed- and open-angle glaucoma.

Treatment

Most treatments for glaucoma aim to reduce ocular pressure and its fluctuations. Early treatment with medications, surgery, or both can nearly always maintain safe pressure of the aqueous humor, thus preventing optic nerve damage and blindness. The choice between surgery and medications and when to start treatment is not always straightforward. For example, with the introduction of beta blockers and newer glaucoma drugs, there has been a decline in surgeries. It is not clear, however, which drugs are more effective than others and if, over time, any will actually prevent surgery. Patients should discuss all issues with their doctors and ophthalmologists.

Many people have high IOP but no sign of nerve damage. Over the course of 20 years, only between 10 - 30% of these people will actually develop glaucoma. Nevertheless, once glaucoma has destroyed optic nerve fibers, no known treatment can reverse the damage.

Indeed, studies suggest that in people with glaucoma, even very small differences in pressure may mean the difference between disease progression and stability. An important trial reported that, on average, treating patients when their glaucoma was first detected reduced IOP by 25%. In addition, treatment reduced the risk for progression by 17%. This study confirmed previous findings supporting early treatment for glaucoma. Another study found that treatment with eye drops halved the risk of developing open-angle glaucoma in African Americans who had elevated IOP. Some evidence suggests that early treatment to lower IOP may be beneficial even in patients with normal tension glaucoma.

However, not all individuals with early signs of glaucoma (elevated IOP or normal-tension glaucoma) develop optic nerve damage and serious vision problems. Nor does treatment prevent progression in a large minority of patients. Medications used for glaucoma also can carry significant side effects and risks.

Some experts suggest that treatment is warranted only in people with early signs of glaucoma who have risk factors for progressive disease and vision loss (thinner corneas, larger cup to optic disc ration, older age, and elevated pressure).

A number of effective drugs are now available for treating glaucoma. The drugs reduce pressure in the eye but all have a number of side effects that affect other parts of the body. Some of these side effects can be quite severe. Many of the drugs used for glaucoma also interact with common medications for other conditions. To compound the difficulties, many patients require multiple drugs. As a result, only about half of patients comply with their treatments.

Experts generally recommend topical drugs first (those that can be used as eye drops or ointments rather than taken by mouth).

Topical beta blockers are the standard first-line drugs, most commonly timolol (Timoptic). Newer beta blockers include betaxolol (Betoptic), levobunolol (Betagan), carteolol (Ocupress), and metipranolol (OptiPranolol). Timolol has been used for years, and these other drugs are also well tolerated.
Topical prostaglandins are alternatives if beta blockers fail. They include latanoprost (Xalatan) and unoprostone (Rescula). Of the standard drugs used for glaucoma, these drugs have the greatest effect on lowering IOPs. They also have fewer widespread effects than the beta blockers.
Topical carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (CAIs) are less effective than standard beta blockers or prostaglandins but have fewer widespread effects than the beta blockers. They may be helpful in certain cases. Topical forms are dorzolamide (Trusopt) and brinzolamide (Azopt). (Oral CAIs are available and more effective, but they have severe side effects and are rarely used for the long term.)
Alpha2-adrenergics, also called selective alpha adrenergics, are effective but may not be as well tolerated as timolol. They include brimonidine (Alphagan).
Miotics, which include pilocarpine and others, were the standard drugs before the introduction of topical beta blockers. They have now been largely replaced by timolol and others, although they are sometimes used in combinations.
Beta blockers and newer drugs (prostaglandins, topical CAIs, and selective alpha adrenergics) are now preferred over the older drugs, which include miotics, oral CAIs, and nonselective alpha adrenergics.

Combinations. Combinations of these drugs can be very effective, because they tend to have different actions. Single medications that contain two drugs are becoming available. For example, Cosopt combines timolol and dorzolamide; Timpilo is a combination of timolol and pilocarpine. Studies of these and other combinations compared to each other to single drugs are ongoing. To date, results on any superior combinations have been mixed. It should be noted that the side effects of each drug apply to any combination.

Treating the Pregnant Patient. Considerations for a pregnant woman with glaucoma can be complicated. All of the drugs used for glaucoma are absorbed by the body, cross the placenta, and are excreted in breast milk. Many have effects that can interfere with or adversely affect pregnancy.

Women should discuss going off medication, particularly during the first trimester, and be monitored during that time for increasing eye pressure. IOP tends to drop during pregnancy, although usually not to a significant degree. In addition, changes in IOP and visual loss vary greatly. Some women experience no IOP change or visual loss during pregnancy, while others may experience an increase in IOP or worsening of visual loss. It is important that your ophthalmologist carefully considers your individual case and discusses with you the risks and benefits of continuing glaucoma medication during pregnancy.

If women need to take medications, they should try to achieve the lowest dose possible. Some drugs have fewer side effects than others. Pregnant women must also be very careful about administering eye drops to allow as little medication as possible to enter the body. When taking eye drops, press your index finger against the corner of the eye near your nose. This helps prevent the eye drop from passing down into the tear duct where it is easily absorbed through the rest of the body. Even this approach, however, does not guarantee complete safety. Women with glaucoma who are planning to become pregnant might want to consider surgery before they conceive.

The object of standard glaucoma surgery is to reduce pressure in the eye by increasing the outflow of the aqueous fluid. Two methods are commonly used:

Filtration surgery (trabeculectomy). This uses standard surgical instruments to open a passage in the eye for draining fluid.
Laser trabeculoplasty. This procedure uses a laser to burn 80 - 100 tiny holes in the drainage area.

Both are effective, but certain patient groups may respond to one more than the other. For example, African Americans may do better with laser surgery while trabeculectomy may be a better choice for Caucasians with no serious medical problems.

In general, surgery is a last resort. Doctors may, however, recommend surgery before drug therapies for patients unlikely to comply with difficult drug regimens or for patients who may have severe reactions from the glaucoma drugs. Women who plan on becoming pregnant should also discuss surgery with their doctor.

Some studies indicate that laser treatment performed as the initial treatment for glaucoma is as effective as medications in some cases. Findings in 2003 from a major comparison study suggested that 4 years after surgery there was little difference in visual field loss between trabeculectomy and medical treatment. There was, however, a higher risk for cataracts and loss of vision sharpness with surgery. On the other hand, side effects from medications may be ongoing and troublesome. It is important to note that even surgery does not cure glaucoma, and over half of patients will require medication within 2 years. Experts who are against early surgeries also argue that studies on their success often omitted serious postoperative problems, such as late-onset infection, and quality of life assessments.

Medications

Nearly all glaucoma medications are prescribed for reducing eye pressure. Lowering IOP is even proving to be beneficial for about two-thirds of patients with normal-pressure glaucoma.

Topical beta adrenoceptor blockers (common called beta-blockers) are the drugs most often prescribed to treat glaucoma. They lower the pressure inside the eye by inhibiting the production of aqueous humor.

Brands. These drugs are categorized as either nonselective or selective beta-blockers:

Nonselective adrenoceptor beta-blockers. Timolol (Timoptic, Betimol) has been the standard beta-blocker for years. Newer nonselective drugs include levobunolol (Betagan), carteolol (Ocupress), and metipranolol (OptiPranolol). A few studies suggest some are more beneficial than timolol with similar side effects.
Selective beta1-adrenoceptor blockers. Betaxolol (Betoptic) and levobetaxolol (Betaxon) are selective beta-blockers. These drugs appear to have fewer adverse effects on the heart than the nonselective beta-blockers, although they still have widespread effects. Studies also suggest that they slow progression more than timolol, although timolol is more effective at lowering IOP. selective beta-blockers may also have nerve-protecting properties.

All beta-blockers are effective and generally well tolerated. Because they cause less eye irritation than many other glaucoma medications, they are often prescribed for patients who also have cataracts.

Side Effects and Complications. After the beta-blocker is administered, only a tiny amount of the drug is absorbed by the cornea. Most of it enters in the bloodstream. These drugs, therefore, can cause side effects in parts of the body other than the eyes ("systemic" side effects):

Common systemic side effects include reduced sexual drive, fatigue, depression, anxiety, severe nausea and vomiting, and breathing difficulties.
Beta-blockers affect the heart. They lower heart rate and reduce blood pressure. (The newer selective beta-1 blockers may not have as bad effects on the heart as the nonselective beta-blockers.) They may also cause unhealthy cholesterol and triglyceride changes.
All beta-blockers can worsen severe asthma or other lung diseases. Beta-blockers should only be used very cautiously or not at all by anyone with asthma, emphysema, bronchitis, or heart disease. In one study, lung function was reduced in 40% of elderly people who took timolol, even those without previous symptoms of lung problems. (Selective beta-blockers may produce fewer of these adverse effects.)
If the patient is switching to a beta-blocker from other glaucoma medication, there may be a sudden rise in eye pressure. It is important that the pressure be checked shortly after the other drug has been withdrawn.
When beta-blockers are used to treat one eye, the other (contralateral) eye also experiences a lesser, but still significant reduction in IOP.

Interactions with Other Medications. The effects of the eye medication may be additive to other oral medications, such as oral beta-blockers, calcium-channel blockers, or the antiarrhythmic drug quinidine. People with diabetes who take insulin or hypoglycemic medications should realize that timolol side effects may resemble and mask the symptoms of hypoglycemia (low blood sugar).

Prostaglandins are hormone-like substances that help open blood vessels. Drugs that resemble prostaglandins increase outflow of aqueous humor (the watery substance in the eye). Drainage of aqueous humor helps reduce intraocular pressure.

Brands. Latanoprost (Xalatan) and unoprostone (Rescula) are the standard brands. Latanoprost was the first prostaglandin to be approved as first-line treatment for elevated eye pressure. Two newer prostaglandins, travoprost (Travatan) and bimatoprost (Lumigan), may help some patients who do not respond to latanoprost. These drugs may also benefit patients with normal-tension glaucoma. Latanoprost, travoprost, and bimatoprost need to be taken only once daily. Unoprostone needs to be taken twice a day and is not as effective as others, but it still can reduce IOP significantly and is the least expensive of these drugs.

Latanoprost has been shown to reduce pressure by between 45 - 70%. Some, but not all studies, have suggested that newer prostaglandins travoprost (Travatan) and bimatoprost (Lumigan) are more effective than latanoprost, but the older drug appears to be better tolerated. All of these drugs may be work better than timolol in lowering IOP. The newer prostaglandins may be especially superior to timolol in treating African American patients. In comparison studies, latanoprost achieved better IOP pressure reduction than brimonidine. Studies have suggested that bimatoprost is more effective in lowering eye pressure than a combination of timolol and dorzolamide (Cosopt). Studies have been mixed on whether latanoprost is superior to the combination.

Side Effects. These drugs do not slow down the heart rate and also appear to be safe for people with asthma. Side effects include itching, redness, and burning during administration. Muscle and joint pain may also occur. All of these drugs may permanently change eye color from blue or green to brown. To date, such color changes do not seem to be hazardous. (The only significant problem may be cosmetic in people who treat only one eye, since the color may differ from the other.) These drugs can increase blood flow in the eye and also make eyelashes become thicker and longer in some patients. (These latter effects are more common with bimatoprost and travoprost than with latanoprost.)

Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (CAIs) decrease eye pressure by reducing the fluid in the chambers of the eye (aqueous humor). Research suggests that CAIs reduce aqueous humor fluid by as much as 40%. These drugs are used for glaucoma when other drugs do not work. They may be combined with other medications.

CAIs may also improve blood flow in the retina and optic nerve (beta-blockers do not). Improving blood flow can keep the disease from getting worse.

Brands and Side Effects. CAIs are available in the following forms:

Eye-drop CAIs include dorzolamide (Trusopt) and brinzolamide (Azopt). About 10% of patients report fatigue, stinging in the eye, and loss of appetite using dorzolamide. Taste changes can occur. Research suggests that dorzolamide can be helpful for children with glaucoma, including those younger than 6 years old. Brinzolamide is a newer medication that was chemically designed to be closer in pH to human tears and may cause less stinging than dorzolamide.
Oral forms include acetazolamide (Diamox), methazolamide (Neptazane), and dichlorphenamide (Daranide). Although they are more effective than eye drops, they have significantly more side effects and are rarely used for long-term treatment. The oral forms have very unpleasant side effects that include frequent urination, depression, stomach problems, fatigue, weight loss, sexual dysfunction, and, in infants, failure to thrive. Long-term use of the oral forms, in rare cases, can cause serious anemia and kidney problems, including the risk for stones. They can also produce a toxic reaction when taken with large doses of aspirin.

Adrenergic agonists activate muscles in the eye that dilate pupils and, therefore, increase outflow of aqueous fluid. Newer variations called alpha 2-adrenergic agonists reduce production of aqueous humor and also increase outflow through the uveoscleral pathway (the alternative channel to the trabecular meshwork). Older adrenergic agonists include epinephrine.

Alpha 2-Adrenergic Agonists. Apraclonidine (Iopidine) and brimonidine (Alphagan) are alpha 2-adrenergic agonists. These have generally been used before glaucoma surgery, but a number of studies are indicating that they may even be useful as primary therapy when used in combination with beta-blockers or other standard drugs.

Brimonidine is proving to be particularly effective for long-term therapy. (Apraclonidine is used for the short term.) It also may have nerve-protecting properties and may be safer than other drugs during pregnancy and for patients with asthma.

The most common side effects of brimonidine and apraclonidine are dry mouth and altered taste. They also commonly trigger an allergic reaction that causes red and itching eyes and lids, a major drawback. Brimonidine causes less of an allergic response than apraclonidine. Unlike apraclonidine, however, it can cause lethargy and mild low blood pressure. It also appears to remain effective longer.

Miotics, also called cholinergic agonists, narrow the iris muscles and constrict the pupil. This action pulls the iris away from the trabecular meshwork and allows the aqueous humor to flow out through the drainage channels, reducing the pressure inside the front of the eye.

Brands. Pilocarpine (Pilocar, Adsorbocarpine, Almocarpine, Isoptocarpine, Ocusert) was the most widely used anti-glaucoma drug before timolol was introduced. It is the preferred miotic. Because pilocarpine is used up by the body fairly quickly, however, patients must take it several times a day; many people, therefore, fail to take their medication regularly. A combination of timolol or latanoprost with pilocarpine is more effective than either drug used alone. Carbachol is another miotic.

Demecarium (Humorsol), isoflurophate (Floropryl), and echothiophate (Phospholine) are a group of long-acting drugs known as anticholinesterase miotics. Because of their potential for serious side effects, however, some authorities even prefer surgery to their use.

Epinephrine and its derivatives are the older anticholinergics. Epinephrine is now rarely prescribed because of side effects. Dipivefrin (Dipivefrin), a newer form of epinephrine, remains inactive until it reacts with enzymes in the cornea. It is effective in low doses and causes few systemic side effects.

Side Effects. Side effects include:

Teary eyes, brow-aches, eye pain, and allergic reactions.
A miotic narrows the pupil and so can cause nearsightedness. Vision can also become dim and it may difficult to see in darkened rooms or at night, when driving could be hazardous. A gel form administered once a day or wafer placed under the lid once a week may help reduce these side effects.
The anticholinesterase miotics increase the risk of cataract development and are therefore used mostly in patients in whom cataracts have already been removed. Retinal detachment is an uncommon but dangerous side effect in susceptible individuals. Excessive use of these miotics may cause toxic reactions, including convulsions, muscular paralysis, and even death from respiratory failure.
Epinephrine can produce burning in the eyes, enlarged pupils, and allergic reactions. Occasionally it can cause anxiety and headaches. Rare side effects include high blood pressure and disturbances in heart rhythm. It is rarely prescribed now. Although dipivefrin, the newer form of epinephrine, has fewer systemic side effects, it still causes problems in the eyes similar to those of epinephrine.

Cannabinoids. Cannabinoids, compounds in marijuana (cannabis), are being studied for their effects on glaucoma. For example, oral or inhaled tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the active ingredient in marijuana, has been shown to reduce IOP in 60 - 65% of patients. The effects of smoking marijuana on IOP last only 3 hours, however. THC also increases the release of glutamate -- a nerve-protecting chemical. Experts are hoping that topical use of THC or other cannabinoids may help prevent optic nerve damage without the widespread effects of oral or inhaled administration.

Reasons for Noncompliance. Studies indicate that more than 40% of patients miss 10% of their doses, and 15% of patients miss more than 50% of their doses. Noncompliance is very high for many reasons:

People with chronic glaucoma who are on medication must use eye drops or take pills one or more times a day, usually for the rest of their lives.
Many people require a multi-drug regimen, two or more different kinds of medications that can be used in various combinations, such as eye drops, ointments, or time-release wafers inserted under the eyelid. Such regimens can be very confusing.
The side effects of the drugs are more unpleasant than the disease itself, which has no symptoms until vision is lost. Because the treatment does not usually produce any noticeable improvement, the consequence of not taking the drugs (blindness) may seem far in the future.
Skipping even a few doses can greatly increase the risk of visual loss. It is essential that patients tell their doctor if they are not regularly taking their medication. Otherwise, the doctor may increase the dosage, thereby causing unwelcome side effects.

Patients who do not regularly take their glaucoma medication are at high risk for blindness. If you have problems taking your medications or sticking to the dosing regimen, talk with your doctor.

Hints for Managing a Regimen.

Pharmaceutical manufacturers use colored tops, yellow for timolol, for example, and green for pilocarpine, to help prevent mix-ups. Creating a chart scheduling each drug by color can be helpful.
Small electronic timers are available that will signal times for taking the medications. The timing of these combinations is important. For example, the combination of pilocarpine with latanoprost is most effective when pilocarpine is taken four times a day and when the bedtime dose is administered an hour after latanoprost.
Some patients may be candidates for single medications that combine two drugs, such as Cosopt, which contains both dorzolamide and timolol. This medication requires only one drop twice per day. Patients who need additional glaucoma drugs, however, will need to take these two drugs separately.
When using any drug for a long period of time, side effects are a potential problem. If they become intolerable, patients should discuss with the doctor reducing the dosage or trying other drugs.

Administering Eye Drops. A common reason that medicine does not work is that patients do not take it correctly. Patients should ask the ophthalmologist to watch while they place the drops in their own eyes to make sure the procedure is being done correctly. The following are some recommended steps:

If you use both ointments and eye drops, take the eye drops first.
Wash your hands before applying eye drops.
Hold the bottle upside down.
Tilt your head back and, with one hand, pull the lower eyelid down to form a pocket.
With your other hand, hold the bottle as close as possible to your eye. Don’t let the bottle directly touch your eye or eyelid.
After you have placed the drop, close your eye or press your index finger against the corner of the eye near your nose. Gently move the lower lid upward until the eye is closed. Keep your eye closed for at least 1 minute. This prevents the drop from draining out.
Wait at least 5 minutes before applying another drop or a different medication

In this emergency situation, ophthalmologists may administer a combination of two or more anti-glaucoma medications to reduce eye pressure quickly before it can damage the optic nerve and cause visual loss. Apraclonidine (Iopidine) is a powerful drug used before and after laser surgery to prevent an increase in fluid pressure and is more effective than other medications. In addition to standard drugs, doctors may also administer glycerin (Glyrol, Osmoglyn) by mouth or mannitol or acetazolamide intravenously. Surgery is almost always performed once the pressure is reduced.

Most rare forms of glaucoma respond to the same medications and surgery used for open angle glaucoma. Irido corneal endothelial syndrome (ICE) is difficult to treat and if surgery is required, filtering surgery is the best choice. Neovascular glaucoma is also very hard to treat; researchers are investigating drainage implants for this disorder.

Surgery

If medications do not control eye pressure, or if they create intolerable side effects, surgery may be necessary in a small percentage of people with chronic glaucoma. It may be particularly helpful for patients with pseudoexfoliation glaucoma.

The standard procedures are usually one of the following:

Filtration surgery (trabeculectomy). This procedure opens the full thickness of the drainage area.
Laser trabeculoplasty. This procedure partially opens the drainage area. It does not reduce pressure to the extent of trabeculectomy but it has fewer adverse effects.

African Americans may respond better to initial laser surgery than to conventional trabeculectomy, while the opposite may be true in Caucasians. Some experts now recommend that, in most circumstances, African Americans should start with laser surgery and Caucasians who have no serious medical problems should have trabeculectomy first.

In addition, a number of experimental and less invasive procedures are under development.

The Procedure. Filtration surgery has been used for more than 100 years with only minor modifications. It employs conventional surgical techniques known as full-thickness filtering surgery or guarded filtering surgery (trabeculectomy).

The surgeon creates a sclerostomy, a passage in the sclera (the white part of the eye) for draining excess eye fluid.
A flap is created that allows fluid to escape but which does not deflate the eyeball.
The surgeon may also remove a tiny piece of the iris (called an iridectomy) so that fluid can flow backward into the eye.
A small bubble called a bleb nearly always forms over the opening, which is a sign that fluid is draining out. Although surgeons aim for a thick bleb, which poses less risk than a thin one for later leakage, paradoxically the ideal operation would have no bleb at all.

The procedure has a high success rate. About 50% of patients no longer need medication after surgery. Thirty-five to 40% of those who still need medication have better control of their glaucoma.

A new instrument called a trabectome has allowed for a less invasive type of trabulectomy surgery The trabectome procedure appears to be a safe and simple way to lower eye pressure. It can be performed before a traditional trabulectomy, if needed. Results from a small study, presented at the 2005 meeting of the American Academy of Ophthalmology, showed that the new approach successfully reduced eye pressure in 90% of patients with open-angle glaucoma.

Side Effects. Many of the serious side effects or complications that occur with filtration surgery involve blebs (blister-like bumps).

Bleb Leaks and Infections. Blebs, particularly thin ones, commonly leak. Leakage can occur early on or sometimes as late as months or years after surgery. Untreated, such leaks can be serious and even cause blindness. Late-onset leakage significantly increases the risk for infection as well as a number of other serious conditions, including bleeding, a flattening of the eye ball, and harmful inflammation. Surgical repair is the most effective way of managing leaking blebs, although drug therapies, pressure patching, and other nonsurgical techniques may be tried first. Due to the dangers of leaking blebs, experts recommend lifelong monitoring after surgery. Unfortunately, the incidence of late-onset leaking blebs is increasing due to the use of drugs used in filtration surgery to prevent scarring, another complication.
Scarring. In up to 20% of cases, scars form around the incision, closing up the drainage channels and causing pressure to rebuild. These scars are formed from fibroblasts, which are immature collagen cells that form at the surgical site. Scarring is a particular problem in young patients, African Americans, patients who have taken multiple drugs, have had an inflammatory disease, or have had cataract surgery. Releasing the surgical stitches used in the procedure may help prevent scarring and pressure build-up. A second procedure called bleb needling sometimes can open up the scarred area and restore drainage. With this technique, the tip of a very fine hypodermic needle is used carefully to cut loose the particles closing off the drainage area. A new technique that does not require sutures may prove to be effective and have fewer complications.
Cataracts. The procedure is highly associated with the development of cataracts over time. Because cataracts are associated with glaucoma anyway, it is not entirely clear whether the cataracts are caused by the surgery or would develop in any case.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing cataract surgery.

Supportive Medication for Preventing Scarring. Specific drugs, usually mitomycin C, are often used in conjunction with the procedure to prevent scarring and closure. A large review of studies of mitomycin C supported its effectiveness in increasing surgical success in nearly all patients. Fluorouracil (5-FU) appears to be similar in effectiveness but has a high risk for complications and is not used as often as in the past.

The Procedure. Laser trabeculoplasty involves the following steps:

The procedure uses an instrument, usually a YAG laser, to burn 80 - 100 tiny holes in the drainage area.
A tiny scar forms, which increases fluid outflow.
The procedure takes 15 minutes, causes almost no discomfort, and has very few complications.

In a 2-year study, laser surgery of the trabecular meshwork reduced pressure by a third in 70 - 97% of patients. Patients still need to take anti-glaucoma eye drop medications every day.

Laser surgery is not a cure. Within 2 - 5 years, about half of patients need either additional surgery or new medications.

Complications. In about 35% of patients, pressure increases after surgery. In most cases it is temporary, but in rare cases the increased pressure is permanent and vision loss can occur. Use of the drug apraclonidine (Iopidine) or pilocarpine can help prevent this elevated pressure. About a third of patients also develop adhesive-like substances called peripheral anterior synechiae that cause the iris to stick to part of the cornea.

Drainage implants, also known as tube shunts, may be used to drain fluid in certain cases, such as if glaucoma is not responsive to any standard procedure or is caused by certain conditions. A 2007 study suggested that tube shunts work better than filtration surgery (trabulectomy) for some patients. In the study, patients who received tube shunts had more stable IOP over the course of a year than patients who underwent trabulectomy.

Candidates. Success rates are highest (75% pressure control over 5 - 7 years) in appropriate patients. Drainage implants may be useful in the following conditions:

Glaucoma caused by swelling in the iris
Glaucoma caused by abnormal vessel formations
Iridocorneal endothelial (ICE) syndrome

The Procedure. In general, the procedure involves:

An implant, most commonly a 1/2 inch silicone tube, is inserted into the eye's front chamber (anterior). The Molteno implant used with mitomycin C is currently the most effective approach, with reported success rates of 80%. Other implants, such as the Ahmed implant, may have fewer complications.
The tube drains the fluid onto a tiny plate that is sewn to the side of the eye.
Fluid collects on the plate and then is absorbed by the tissues in the eye.

Complications. Complications include:

Hypotony (very low eye pressure) is a serious complication that has been reduced using better techniques and improved implants.
Cataracts, detached retina, breakdown of the cornea, and bleeding are potentially significant complications.
There is also a risk for eye movement disorders, such as strabismus (crossed eyes) or diplopia (double-vision).

The implant often becomes blocked and repeated operations are needed. Some researchers are studying the use of a drug called tissue plasminogen activator (tPA) to open up tubes that have been blocked by blood or blood factors. (This so-called clot-busting drug is normally used to break up blood clots during heart attacks.) In one 2002 study, tPA prevented such blocks in 89% of eyes. Unfortunately, significant complications rates were high (11%).

Deep sclerectomy and viscocanalostomy are less invasive techniques than filtering surgery that leave the anterior chamber (front of the eye) intact and avoid creation of blebs.

In deep sclerectomy, the surgeon removes a deep piece of the sclera (the white part of the eye), part of the trabecular meshwork, and the front of Schlemm's canal (the vessels that return fluid into the bloodstream).

In both deep sclerectomy and viscocanalostomy, the surgeon first creates a flap in the outer part of the sclera (the white part of the eye) and then removes a deep piece of the sclera underneath. This opens up Schlemm's canal (the vessels that return fluid into the bloodstream) and exposes a layer above the anterior chamber called Descemet's membrane. A space has also been created between the inner and outer layers of the sclera.
In deep sclerectomy, this space now serves as a tiny reservoir for aqueous fluid that flows through the membrane and pools here. The fluid then flows out without the surgeon having to open the anterior chamber (as in standard filtering surgery).
In viscocanalostomy, the surgeon typically injects gel-like materials into the ends of Schlemm's canal in order to enlarge the canal for fluid outflow and lower IOP. The tiny reservoir is sewn tightly up.

Many variations are under investigation. In general, the procedures have fewer complications afterward than standard filtering surgery, although they require excellent surgical skill. Nonpenetrating techniques do not lower IOPs as much as conventional surgery does, however. In time, however, these nonpenetrating techniques are expected to be as effective as filtration surgery.

Cataracts and Glaucoma. For patients with both glaucoma and cataracts, experts recommend the following:

In patients with cataracts and poorly controlled glaucoma, a two-step procedure for both eye conditions is needed. Typically the patient will first have a trabeculectomy for glaucoma, followed by cataract surgery such as phacoemulsification (lens removal through ultrasound). Fluid leakage and the presence of blood in the back chamber of the eye are potential complications of this combined procedure.
Phacoemulsification is sometimes combined with viscocanalostomy in a procedure called phacoviscocanalostomy. A 2006 study suggested this approach is safe and effective. The study followed patients for 7 years after they underwent phacoviscocanalostomy and found that no serious complications occurred.
In patients who have cataracts plus either closed-angle glaucoma or open angle glaucoma that is stabilized with medication, the cataract may be able to be extracted and medication continued for the glaucoma.

A major 2002 analysis suggested that the combined approach generally offers better control over eye pressure for patients with both cataracts and glaucoma. However, it is still unclear which specific type of surgical procedure works best. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts.]

Diode laser transscleral cyclophotocoagulation (TSCPC), also called laser cycloablation, reduces aqueous production by destroying the muscles that control the lens for near and far vision (the ciliary body ). There is a chance of vision loss with this procedure, so it is reserved for people with end-stage glaucoma or those who fail to benefit from any other therapies. Nevertheless, researchers continue to explore the possibilities for this effective procedure, especially for people who may not have access to expensive medications. Studies have suggested it may even be suitable as first-line surgery for some patients.

For an acute closed-angle glaucoma attack, emergency microsurgery is usually necessary after reducing pressure with medications.

Iridotomy or Iridectomy. Either laser (iridotomy) or conventional (iridectomy) surgery may be used. With either procedure an ophthalmologist makes a tiny opening in the iris to let the aqueous humor flow out more freely. Because acute glaucoma commonly occurs later in the other eye, surgeons will often recommend surgery in the unaffected eye to prevent a second attack.

Laser iridotomy almost never requires hospitalization, and postsurgical treatment includes only aspirin and eye drops. It has almost completely replaced conventional surgery, which requires anesthesia and hospitalization.

Vision will be blurred, and recovery can take 4 - 8 weeks. Once surgery has been performed, such patients can usually use previously restricted anticholinergic medications, such as antihistamines and certain antidepressants, with safety.

Phacoemulsification and Intraocular Lens Implantation. Phacoemulsification and intraocular lens implantation, a procedure ordinarily used for cataracts, may prove to be beneficial for some patients with acute angle-closure glaucoma requiring surgery. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts.]

Lifestyle Changes

Studies suggest that patients with glaucoma who exercise regularly (at least 3 times a week) may be able to reduce their intraocular pressure by an average of 20%. If they stop exercising for more than 2 weeks, pressure increases again. In one study, those who walked briskly 4 times a week for 40 minutes were able to go off their medications. (Although not confirmed by any evidence, yoga or other exercises that involve head-down or inverted positions may be harmful for patients with glaucoma and should be discussed with the doctor.)

Exercise has no effect on closed-angle glaucoma. It may, in fact, increase eye pressure in patients with pigmentary glaucoma. Vigorous high-impact exercise may cause more pigment to be released from the iris in these patients. Patients should talk to their doctor about an appropriate exercise program.

Antioxidants in Foods and Supplements. Diet most likely plays very little role in glaucoma. For example, a 2003 study found no association between important nutrients associated with protection against other eye disorders, including vitamins C, E, A, and carotenoids.

Caffeine. Some studies have shown that large amounts of caffeine drunk in a short period of time can elevate eye pressure for up to 3 hours. One study suggested that such changes in eye pressure could be significant in patients with both normal eye pressure and high IOP.

Fluids. Drinking large amounts (a quart or more) of any liquid within a short time, about 30 minutes, appears to increase pressure. Patients with glaucoma should have plenty of fluids, but they should drink them in small amounts over the course of a day.

Glaucoma can cause the eyes to be very sensitive to light and glare. Medications can worsen this problem. Sunglasses solve this problem and are important for prevention of cataracts. Protective sunglasses do not have to be expensive. Sunglasses are classified into three categories based on protection against ultraviolet radiation (UV) A or B:

Cosmetic-purpose sunglasses block at least 70% UVB and up to 60% UVA. People should avoid these glasses if they have any risk for cataracts or eye problems.
General-purpose sunglasses block at least 95% UVB and a minimum of 60% UVA. At the very least, people should purchase general purpose sunglasses and they should be labeled "Meets ANSI Z80.3 General Purpose UV Requirements.” Labels should indicate that sunglasses block UV radiation up to 400 nm.
Special-purpose sunglasses block at least 99% UVB and a minimum of 60% UVA rays. These are the optimal sunglasses for people at risk for eye disease. Special purpose glasses should wrap around the head and block light coming from above, below, and both sides of the glasses. They should also fit snugly on the nose.
Lenses that are simply dark but not coated with UV-absorbing material may increase the risk of cataracts because the pupil widens to compensate for the shaded glass. This may allow more harmful ultraviolet waves to enter the eye. Polarized glasses cut glare but have no effect on UV radiation. Mirror finishes without additional processing for UV blockage also are not fully protective. There is some controversy over whether blue light is harmful to the eyes. Some people prefer amber lenses, which block out the blue spectrum.

Meditation, biofeedback, and relaxation methods can help counteract stress, and there are some reports that they may help some people with open-angle glaucoma. A number of herbal and nontraditional remedies have been advertised as glaucoma remedies. A few studies have reported that the herbal remedy ginkgo biloba may have properties that offer benefits to patients with glaucoma, including increasing blood flow in the eye without altering overall blood pressure, heart rate, or intraocular pressure. More research is, however, needed.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

The following is of special concern for people with glaucoma:

Bilberry, a European blueberry (Vaccinium myrtillus), is sold in natural food stores as a glaucoma remedy. Studies indicate that it may help some people improve night vision and glare, but it is not at all effective in preventing or treating glaucoma.

Resources

www.glaucoma.org -- Glaucoma Research Foundation
www.nei.nih.gov -- National Eye Institute
www.glaucomafoundation.org -- The Glaucoma Foundation
www.aao.org -- American Academy of Ophthalmology
www.glaucomaweb.org -- American Glaucoma Society
www.lighthouse.org -- Lighthouse International

References

Bottaro M, Ritch R. Intraocular pressure variation during weight lifting. Vieira GM, Oliveira HB, de Andrade DT. Arch Ophthalmol. 2006 Sep;124(9):1251-4.

Brauner SC, Chen TC, Hutchinson BT, Chang MA, Pasquale LR, Grosskreutz CL. The course of glaucoma during pregnancy: a retrospective case series. Arch Ophthalmol. 2006 Aug;124(:1089-94.

Gedde SJ, Schiffman JC, Feuer WJ, Herndon LW, Brandt JD, Budenz DL. Treatment outcomes in the tube versus trabeculectomy study after one year of follow-up. Am J Ophthalmol. 2007 Jan;143(1):9-22.

Hara T, Hara T, Tsuru T. Increase of peak intraocular pressure during sleep in reproduced diurnal changes by posture. Arch Ophthalmol. 2006 Feb;124(2):165-8.

Higginbotham EJ. Managing glaucoma during pregnancy. JAMA. 2006 Sep 13;296(10):1284-5.

Quigley HA, Broman AT. The number of people with glaucoma worldwide in 2010 and 2020. Br J Ophthalmol. 2006 Mar;90(3):262-7.

Wishart MS, Dagres E. Seven-year follow-up of combined cataract extraction and viscocanalostomy. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006 Dec;32(12):2043-9.

Review Date:
3/3/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Uterine fibroids and hysterectomy

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:01 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Complications
Diagnosis
Lifestyle Changes
Medications
Surgery
Other Procedures
Hysterectomy
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Uterine Artery Embolization Versus Standard Surgery

Many women with fibroids are considering a procedure called uterine artery embolization (UAE) as an alternative to standard surgery such as hysterectomy or myomectomy. A study published in 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine compared these treatment approaches. The study suggested that UAE results in shorter hospital stay and faster recovery time, but a small percentage of women may later need repeat embolization or a hysterectomy. There were similar improvements in quality of life regardless of whether a woman had UAE or standard surgery.

Magnetic-Resonance Guided Focused Ultrasound (MRgFUS)

MRgFUS is a new non-surgical approach for treating fibroids. A 2006 study in Obstetrics and Gynecology indicated that taking gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) agonist drugs before this procedure may help reduce fibroid volume and improve outcomes.

Predictors of Hysterectomy

Combined factors can predict whether a woman will decide to have a hysterectomy, according to a 2007 study published in the Journal of the American College of Surgeons. Women who met all three criteria had a 95% chance of having a hysterectomy:

Presence of symptoms (pelvic pain, bleeding, symptomatic fibroids)
Lack of symptom improvement despite treatment
Previous use of GnRH agonist drugs

Hysterectomy and Sexual Function

Women who have both their uterus and cervix removed (total hysterectomy) are no more likely to experience sexual problems than women who have only their uterus removed (subtotal hysterectomy), suggests a 2006 review in the Cochrane Database. The review also found no differences between total and subtotal hysterectomy for urinary and bowel problems. However, women who had subtotal hysterectomy were more likely to experience cyclical bleeding during the year after surgery than women who had a total hysterectomy.

Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT) and Breast Cancer Risk

Estrogen-only HRT after hysterectomy does not appear to increase breast cancer risk when used in the short term (up to 20 years), according to several 2006 studies. Combination estrogen-progestin HRT does increase breast cancer risk.

Introduction

A uterine fibroid (known medically as a leiomyoma or myoma ) is a noncancerous (benign) growth composed of smooth muscle and connective tissue. The size of a fibroid varies from that of a pinhead to larger than a melon. Fibroids have been reported weighing more than 20 pounds.

Fibroids originate from the thick wall of the uterus and are categorized by the direction in which they grow:

Intramural fibroids grow within the middle and thickest layer of the uterus (called the myometrium). They are the most common fibroids.
Subserosal fibroids grow out from the thin outer fibrous layer of the uterus (called the serosa). Subserosal can be either stalk-like (pedunculated) or broad-based (sessile). These are the second most common fibroids.
Submucous fibroids grow from the uterine wall toward and into the inner lining of the uterus (the endometrium). Submucous fibroids can also be stalk-like or broad-based. Only about 5% of fibroids are submucous.

Fibroid tumors may not need to be removed if they are not causing pain, bleeding excessively, or growing rapidly.

The Primary Organs and Structures in the Reproductive System. The primary structures in the reproductive system are as follows:

The uterus is a pear-shaped organ located between the bladder and lower intestine. It consists of two parts, the body and the cervix.
When a woman is not pregnant the body of the uterus is about the size of a fist, with its walls collapsed and flattened against each other. During pregnancy the walls of the uterus are pushed apart as the fetus grows.
The cervix is the lower portion of the uterus. It has a canal opening into the vagina with an opening called the os, which allows menstrual blood to flow out of the uterus into the vagina.
Leading off each side of the body of the uterus are two tubes known as the fallopian tubes. Near the end of each tube is an ovary.
Ovaries are egg-producing organs that hold 200,000 - 400,000 follicles (from folliculus, meaning "sack" in Latin). These cellular sacks contain the materials needed to produce ripened eggs, or ova.

The inner lining of the uterus is called the endometrium. During pregnancy this inner lining thickens and becomes enriched with blood vessels to house and support the growing fetus. If pregnancy does not occur, the endometrium is shed as part of the menstrual flow. Menstrual flow also consists of blood and mucus from the cervix and vagina.

Reproductive Hormones. The hypothalamus (an area in the brain) and the pituitary gland regulate the reproductive hormones. The pituitary gland is often referred to as the master gland because of its important role in many vital functions, many of which require hormones.

In women, six key hormones serve as chemical messengers that regulate the reproductive system:

The hypothalamus first releases the gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH).
This chemical, in turn, stimulates the pituitary gland to produce follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH).
Estrogen, progesterone, and the male hormone testosterone are secreted by the ovaries at the command of FSH and LH and complete the hormonal group necessary for reproductive health.

Click the icon to see an image of the uterus.

Click the icon to see an image of the pituitary gland.

Click the icon to see an image of the hypothalamus.

Causes

Inherited genetic factors may be important in many cases of fibroids. Researchers are investigating unique genetic factors that regulate hormones. Proteins called growth factors may be responsible for some of the abnormalities leading to uterine muscle overgrowth and fibroids. Scientists have identified chromosomes carrying a total of 145 genes that may affect fibroid growth. Some experts report that uterine fibroids are inherited from paternal (the father's) genes.

Uterine fibroids often grow during pregnancy, and they degenerate after menopause. From these observations and certain studies researchers are fairly certain that the female hormones, both estrogen and progesterone, play a role in their growth. Their role, however, is not clear. Some theories about the relationship to fibroids and estrogen include the following:

Estrogen patterns in fibroids are similar to those in pregnancy. That is, like smooth muscle cells in the uterus during pregnancy, fibroid cells exposed to female hormones do not respond normally to signals that would make them self-destruct and return to a nonpregnant state. (This natural self-destruction is a process called apoptosis). Instead, they continue to grow.
Some evidence suggests that estrogen may inhibit a tumor-suppressor gene called p53 in fibroid tissue, therefore triggering cell proliferation leading to fibroid growth. (P53 plays a role in some cancer-cell growth, although in this case the process is not cancerous.)

The formation of fibroids may be attributable to abnormalities in substances called growth factors. These are special proteins, secreted by different cell types, that are responsible for cell-to-cell interaction. Many of these substances regulate a process called angiogenesis, which causes new blood vessels to sprout from pre-existing ones. The production of new blood vessels then feeds any existing growth, such as fibroids.

The growth factors that appear to play an important role in many female reproductive disorders are Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor (BFGF) and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF). BFGFs are involved in the proliferation of cells that form connective tissue, which supports the body's organs and structure. VEGFs are involved with cell growth in smooth muscles that line blood vessels. Some evidence suggests they play a role in uterine fibroids.

Other growth factors being studied specifically for fibroids include Insulin-like Growth Factor (IGF)-I, Epidermal Growth Factor (EGF), Platelet Derived Growth Factor (PDGF), and Transforming Growth Factor (TGF).

Symptoms

Fewer than 25% of patients with fibroids experience symptoms. When they do, they include:

The most common symptom is prolonged and heavy bleeding during menstruation. This is caused by fibroid growth bordering the uterine cavity. In severe cases, heavy bleeding may last as many as 2 weeks. Fibroids rarely bleed between periods, except in a few cases of very large fibroids.
Large fibroids can also cause pressure and pain in the abdomen or lower back that sometimes feels like menstrual cramps.
As the fibroids grow larger, some women feel them as hard lumps in the lower abdomen.
Very large fibroids may give the abdomen the appearance of pregnancy and cause a feeling of heaviness and pressure. In fact, large fibroids are defined by comparing the size of the uterus to the size it would be at specific months during gestation.
Unusually large fibroids may press against the bladder and urinary tract and cause frequent urination or the urge to urinate, particularly during the night when a woman is lying down.
Abnormal pain during intercourse (called dyspareunia).
If the fibroids press on the ureters (the tubes going from the kidneys to the bladder), obstruction or blockage of urine may result.
Fibroid pressure against the rectum can cause constipation.

Risk Factors

Uterine fibroids are the most common tumor found in female reproductive organs. It is estimated that over 50% of women age 30 - 50 have fibroids, although they cause symptoms in only about 25%. A survey of 1,364 women suggested an even higher prevalence of over 80% in African-American women and almost 70% in white women. A number of possible risk factors have been identified, but very little research exists to confirm them.

Uterine fibroids are particularly common in African-American women, with an estimated prevalence of 50 - 75%. These women are also more likely to have severe pain, anemia, and larger and more numerous fibroids than women in other population groups. Although genetics may play a role, women of African descent who live in other countries do not appear to have as high an incidence of fibroids. This suggests that diet or other environmental factors are at work in the development of fibroids in African-American women.

Fibroids can start to grow soon after puberty, although usually they are detected when a woman reaches young adulthood. Women with fibroids are at risk for accelerated fibroid growth when estrogen levels are high or when lifestyle behaviors keep estrogen levels high.

Some examples of risk factors for fibroids that are also associated with high estrogen exposure include:

Early onset of menstrual period (before age 12)
Being overweight and sedentary
Never being pregnant. The risk for fibroids decreases with more children. (This risk factor, however, may be due to a greater risk for infertility caused by fibroids in the first place.)

Combined Oral Contraceptives. Combined oral contraceptives contain estrogen and progesterone and the evidence on their effects on fibroids have been conflicting. Early reports suggested they might be a risk factor. Most studies conducted more recently, however, have found no association and some even suggest that the newer low-dose OC combinations may be protective.

Hormone Replacement Therapy. Hormone replacement therapies (HRT) contain estrogen alone or estrogen plus progesterone. After menopause, fibroids usually shrink. Researchers are investigating whether the hormones used in HRT could cause existing fibroids to persist or even grow. Some studies, but not all, have found greater fibroid growth with the use of patch-administered hormone drugs. (In one of the studies, taking oral estrogen, however, had no effect.) A 2001 systematic review of studies reported some fibroid growth in women taking HRT, but usually without any significant symptoms.

If HRT has an effect on fibroid growth, it is unlikely to be severe. Any increase in fibroid growth during menopause must be evaluated surgically by a gynecologist since such growth, even if a woman is on hormone replacement therapy, may mean cancer.

High blood pressure (hypertension) may be associated with increased fibroid risk according to a 2005 epidemiologic study. The prospective study tracked women in the Nurses’ Health Study for 10 years and found that for every 10 mm/Hg increase in diastolic blood pressure, the risk for developing fibroids increased by 8 - 10%. (Interestingly, women who used antihypertensive medications had the highest risk.). Researchers reported that women with hypertension were 24% more likely to develop fibroids and that the longer a woman had hypertension, the greater her risk.

Complications

Effect on Fertility. The effect of fibroids on fertility is controversial. A 2002 analysis suggested that they may account for infertility in only 1 - 2.4% of women who have trouble conceiving. Large fibroids may cause infertility by:

Impairing the uterine lining
Blocking the fallopian tubes
Distorting the shape of the uterine cavity
Altering the position of the cervix and preventing sperm from reaching the uterus

Some evidence suggests that even small fibroids may reduce the chances of pregnancy in women who are undergoing assisted reproductive techniques. Treatments to reduce fibroids may be helpful in such women, although there has been little research on this subject.

Effect on Pregnancy.Fibroids can increase pregnancy complications and delivery risks. These include:

Cesarean section delivery
Breech presentation (baby enters the birth canal upside down with feet or buttocks emerging first)
Preterm birth
Placenta previa (placenta covers the cervix)
Excessive bleeding after giving birth (postpartum hemorrhage)

A 2006 study found that pregnant women with at least one fibroid had the following increased risks: cesarean delivery (57%), breech birth (64%), preterm delivery (45%), placenta previa (86%), and postpartum hemorrhage (157%).

Anemia due to iron deficiency can develop if fibroids cause excessive bleeding. Oddly enough, smaller fibroids, usually submucous, are more likely to cause abnormally heavy bleeding than larger ones.

Most cases of anemia are mild. Mild anemia can cause weakness and fatigue. Moderate-to-severe anemia can cause shortness of breath, rapid heart rate, lightheadedness, headaches, ringing in the ears (tinnitus), irritability, pale skin, restless legs syndrome, and mental confusion. Heart problems can occur if prolonged and severe anemia is not treated. Pregnant women who are anemic, particularly in the first trimester, have an increased risk for a poor pregnancy outcome.

Large fibroids that press against the bladder occasionally result in urinary tract infections. Pressure on the ureters may cause urinary obstruction and kidney damage.

The female and male urinary tracts are relatively the same except for the length of the urethra.

Fibroids can cause cramping during a period, which can be quite intense at times.

Pain can also develop if the blood supply is cut off from the fibroid tissue. In such cases, the cells blacken and die (a process called necrosis) from lack of oxygen. This event may occur under the following circumstances:

A very large fibroid outgrows its own blood supply.
A pedunculated fibroid (one that grows on a stem from the uterine wall) becomes twisted, thus cutting off its blood supply.
Pregnancy occurs, in which the risk for fibroid cell degeneration and necrosis increases.

Rarely, a fibroid breaks away from the uterus and develops in other locations. They are typically one of the following:

Benign Metastasizing Leiomyoma or BML (which usually spreads to the lung)
Disseminated Peritoneal Leiomyomatosis (which spreads to the abdominal wall)

Neither is cancerous, although there is some evidence that BML, which often occurs after menopause, may represent a slow-growing variant of leiomyosarcoma.

Fibroids are nearly always noncancerous, even if they have abnormal cell shapes. Cancer of the uterus nearly always develops in the lining of the uterus (endometrial cancer). Only in rare cases (less than 0.1%) does cancer develop from a malignant change in a fibroid (called leiomyosarcoma). Nevertheless, rapidly enlarging fibroids in a premenopausal woman or even slowly enlarging fibroids in a postmenopausal woman require surgical evaluation to rule out cancer.

Click the icon to see an image of uterine cancer.

Diagnosis

A doctor will perform a pelvic examination to check for pregnancy-related conditions and signs of fibroids or other abnormalities, such as ovarian cysts.

The doctor needs to have a complete history of any medical or personal conditions that might be causing heavy bleeding:

Any family history of menstrual problems or bleeding disorders.
The presence or history of any medical conditions that might be causing heavy bleeding. Women who visit their gynecologist with menstrual complaints, particularly heavy bleeding, pelvic pain, or both may actually have an underlying medical disorder, which must be ruled out.
The pattern of the menstrual bleeding. (If it occurs during regular menstruation, nonhormonal treatments are tried first. If bleeding is irregular, occurs between periods, with premenstrual pain, after sex, or is associated with pelvic pain, the doctor should look for specific conditions that may cause these problems.)
Regular use of any medications (including vitamins and over-the-counter drugs).
Diet history, including caffeine and alcohol intake.
Past or present contraceptive use.
Any recent stressful events.
Sexual history. (It is very important that the patient trust the doctor enough to describe any sexual activity that might be risky.)

Almost all women, at some time in their reproductive life, experience heavy bleeding during menstrual periods ( menorrhagia ). Being taller, older, and having a higher number of pregnancies increase the chances for heavier-than-average bleeding. In some cases the cause of heavy bleeding is unknown, but a number of conditions can cause menorrhagia or contribute to the risk:

Miscarriage. An isolated instance of heavy bleeding usually after the period due date may be due to a miscarriage. If the bleeding occurs at the usual time of menstruation, however, miscarriage is less likely to be a cause.
Having late periods or approaching menopause. These events may cause occasional menorrhagia.
Uterine polyps. (These are small benign growths in the uterus.)
Certain contraceptives. (Oral contraceptives or an intrauterine device, an IUD.)

The intrauterine device (IUD) shown uses copper as the active contraceptive; others use progesterone in a plastic device. IUDs are very effective at preventing pregnancy (less than 2% chance per year for the progesterone IUD, less than 1% chance per year for the copper IUD). IUDs come with an increased risk of ectopic pregnancy and perforation of the uterus, and do not protect against sexually transmitted disease. IUDs are prescribed and placed in the uterus by a health care provider.

Bleeding disorders. Bleeding disorders that impair blood clotting can cause heavy menstrual bleeding and, according to different studies, have been associated with between 10 - 17% of menorrhagia cases. Von Willebrand disease, a genetic condition, is the most common of these bleeding disorders. Most, but not all, studies report this problem to be more common in African-American than Caucasian women. Most bleeding disorders have a genetic basis and should be suspected in adolescent girls who experience heavy bleeding.
Uterine cancer.
Pelvic infections.
Endometriosis. (These are small implants of uterine tissue. They are more likely to cause pain than bleeding.)

Click the icon to see an image of endometriosis.

Adenomyosis. This condition occurs when glands from the uterine lining become embedded in the uterine muscle. Its symptoms are nearly identical to fibroids (heavy bleeding and pain), and in one study fibroids were also present in 62% of cases. It is most likely to develop in middle-aged women who have had many children.
A number of medical conditions, including thyroid problems, systemic lupus erythematosus, diabetes, certain cancers and chemotherapies, and some uncommon blood disorder.
Certain drugs, including anticoagulants and anti-inflammatory medications.
In many cases, the cause of heavy bleeding is unknown.

Hysteroscopy is a procedure that may be used to detect the presence of fibroids, polyps, or other causes of bleeding. Although less invasive procedures can also detect causes of abnormal uterine bleeding, hysteroscopy has the added advantage of serving as a surgical procedure for the removal of submucous fibroids. It is also quite useful in ruling out cancer. If cancer is suspected, more invasive procedures, such as dilation and curettage (D&C) or endometrial biopsy, are warranted.

It is done in the office setting and requires no incisions. The procedure uses a long flexible or rigid tube called a hysteroscope, which is inserted into the vagina and through the cervix to reach the uterus. A fiber optic light source and a tiny camera in the tube allow the doctor to view the cavity. The uterus is filled with saline or carbon dioxide to inflate the cavity and provide better viewing. This can cause cramping.

Hysteroscopy is non-invasive; however, 30% of women report severe pain with the procedure. The use of an anesthetic spray, such as lidocaine, may be highly effective in preventing pain during this procedure. Other complications include excessive fluid absorption, infection, and uterine perforation.

Ultrasound and Sonohysterography. Ultrasound is the standard imaging technique for evaluating the uterus and ovaries, detecting fibroids, ovarian cysts and tumors, and also obstructions in the urinary tract. It uses sound waves to produce an image of the organs and entails no risk and very little discomfort.

Transvaginal sonohysterography uses ultrasound along with saline infused into the uterus, which enhances the visualization of the uterus. This technique is proving to be more accurate than standard ultrasound in identifying potential problems. Some experts believe it should be the first-line tool for diagnosing heavy bleeding.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) provides a better image of any fibroids that might be causing bleeding. An MRI can help the doctor decide if a woman is a candidate for minimally invasive uterine artery embolization (UAE). Fibroids with low blood flow (“nonviable tumors”) may not be suitable for UAE. An MRI may also be better than an ultrasound for evaluating uterine size and fibroid location.

When heavy or abnormal bleeding occurs, an endometrial (uterine) biopsy can be performed in the office along with an ultrasound. It is usually used with a procedure called dilation and curettage (D&C), which is particularly important to rule out uterine (endometrial) cancer. A D&C is a somewhat invasive procedure:

A D&C is usually done in an outpatient setting so that the patient can return home the same day, but it sometimes requires a general anesthetic. It may need to be performed in the operating room to rule out serious conditions or treat some minor ones that may be causing the bleeding.
The cervix (the neck of the uterus) is dilated (opened).
The surgeon scrapes the inside lining of the uterus and cervix.

Click the icon to see an image of a D&C.

The procedure is used to take samples of the tissue and to relieve heavy bleeding in some instances. D&C can also be effective in scraping off small endometrial polyps, but it is not very useful for most fibroids, which tend to be larger and more firmly attached.

Lifestyle Changes

Because fibroids are almost never life-threatening, watchful waiting is a reasonable option for many women (even those with large fibroids), particularly if they are approaching menopause.

Any woman who chooses watchful waiting should be sure other causes of heavy bleeding have been ruled out. She should also have regular pelvic examinations and ultrasounds performed to monitor the growth of the fibroid.

Foods for Maintaining Healthy Iron Stores. The following are some suggestions for increasing iron levels in the diet:

The best foods for increasing or maintaining healthy iron levels contain absorbable iron, called heme iron. Such foods include (in order of iron-richness) clams, oysters, organ meats, beef, pork, poultry, and fish.
About 60% of iron in meat is poorly absorbed; this is a form called non-heme iron. Eggs, dairy products, and vegetables that contain iron only have the non-heme form. Such plants include dried beans and peas, iron-fortified cereals, bread, and pasta products, dark green leafy vegetables (chard, spinach, mustard greens, kale), dried fruits, nuts, and seeds.
Increasing intake of vitamin-C rich foods can enhance absorption of non-heme iron during a single meal, although regular intake of vitamin C does not appear to have any significant effect on iron stores. In any case, vitamin-C rich foods are healthy and include broccoli, cabbage, citrus fruits, melon, tomatoes, and strawberries. One orange or 6 ounces of orange juice can double the amount of iron your body absorbs from plant foods.

Like most vitamins, vitamin C may be obtained in the recommended amount with a well-balanced diet, including some enriched or fortified foods.

Foods containing riboflavin (vitamin B2) may help enhance the response of hemoglobin to iron. Sources include liver, dried fortified cereals, and yogurt.
Cooking in cast iron pans and skillets is known to increase iron content of food. According to one study, however, boiling, steaming, or stir-frying many vegetables in utensils composed of any material significantly increases the release of iron stored in plants so it is available to the body.
Certain nutrients, such as tannin (found in tea) or phytic acid (found in foods such as seeds and bran) interfere with the body's absorption of dietary iron. (It is commonly believed that fiber impedes iron absorption, but researchers report that it most likely has no effect.)

Sources of Vitamins B12 and Folate. Vitamins B12 and folate are important for prevention of anemia related to nutritional deficiencies. Although this anemia is not necessarily related to fibroids, these vitamins are very important for good health in general and for reproductive health in women.

The only natural dietary sources of B12 are animal products such as meats, dairy products, eggs, and fish (clams and oily fish are very high in B12). Like other B vitamins, B12 is added to commercial dried cereals. The recommended daily allowance (RDA) is 2.4 mcg a day. Deficiencies are rare in young people, although the elderly may have trouble absorbing natural vitamin B12 and require synthetic forms from supplements and fortified foods.

Click the icon to see an image of vitamin B12 sources.

Folate is best found in avocado, bananas, orange juice, cold cereal, asparagus, fruits, green, leafy vegetables, dried beans and peas, and yeast. The synthetic form, folic acid, is added to commercial grain products. Vitamins are usually made from folic acid, which is about twice as strong as folate. Many experts recommend that adults have 400 mcg of folic acid daily, which is considerably higher than standard recommendations of 400 mcg of folate. Low levels of folate during pregnancy are common without supplements; deficiencies at that time increase the risk of neural tube defects in newborns. Women who are planning to get pregnant should take 400 mcg of folic acid before conception as well as when they are pregnant or breast feeding.

Click the icon to see an image of folate sources.

Iron Supplements. Iron supplements are best for restoring iron levels, but they should be used only when dietary measures have failed. Women should always discuss such supplements with their doctor.

See In-Depth Report #57: Anemia.]

Many women with menstrual disorders may resort to alternative treatments. There has been little research on whether any such therapies benefit fibroids.

Acupuncture. Some women report relief from pelvic pain and heaviness after acupuncture

Click the icon to see an image of acupuncture.

Yoga. Yoga exercises help some women relieve sensations of heaviness and pressure.

Herbal Remedies. Herbal remedies used for fibroids include ginseng or herbal combinations of rhubarb, cinnamon, and sargassum seaweed. There is no scientific evidence that these herbs are effective. Pycnogenol is a plant extract from the bark of the French maritime tree. Studies suggest it may provide some relief for menstrual pain (dysmenorrhea).

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should check with their doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Medications

Because fibroid growth tends to stop and regress after menopause, the important reproductive hormones -- estrogen, progesterone, or both -- most likely play a critical role in their survival. Some drugs that block either of these hormones are used to treat severe fibroids with some success.

Oral contraceptives (OCs) are sometimes used to control the heavy menstrual bleeding (menorrhagia) associated with fibroids, but they do not help prevent fibroid growth. Newer types of continuous-dosing OCs, such as Seasonique, reduce the number of periods a woman has per year. In May 2007, the FDA approved Lybrel, a continuous-dosing OC that completely eliminates periods.

Intrauterine devices (IUDs) that release progestin can be very beneficial for menorrhagia. Specifically, the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system, or LNG-IUS (Mirena, FibroPlant), has shown excellent results. Many experts now recommend the LNG-IUS as a first-line treatment for menorrhagia, particularly for women who may face hysterectomy (removal of uterus), conservative surgery such as endometrial resection (removal of endometrial lining), or endometrial ablation (destruction of endometrial lining). [See In-Depth Report #100: Menstrual disorders.]

Gonadotropin releasing hormone (GnRH) blocks the release of the reproductive hormones LH (luteinizing hormone) and FSH (follicular-stimulating hormone). As a result, the ovaries stop ovulating and no longer produce estrogen. GnRH agonists include goserelin (Zoladex), buserelin, a monthly injection of leuprolide (depot Lupron), and nafarelin (Synarel), a nasal spray. Such drugs may be used alone or in preparation for procedures used to destroy the uterine lining.

These drugs may be used in the following situations:

As preoperative treatment 3 - 4 months before uterine surgery. In a major analysis, the use of GnRH agonists reduced fibroid size and uterus volume, helped correct any existing anemia due to blood loss, reduced blood loss during surgery, and reduced the duration of hospital stay. (Some experts question, however, whether the benefits outweigh the costs.)
For women with fibroids nearing menopause. (Such women only need them for a short period.)
Possibly helpful in improving subsequent fertility. (However, women should not try to become pregnant while taking these drugs, as they pose a risk for birth defects.)

While GnRH agonists can reduce fibroids by between 30 - 90% of original size, they have certain limitations:

They are not permanent cures, and fibroids regrow after the drugs are discontinued.
They are injected drugs and cannot be taken orally.
They are expensive.
Long-term use of GnRh agonists causes bone density loss, which can lead to osteoporosis.

Before using these drugs, the doctor should be certain that no other complicating conditions are present, particularly leiomyosarcoma (cancer). The use of these drugs can delay treatment of the malignancy and cause severe complications.

Commonly reported side effects, which can be severe in some women, include menopausal-like symptoms. These symptoms include hot flashes, night sweats, changes in the vagina, weight change, and depression. The side effects vary in intensity, depending on the GnRH agonist. They may be more intense with leuprolide and persist after the drug has been stopped.

The most important concern is possible osteoporosis from estrogen loss. Women should not take these drugs for more than 6 months. Certain approaches may preserve enough estrogen to protect bones and still effectively relieve endometriosis symptoms:

Add-back therapy, which provides doses of estrogen and progestin that are high enough to maintain bone density but too low to offset the beneficial effects of the GnRH agonist.
Intermittent leuprolide, which uses repeated 6-month courses of GnRH agonists followed by an average of 9 months of symptom control only.
Taking GnRH agonists in very low doses is an alternate approach, but is still largely untested.
Adding a bone-protective drug may be helpful. The standard ones are bisphosphonates, which include alendronate (Fosamax), risedronate (Actonel), and etidronate (Didronel). Other drugs are being tested in combination with a GnRH agonist to preserve bone. They include the parathyroid hormone teriparatide (Forteo) and selective estrogen-receptor modulators (SERMs), such as raloxifene (Evista).

GnRH treatments used alone do not prevent pregnancy. Furthermore, if a woman becomes pregnant during their use, there is some risk for birth defects. Women who are taking GnRH agonists should use non-hormonal birth control methods, such as the diaphragm, cervical cap, or condoms while on the treatments.

Danazol (Danocrine) resembles a male hormone. It suppresses estrogen and is effective for heavy menstrual bleeding caused by fibroids. In some women it produces male characteristics, such as facial hair and voice change. Other side effects include weight gain, acne, and dandruff. It may increase the risk for unhealthy cholesterol levels. A few cases of blood clots and strokes have been reported. There is no available long-term experience using danazol for fibroids.

Gestrinone. Antiprogestins are promising drugs for fibroids. Gestrinone has been shown to reduce uterine volume and stop bleeding. In addition, benefits appear to persist. In one study, 89% of the women maintained smaller uterine volume for at least 18 months after stopping the treatment. In another study, bone density even increased slightly. Adverse effects of gestrinone include male hormone symptoms, such as acne, and possibly the development of unhealthy cholesterol levels.

Mifepristone. Mifepristone (Mifeprex) is an anti-progestin that has reduced fibroid size in some studies. In one study, it reduced fibroids as significantly as GnRH agonists, and the fibroids were less likely to recur. However, this medicine can have severe side effects.

Asoprisnil. A promising new antiprogestin called Asoprisnil has been shown to reduce fibroids. The drug is in late-stage clinical trials.

Although they have not been studied for fibroids, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) taken on a regular schedule reduce heavy menstrual bleeding and pain from unknown causes. These drugs reduce inflammation, in part by their action against prostaglandins, the chemicals that stimulate uterine contractions and cause pain. Aspirin is the most common NSAID, but there are dozens of others, including ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and naproxen (Aleve, Anaprox, Naprosyn). Both ibuprofen and naproxen are recommended for menstrual pain. However, long-term use of any NSAID can increase the risk for gastrointestinal bleeding and ulcers. In addition, long-term use of high-dose NSAIDs (with the exception of aspirin) can increase the risk for heart attacks and strokes. To reduce these risks, it is best to take the lowest dose of NSAIDs for the shortest time possible.

A number of other drugs are under investigation for treating fibroids:

Selective estrogen-receptor modulators (SERMs) are drugs that have some of the effects of estrogen but do not produce some of its complications, such as a higher risk for uterine cancer. Raloxifene (Evista) is proving to help prevent bone loss in patients taking GnRH agonists for uterine fibroids, and may also be helpful as a single drug for preventing fibroid growth.
Drugs that block growth factors believed to play a role in fibroids are also under investigation. Pirfenidone is one such drug, which blocks fibroid cell reproduction. Another is interferon alpha, substance that inhibits angiogenesis (the growth of new blood vessels).
Drugs derived from retinoids (vitamin A compounds) may inhibit cell proliferation in fibroid tissue.
Fulvestrant (Faslodex) blocks estrogen and has been studied for uterine fibroids and endometriosis, although progress in these areas has stalled in favor of research for its use in breast cancer.

Surgery

If nonsurgical strategies do not relieve symptoms, surgery may be the best option for treatment. Surgery may be indicated depending on a number of factors:

Intractable Side Effects. Surgery may be warranted if fibroids are causing distressing and intractable symptoms that have not been relieved by nonsurgical or minimally invasive therapies. Assuming, however, that symptoms do not pose serious health or life-threatening conditions, a woman should make her decision based on the factors she deems important (the desire for children, for example).

Ureteral Obstruction. Large fibroids sometimes press down on the ureters (the tubes going from each kidney to the bladder), thereby blocking urine from emptying into the bladder. Because ureteral obstructions can permanently damage kidneys, surgery may be indicated.

Inability to Evaluate Ovaries. The risk for missing a diagnosis of ovarian cancer is higher when fibroids are too large to permit evaluation of the ovaries by pelvic examination or ultrasound. Ovarian cancer is particularly deadly because it is so difficult to catch early enough for curative treatment. The risk for this cancer, however, is very low in women without a family history, especially before menopause. Women with a family history of ovarian cancer and large fibroids may need to consider surgery.

Enlarging Fibroids. Rapidly growing fibroids may signify cancer (leiomyosarcoma), which must be ruled out. In postmenopausal women, even slow growth raises suspicions for cancer. However, many hysterectomies have been inappropriately performed because of large noncancerous fibroids that were only suspected to be cancerous. Women should be sure that diagnostic procedures have been as thorough as possible if they want to avoid an unnecessary hysterectomy.

Severe Anemia from Heavy Bleeding. When iron supplementation, resection (surgical removal) of submucous fibroids by hysteroscopy, or GnRH agonist therapy fails to resolve anemia and bleeding, major surgery (myomectomy or hysterectomy) may be recommended.

Hysterectomy. Until recently, hysterectomy was the only surgical option for uterine fibroids. This procedure involves the surgical removal of the uterus and is often accompanied by oophorectomy (the removal of the ovaries). With this procedure, fertility is not preserved. Other options may be available for many women, even those who have large fibroids. Discuss all possibilities with your physician.
Myomectomy. Myomectomy is the surgical removal of only one or more fibroids. Myomectomy usually involves a laparotomy (a procedure that uses a wide abdominal incision) or less invasive surgical techniques, such as laparoscopy and hysteroscopy. In such cases, unlike with hysterectomy, this technique may preserve fertility.
Uterine Artery Embolization (UAE). UAE, also called uterine fibroid embolization (UFE), is a non-surgical radiology procedure. An interventional radiologist injects small plastic particles through a catheter placed in the uterine artery. The particles block the blood supply to the fibroids and cause them to shrink
Other Procedures. Endometrial ablation (destruction of the lining of the uterus) may be useful in women with small fibroids and heavy bleeding. Myolysis is another procedure best suited for women with specific types of small fibroids. Magnetic resonance-guided focused ultrasound (MRgFUS) is the newest type of fibroid procedure. Myolysis and MRgFUS use heat to cut off the blood supply to fibroids.

Women should discuss each option with their doctor. Deciding on the surgical procedure depends on the location, size, and number of fibroids. Certain procedures affect a women’s fertility and are recommended only for women who are past childbearing age or who do not want to become pregnant. The risk for bleeding increases with the surgeon's inexperience, so patients are urged to investigate the surgeon's track record.

A study published in 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine compared outcomes for uterine artery embolization (UAE) versus standard surgery (hysterectomy or myomectomy). Researchers found that after 1 year, women experienced similar improvements in quality of life regardless of the procedure. Women who had UAE had shorter hospitalizations and faster recovery than those who had standard surgery. However, around 10% of women who had UAE required a repeat procedure (embolization or hysterectomy) during the first year, and another 10% required additional treatment after the first year.

Other Procedures

In order to operate on the uterus, the surgeon may choose to reach the area through a wide abdominal incision (laparotomy) or use less invasive measures with the use of endoscopy. The decision is usually based on the severity of the case. Women should discuss all options very carefully and be sure that their surgeons have had experience with any procedure they choose.

Laparotomy. Laparotomy is the standard abdominal surgical procedure. It is invasive and usually requires a wide abdominal horizontal incision right above the pubic bone, the so-called bikini incision.

Endoscopy. Endoscopic techniques used for uterine disorders are hysteroscopy and laparoscopy. Endoscopic techniques are used increasingly to replace conventional surgical techniques for many disorders. A common factor in all endoscopic procedures is the use of a fiberoptic scope and tubes, tiny camera lenses, and minuscule surgical instruments. Any incisions made are very small, Band-Aid size.

Operative Hysteroscopy. In this procedure, the cervix is dilated, which requires either a local or general anesthetic. A device called a hysteroscopy is inserted up through the vagina and cervix into the uterine cavity. It contains tiny surgical instruments as well as a mini-camera and light source to view images of the uterus, which are transmitted to a video monitor. This approach is becoming increasingly common. Complication rates include excessive fluid absorption, infection, and uterine perforation.
Laparoscopy. This procedure uses two or more small incisions, one at the navel, and one or more in the lower abdomen. Carbon dioxide gas is injected into the abdomen, distending it and pushing the bowel away. A laparoscope is inserted through the navel incision and a probe is inserted through a second incision above the pubic hairline. The probe allows the doctor to directly view the abdominal cavity, including the outer walls of the uterus, fallopian tubes, and ovaries. The doctor manipulates surgical instruments that are passed through additional small abdominal incisions, using the image of the uterus on the video monitor as the guide.

GnRH agonists, usually depo-Lupron or Synarel, are often used for 2 - 3 months before many uterine surgical procedures.

These drugs may help by:

Reducing the volume of fibroids by 40 - 60%, in some cases to the extent that a less invasive procedure may be performed
Reducing the risk of bleeding
Shortening surgical time
Reducing postoperative symptoms

Treatments may not be useful, however, for small fibroids, which may shrink to the point that they are no longer visible at the time of surgery. Since fibroids regrow after treatment, the problem would recur.

There has also been some question whether these drugs provide any additional advantages for myomectomies that use conventional surgical techniques. Ultrasound may be useful in helping to detect fibroids most likely to benefit from GnRH agonists before such a procedure.

A myomectomy surgically removes only the fibroids and leaves the uterus intact, often preserving fertility. Myomectomy may also help regulate abnormal uterine bleeding caused by fibroids. Not all women are candidates for myomectomy. If the fibroids are numerous or large, myomectomy can become complicated, resulting in increased blood loss. If cancer is found, conversion to a full hysterectomy may be necessary.

To perform a myomectomy, the surgeon may use standard surgical approaches (laparotomy) or less invasive ones (hysteroscopy or laparoscopy).

Laparotomy. Laparotomy uses a wide abdominal incision and conventional surgery. It is used for subserosal or intramural fibroids that are very large (usually more than 4 inches), that are numerous, or when cancer is suspected. Using this approach, the doctor may be able to feel the fibroids, particularly intramural types, which can be missed during laparoscopy or hysteroscopy. (The doctor can only view the uterine cavity or outside surface with these latter procedures.) After the fibroids are removed, careful reconstruction of the uterine wall is critical in both laparotomy and laparoscopy, so that bleeding and infection do not occur. While complete recovery takes less than a week with laparoscopy and hysteroscopy, recovery from a standard abdominal myomectomy takes as many as 6 - 8 weeks. It also poses a higher risk for scarring and blood loss than with the less invasive procedures, which is a concern for women who want to retain fertility.
Hysteroscopy. A hysteroscopic myomectomy may be used for submucous fibroids found in the uterine cavity. With this procedure, fibroids are removed using an instrument called a hysteroscopic resectoscope, which is passed up into the uterine cavity through the vagina and cervical canal. A wire loop carrying electrical current is then used to shave off the fibroid. In one study, nearly 60% of patients conceived after this procedure. However, it is not appropriate for many women.
Laparoscopy. Women whose uterus is no larger than it would be at a 6-week pregnancy and who have a small number of subserous fibroids may be eligible for treatment with laparoscopy. Laparoscopy requires incisions, but they are much smaller than with laparotomy. As with hysteroscopy, a thin scope is employed that contains surgical and viewing instruments. In centers with extensive experience, laparoscopy has fewer complications, and also shorter recovery time and lower costs than laparotomy. On the other hand, compared to the invasive surgery, laparoscopy has a greater chance for fibroid recurrence (over 16% at 5 years in one study), and a greater danger for a weakened uterine wall, which could threaten pregnancies.

Complications and Postoperative Factors. Any procedure for myomectomy is very complex. To reduce the risk for complication, patients should seek a surgeon experienced in myomectomies. Complications that occur during a myomectomy from any procedure include:

Excessive blood loss (occurs more often with laparotomy)
Uterine weakening and rupture during pregnancy (more of a concern with laparoscopy)
Development of scar tissue called adhesions (more common with laparotomy)
Infection
Damage to the bowel or bladder (more common with laparotomy)

Pregnancies After Myomectomy. Studies suggest that pregnancy can be restored in more than half of women after the procedure. In appropriate candidates, there appears to be no differences in fertility rates and pregnancy complications between laparotomy or laparoscopy. The best candidates for retaining fertility include women with pedunculated and superficial serosal fibroids (stalk-like fibroids that grow out from the uterine surface). Women with deep intramural fibroids are at higher risk for infertility after myomectomy.

Although studies indicate that between 40 - 58% of women become pregnant after myomectomy, only about a quarter of the women carry their babies to term. Women who become pregnant face a higher risk for cesarean section or miscarriage. It is unclear whether laparoscopic myomectomy weakens the uterine walls and poses a higher risk for rupture during pregnancy than laparotomy.

Recurrence of Fibroids and Recurrent Surgeries. The recurrence rate for fibroid growth after myomectomy is high. Between 11 - 26% of patients will have recurring fibroids that are severe enough to need additional treatment. One study suggested that women who had uteruses that were less than the equivalent size of a 12-week pregnancy and women who were overweight had a higher risk for needing repeat surgery.

Uterine Artery Embolization (UAE), also called uterine fibroid embolization (UFE), is a relatively new way of treating fibroids. UAE deprives fibroids of their blood supply, causing them to shrink. UAE is a minimally invasive radiology treatment and is technically a nonsurgical therapy. It is much less invasive than hysterectomy and myomectomy, and involves a shorter recovery time than the other procedures. The patient remains conscious, although sedated, during the procedure, which takes around 60 - 90 minutes.

The procedure is typically performed in the following manner:

The patient receives a sedative to cause drowsiness, and a local anesthetic is applied to the skin around the groin.
An interventional radiologist makes a small quarter-inch incision in the skin and inserts a catheter (a thin tube) into the femoral artery. The femoral artery is a large artery that begins in the lower abdomen and extends down to the thigh. The radiologist then threads the catheter into the uterine artery.
Small plastic particles are injected into the artery. These particles block the blood supply to the tiny arteries that feed fibroid cells, and the tissue eventually dies.
Patients usually stay in the hospital overnight after UAE and are given pain medication. Pelvic cramps are common for the first 24 hours after the procedure.
It takes 1 - 2 weeks for the patient to recover from the procedure and return to work. It may take 2 - 3 months for the fibroids to shrink enough so that symptoms improve.

Effect on Fertility. In general, UAE is considered an option for only those who have completed childbearing. Although UAE may protect fertility in many women, the procedure does pose some risk for ovarian failure and infertility. In 2004, the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists issued an opinion statement advising women who wish to have children that it is not yet known how this procedure affects their potential for becoming pregnant. A 2005 British study of 671 women who underwent UAE found that the procedure did not interfere with fertility. The study did find a slight increase in caesarean section delivery.

Complications and Postoperative Effects. UAE has a lower rate of complication than hysterectomy and myomectomy and a shorter hospital stay. Compared to other procedures, women who undergo UAE miss fewer days of work. Serious complications occur in less than 0.5% of cases, and no deaths have been associated with the procedure.

Pain. Abdominal cramps and pelvic pain after the procedure are nearly universal and may be intense. Pain usually begins soon after the procedure and typically plateaus by 6 hours. On-demand painkillers may be required. The pain usually improves each day over the next several days. A low-grade fever is also common in the first week after the procedure.
Fibroid slough. Around 2 – 3% of patients pass small fragments of fibroid tissue during the first few days after UAE. This can cause intense labor-like pain and also increase the risk for infection. Some women may require dilation and curettage (D&C) to make sure that infection does not develop.
Early menopause. Most women who have UAE will continue to have normal menstrual periods. Around 1 – 5% of women, however, experience menopause after the procedure. Menopause is more likely to occur in women over age 45 who undergo UAE.

Success Rates. Studies on uterine artery embolization show high patient satisfaction (over 90%) and low complication rates. A 2003 study reported 83% improvement in heavy bleeding, 77% reduction in menstrual cramps, and 85% improvement in urinary symptoms. Results from the first long-term UAE study, presented at the 2005 annual scientific meeting of the Society of Interventional Radiology, reported that 73% of women experienced symptom relief that lasted for 5 years. The success rate for UAE was comparable to that of myomectomy. A 2006 study reported a success rate of 89% for UAE compared to 100% for hysterectomy.

For around 10 - 20% of women, symptom control fails or fibroids reoccur. Some studies suggest that women with large fibroids are not good candidates for UAE.

In either endometrial ablation or endometrial resection, the entire lining of the uterus (the endometrium) is removed or destroyed. These procedures are useful for women with severe heavy menstrual bleeding, including some with fibroids. They are generally not useful for large fibroids. Standard resection uses an electrosurgical wire loop to surgically remove the lining. With ablation, uterine tissue is usually vaporized using a thin powerful laser beam or high electric voltage. Newer ablation procedures include balloon ablation (ThermaChoice) and techniques that use electric wands, freezing, hot saline, lasers, microwaves, and radiofrequency.

Myolysis, or laparoscopic leiomyoma coagulation, uses either lasers or electrosurgery to heat and coagulate and destroy the fibroid tissue. This approach may prove to be beneficial for women with fibroids that measure a diameter of 10 cm (about 4 inches) or less and that respond to hormone treatments with GnRH agonists.

Myolysis uses a needle or a Nd:YAG laser that rapidly punctures a number of holes in the fibroid, heating and destroying the tissue in various locations. This widespread destruction cuts off the blood supply and shrinks the fibroid over ensuing months. The uterus is left intact, but tissue destruction makes childbearing unlikely.

In one study, myolysis performed either alone or with endometrial resection was successful in avoiding the need for major surgery in 97% of women. Advanced techniques that are performed by surgeons who are highly skilled in the procedure may make it possible to destroy even large intramural fibroids, but further study is required.

In most cases, patients return home the same day and can return to normal activities within a week. There are few side effects. However, as the fibroids degenerate over time, many women report considerable pain.

MRgFUS is a non-invasive procedure that uses high-intensity ultrasound waves to heat and destroy (ablate) uterine fibroids. This “thermal ablation” procedure is performed with a device that combines magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) with ultrasound. The FDA approved this device, the ExAblate 2000 System, in 2004.

During the 3-hour procedure, the patient lies inside an MRI machine. The patient receives a mild sedative to help relax but remains conscious throughout the procedure. The radiologist uses the MRI to target the fibroid tissue and direct the ultrasound beam. The MRI also helps the radiologist monitor the temperature generated by the ultrasound.

MRgFUS is appropriate only for women who have completed childbearing or who do not intend to become pregnant. The procedure cannot treat all types of fibroids. Fibroids that are located near the bowel and bladder, or outside of the imaging area, cannot be treated.

Research presented at the 2005 Radiological Society of North America annual meeting reported that MRgFUS helps improve fibroid symptoms and reduce fibroid size. A 2006 study indicated that the procedure provides symptom relief for up to 1 year. Another 2006 study indicated that pre-treatment with GnRH-agonist drugs before the MRgFUS procedure may help improve outcomes. However, because this procedure is new and long-term results are not yet available, some insurance companies do not pay for this treatment.

Hysterectomy

Hysterectomy, the surgical removal of the uterus, is the second most frequently performed surgery in premenopausal women (Cesarean sections are first). About 600,000 hysterectomies are performed each year in the U.S., which is among the highest rate of all countries. By age 60, about a third of American women have had this procedure. The highest hysterectomy rates are in women age 40 - 44. Women in the southern and midwestern areas of the United States are more likely to have the operation than those in the northeast and west.

A 2007 study suggested that a combination of factors predicts whether a woman will decide to have a hysterectomy. A woman who meets all three of these factors has a 95% chance of having a hysterectomy:

Presence of symptoms (pelvic pain, bleeding, symptomatic fibroids)
Lack of symptom improvement or resolution despite treatment
Previous use of GnRH agonist drugs

The number of procedures has continued to increase, but the rise has slowed substantially in recent years. The percentage of hysterectomies performed because of fibroids, however, has risen significantly. Fibroids now account for 38% of these operations, but the rates vary widely by ethnic group. In a major 2002 government report, 68% of fibroid-related hysterectomies were performed in African-American women, 33% in Caucasians, and 45% among women of other ethnic groups.

Most women are satisfied with the procedure. A major analysis on hysterectomies reported that symptoms related to menstrual problems decline significantly in most women (although none completely disappear for all women). Most women also experience improved quality of life and mood. Women who have a hysterectomy are less likely to experience hot flashes than women who have a natural menopause.

Still, in one study in 70% of cases when doctors recommended hysterectomies, they did not give their patients alternative choices or adequate diagnostic evaluations. Any woman, even one who has reached menopause, uncertain about a recommendation for a hysterectomy for fibroids should certainly seek a second opinion.

Once a decision for a hysterectomy has been made, the patient should discuss with her doctor what will be removed. The common choices are:

Total Hysterectomy (removal of uterus and cervix).
Supracervical Hysterectomy (removal of uterus and preservation of the cervix); performed in about 20 - 25% of cases.
Bilateral Salpingo-Oophorectomy (removal of the fallopian tubes and ovaries); used with either total or supracervical hysterectomy.

Total Hysterectomy. In a total hysterectomy the uterus and cervix are removed, which eliminates the risk of uterine and cervical cancer. (Given technical advances and growing surgical experience, a total hysterectomy may eventually be unnecessary except in special circumstances, such as when cancer is present.)

Supracervical Hysterectomy. In a supracervical hysterectomy (also called subtotal hysterectomy) the uterine body is removed, and the cervix is retained. Retaining the cervix helps support the pelvic floor and may help maintain full sexual sensation, but the risk for cervical cancer remains. Women may experience cyclical bleeding for up to a year after surgery.

Bilateral Oophorectomy. Bilateral oophorectomy is the removal of both ovaries. (When only one ovary is removed, the procedure is called oophorectomy.) Bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy is the removal of both fallopian tubes and ovaries. These procedures may be performed with either total or supracervical hysterectomy. When deciding to remove the ovaries, a woman must be aware of various consequences, both positive and negative.

Oophorectomy helps to reduce the risk for ovarian cancer, by elimination of ovaries, and breast cancer, by causing estrogen loss. Ovarian cancer is very rare, in any case, except in women with a family history of the disease. Even in these women, removal is not 100% preventive. Cancer can still develop from cancer cells that may be present in the lining of the pelvis (the peritoneum).
Removal of the ovaries ceases estrogen and testosterone production, which can increase the risk for menopause-related conditions. These include osteoporosis, heart disease, skin wrinkling, and reduced muscle tone. Estrogen replacement, however, can help offset these problems. Women who have a bilateral oophorectomy and do not receive hormone replacement therapy may experience more severe hot flashes than women who enter menopause naturally.

There is still a further choice, which is whether the hysterectomy should be performed through an incision in the abdomen or through the vagina. A variant of vaginal hysterectomy, called laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy (LAVH), is yet another option.

Abdominal Hysterectomy. Abdominal hysterectomy is the most common procedure and is used in over 80% of hysterectomies in African American women and about 60% in Caucasian and other ethnic groups. It is best suited for women with large fibroids, when the ovaries need to be removed, or when cancer or pelvic disease is present. With the abdominal procedure, a wide incision is required to open the abdominal area from which the surgeon removes the uterus. If possible, the incision should cut horizontally across the top of the pubic hairline (the bikini incision). This incision heals faster and is less noticeable than a vertical incision, which is used in more complicated cases. The patient may need to remain in the hospital for 3 - 4 days, and recuperation at home takes about 4 - 6 weeks.

Vaginal Hysterectomy. Vaginal hysterectomy requires only a vaginal incision through which the uterus is removed. This approach is most often performed for small fibroids (although advances in imaging and other techniques may allow it to be used on larger fibroids). At this time, it is used in fewer than 20% of African-American women and slightly under 40% of Caucasians and other groups.

A variation of the vaginal approach is called laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy (LAVH). It uses several small abdominal incisions through which the surgeon severs the attachments to the uterus and ovaries. They can then be removed through the vaginal incision, as in the standard approach. Hospital stays may be longer and costs are greater than with standard vaginal hysterectomy. The use of LAVH has risen significantly and is used in over a quarter of vaginal procedures. LAVH is very costly and time consuming, however, and some experts question whether it adds any significant benefits compared to the standard vaginal procedure.

The patient should ask a family member or friend to help out for the first few days at home. The following are some of the precautions and tips for postoperative care:

For a day or two after surgery, the patient is given medications to prevent nausea and painkillers to relieve pain at the incision site.
As soon as the doctor recommends it, usually within a day of the operation, the patient should get up and walk in order to help prevent pneumonia, reduce the risk of blood-clot formation, and speed recovery.
Walking and slow, deep breathing exercises may help to relieve gas pains, which can cause major distress for the first few days.
Coughing can cause pain, which may be reduced by holding a pillow over a surgical abdominal wound or by crossing the legs after vaginal surgery.
Patients are advised not to lift heavy objects, not to douche or take baths, and not to climb stairs or drive for several weeks.
For the first few days after surgery, many women weep frequently and unexpectedly. These mood swings may be due to depression from the loss of reproductive capabilities and from abrupt changes in hormones, particularly if the ovaries have been removed.

The patient should discuss with the doctor when exercise programs more intense than walking can be started. The abdominal muscles are important for supporting the upper body, and recovering strength may take a long time. Even after the wound has healed, the patient may experience an on-going feeling of overall weakness, which can be demoralizing, particularly in women used to physical health. Some women do not feel completely well for as long as a year while others may recover in only a few weeks.

Minor complications after hysterectomy are very common. About half of women develop minor and treatable urinary tract infections. There is usually mild pain and light vaginal bleeding post operation. The infrequent occurrence of severe bleeding or hemorrhaging after vaginal hysterectomy, or laparoscopic-assisted vaginal hysterectomy, may be promptly treated by laparoscopy.

More serious complications, such as those described below, are uncommon, but patients should be aware of their symptoms and call the doctor immediately if they occur.

Among the three procedures, a 2001 study reported that complication rates were 44% for abdominal hysterectomy, 24% for vaginal hysterectomy, and only 2% for LAVH. (LAVH is used in less than 4% of hysterectomies, however.)

Infection. Infection occurs in 10 - 15% of patients, the risk being higher with abdominal than with vaginal surgery. Risk factors for infection include obesity, a longer than normal operative time, and low socioeconomic status. Patients should be aware of any symptoms and call the doctor immediately if they occur. Symptoms of infection include:

Continuing or increasingly severe pain
Fever
Heavy discharge
Bleeding (antibiotics given at the time of surgery help to reduce this risk)

Blood Clots. There is a slight risk for small blood clots, usually in veins of the legs (thrombophlebitis). A sudden swelling or discoloration in the leg can indicate this condition and require immediate medical attention.

Other Serious Complications. Other serious and even life-threatening complications are rare but can include:

Pulmonary embolism (blood clots that travel to the lung).
Surgical injury of the urinary or intestinal tracts.
Abscesses.
Perforation of the bowel.
Fistulas (a passage that bores from an organ to the skin or to another organ).
Dehiscence (opening of the surgical wound).

Long-Term Complications. Women who have had a total hysterectomy are at higher risk for the following long-term complications:

Muscle weakness in the pelvic area.
Prolapse (descent) of the bladder, vagina, and rectum if the muscle's walls are overly weakened; may require further surgery.
Bowel problems if adhesions (extensive scarring) have formed and obstruct the intestines; may require additional surgery.
Shortening of the vagina is a possible complication specific to vaginal hysterectomy. It can cause pain during intercourse.

Such complications are uncommon.

After hysterectomy, women may experience hot flashes, a symptom of menopause, even if they retain their ovaries. However, women who have a hysterectomy are less likely to experience hot flashes than women who have a natural menopause. Surgery may have temporarily blocked blood flow to the ovaries, therefore suppressing estrogen release. If both ovaries have been removed in premenopausal women, the procedure causes premature menopause. Other menopausal symptoms include vaginal dryness and irritation, insomnia, and weight gain.

The most important complications occur in women who have had their ovaries removed. This causes estrogen loss, which places women at risk for osteoporosis (loss of bone density) and a possible increase in risks for heart disease and stroke. A number of drugs are available that can help protect both bones and heart.

Women have typically taken hormone replacement therapy (HRT) after surgery if their ovaries have been removed. HRT can help prevent hot flashes. There have been concerns about HRT-related health risks, including the risk for breast cancer. However, several 2006 studies of postmenopausal women who had hysterectomy indicated that estrogen-only HRT does not increase the risk for breast cancer, except if it is taken for many decades. (Two studies showed no increased risk for breast cancer after 7 years and 15 years, respectively. Women who took estrogen-only HRT for more than 20 years after hysterectomy had only a moderately increased risk.) Combination estrogen-progestin HRT does increase breast cancer risk.

In premenopausal women, such preventive measures are not needed if the ovaries are left intact. The ovaries will usually continue to function and secrete hormones even after the uterus is removed, but the lifespan of the ovaries is reduced by an average of 3 - 5 years. In rare cases, complete ovarian failure occurs right after hysterectomy, presumably because the surgery has permanently cut off the ovaries' blood supply.

Sexual intercourse may resume 4 - 6 weeks following surgery. The effect of hysterectomy on sexuality is unclear. Studies have reported that up to 25% of women experience increased sexual drive. Nevertheless, some women report no change, and other women develop problems related to sexual function. For example, around 10% of women experience vaginal dryness, about 2% of women develop pain during sex, and another 2% also appear to lose capacity for orgasm.

Two procedures associated with hysterectomy may affect sexuality directly:

Although the clitoris can trigger orgasm even if the cervix is removed, many experts believe that uterine contractions stimulated by sexual intercourse also cause a so-called “deep orgasm.” Retaining the cervix may help to retain this sensation. However, a 2006 review found that women who undergo a total hysterectomy (removal of both uterus and cervix) are no more likely to have sexual difficulties or problems with urinary and bowel function than women who have only their uterus removed.
Patients who have both ovaries removed may be at higher risk for loss of sexuality. Ovaries produce small amounts of testosterone (the male hormone responsible for sexual drive) even after menopause.

Testosterone Replacement. Testosterone replacement therapy may restore sexuality in women who experience a decline in sexual drive. Occasionally, oral or injection treatments can produce male characteristics such as facial hair and voice change. A slow-release pellet inserted every 6 months under the skin in the hip appears to reduce these side effects. Taking hormones long term almost always carries some risk, and it is not yet known what danger testosterone replacement may pose in women.

Annual Pap smears are recommended for all women with an intact cervix who are 18 years or older or who have become sexually active. After a total hysterectomy, in which the cervix has been removed, a woman does not need annual Pap smears of the cervix. However, she still should get regular pelvic and breast exams.

Resources

www.asrm.com -- American Society for Reproductive Medicine
www.acog.com -- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.sirweb.org -- Society of Interventional Radiology
www.nuff.org -- National Uterine Fibroids Foundation
www.rsna.org -- Radiological Society of North America
www.radiologyinfo.org -- Radiology info from the American College of Radiology and the Radiological Society of North America
www.radiologyinfo.org/content/interventional/ufibroid-embol.htm -- Information on uterine fibroid embolization
www.fibroids.net -- Brigham and Women's Hospital, Center for Uterine Fibroids
www.nichd.nih.gov -- National Institute of Child Health and Human Development

References

Chen WY, Manson JE, Hankinson SE, Rosner B, Holmes MD, Willett WC, et al. Unopposed estrogen therapy and the risk of invasive breast cancer. Arch Intern Med. 2006 May 8;166(9):1027-32.

Edwards RD, Moss JG, Lumsden MA, Wu O, Murray LS, Twaddle S, et al. Uterine-artery embolization versus surgery for symptomatic uterine fibroids. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jan 25;356(4):360-70.

Learman LA, Kuppermann M, Gates E, Gregorich SE, Lewis J, Washington AE. Predictors of hysterectomy in women with common pelvic problems: a uterine survival analysis. J Am Coll Surg. 2007 Apr;204(4):633-41. Epub 2007 Feb 23.

Lethaby A, Ivanova V, Johnson NP. Total versus subtotal hysterectomy for benign gynaecological conditions. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Apr 19;(2):CD004993.

Smart OC, Hindley JT, Regan L, Gedroyc WG. Gonadotrophin-releasing hormone and magnetic-resonance-guided ultrasound surgery for uterine leiomyomata. Obstet Gynecol. 2006 Jul;108(1):49-54.

Stefanick ML, Anderson GL, Margolis KL, Hendrix SL, Rodabough RJ, Paskett ED, et al. Effects of conjugated equine estrogens on breast cancer and mammography screening in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy. JAMA. 2006 Apr 12;295(14):1647-57.

Review Date:
2/28/2008
Reviewed By:
A.D.A.M. Editorial Team: David Zieve, MD, MHA, Greg Juhn, MTPW, David R. Eltz, Kelli A. Stacy, ELS. Previously reviewed by Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital (6/16/2007).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Diabetes - type 1

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:05 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Life-Threatening Complicati...
Diagnosis
Dietary Goals and Exercise...
Treatment
Monitoring Tests
Long-Term Complications
Transplantation Procedures...
Prevention
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

New Continuous Glucose Meter System

In 2007, the FDA approved the STS-7 System, which monitors glucose levels every 5 minutes during a 7-day period. The STS-7 System, like other continuous glucose meter systems, is designed to be used in combination with traditional fingerstick tests and meters. It does not replace them. But the system can track trends and fluctuation patterns in blood sugar levels that fingerstick tests cannot detect.

Type 1 Diabetes Gene Discovered

In 2007, scientists announced the discovery of a gene that may increase the risk of developing childhood type 1 diabetes.

Anemia Drugs Warning

In 2007, following the publication of several studies in the New England Journal of Medicine, the FDA warned that erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs (used to treat anemia) can increase the risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks when excessive doses are given. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs. Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease.

Cell Transplantation Research

Islet cell transplantation using the Edmonton protocol is a promising treatment for type 1 diabetes, suggests a 2006 study published in the New England Journal of Medicine. The Edmonton protocol involves isolating islet cells from donor pancreases and then injecting the cells into the patient. In the first international multicenter trial of this investigational procedure, 44% of 36 patients were able to temporarily suspend insulin injections, while 28% achieved partial islet function.
Stem cell transplantation using cells harvested and re-infused from the patient’s own body may help increase beta cell function and eliminate the need for insulin injections, according to a small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Type 1 Diabetes Prevention Research

Scientists around the world are investigating new ways to prevent type 1 diabetes or at least delay its onset. Experimental preventive measures include treatment with oral insulin and with drugs that may prevent the immune system’s attack on beta cells.

Introduction

The two major forms of diabetes are type 1, previously called insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM) or juvenile-onset diabetes, and type 2, previously called non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) or maturity-onset diabetes.

Both type 1 and type 2 diabetes share one central feature: elevated blood sugar (glucose) levels due to absolute or relative insufficiencies of insulin, a hormone produced by the pancreas. Insulin is a key regulator of the body's metabolism. It works in the following way:

During and immediately after a meal the process of digestion breaks carbohydrates down into sugar molecules (of which glucose is one) and proteins into amino acids.
Right after the meal, glucose and amino acids are absorbed directly into the bloodstream, and blood glucose levels rise sharply. (Glucose levels after a meal are called postprandial levels.)
The rise in blood glucose levels signals important cells in the pancreas, called beta cells, to secrete insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Within 20 minutes after a meal insulin rises to its peak level.
Insulin enables glucose and amino acids to enter cells in the body, particularly muscle and liver cells. Here, insulin and other hormones direct whether these nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. (It should be noted that the brain and nervous system are not dependent on insulin; they regulate their glucose needs through other mechanisms.)
When insulin levels are high, the liver stops producing glucose and stores it in other forms until the body needs it again.
As blood glucose levels reach their peak, the pancreas reduces the production of insulin.
About 2 - 4 hours after a meal both blood glucose and insulin are at low levels, with insulin being slightly higher. The blood glucose levels are then referred to as fasting blood glucose concentrations.

The pancreas is located behind the liver and stomach. In addition to secreting digestive enzymes, the pancreas secretes the hormones insulin and glucagon into the bloodstream. The release of insulin into the blood lowers the level of blood glucose (simple sugars from food) by enhancing glucose to enter the body cells, where it is metabolized. If blood glucose levels get too low, the pancreas secretes glucagon to stimulate the release of glucose from the liver.

In type 1 diabetes, the disease process is more severe than with type 2 diabetes, and onset is usually in childhood:

Beta cells in the pancreas that produce insulin are gradually destroyed. Eventually insulin deficiency is absolute.
Without insulin to move glucose into cells, blood glucose levels become excessively high, a condition known as hyperglycemia.
Because the body cannot utilize the sugar, it spills over into the urine and is lost.
Weakness, weight loss, and excessive hunger and thirst are among the consequences of this "starvation in the midst of plenty."
Patients become dependent on administered insulin for survival.

Type 2 diabetes is the most common form of diabetes, accounting for 90% of cases. About 20 million Americans have type 2 diabetes and half are unaware they have it. The disease mechanisms in type 2 diabetes are not wholly known, but some experts suggest that it may involve the following three stages in most patients:

The first stage in type 2 diabetes is the condition called insulin resistance. Although insulin can attach normally to receptors on liver and muscle cells, certain mechanisms prevent insulin from moving glucose (blood sugar) into these cells where it can be used. Most patients with type 2 diabetes produce variable, even normal or high, amounts of insulin, and in the beginning this amount is usually sufficient to overcome such resistance.
Over time, the pancreas becomes unable to produce enough insulin to overcome resistance. In type 2 diabetes, the initial effect of this stage is usually an abnormal rise in blood sugar right after a meal (called postprandial hyperglycemia). This effect is now believed to be particularly damaging to the body.
Eventually, the cycle of elevated glucose further impairs and possibly destroys beta cells, thereby stopping insulin production completely and causing full-blown diabetes. This is made evident by fasting hyperglycemia, in which elevated glucose levels are present most of the time.

Maturity-Onset Diabetes in Youth. Maturity-onset diabetes in youth (MODY) is a rare genetic form of type 2 diabetes that develops only in Caucasian teenagers. It accounts for 2 - 5% of type 2 cases.

Gestational Diabetes. An estimated 5% of pregnant women develop a form of type 2 diabetes in their third trimester called gestational diabetes. Gestational diabetes is usually temporary. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

Conditions that damage or destroy the pancreas, such as pancreatitis, pancreatic surgery, or certain industrial chemicals can cause diabetes. Certain drugs can also cause temporary diabetes, including corticosteroids, beta-blockers, and phenytoin. Rare genetic disorders (Klinefelter's syndrome, Huntington's chorea, Wolfram's syndrome, leprechaunism, Rabson-Mendenhall syndrome, lipoatrophic diabetes, and others) and hormonal disorders (acromegaly, Cushing syndrome, pheochromocytoma, hyperthyroidism, somatostatinoma, aldosteronoma) also increase the risk for diabetes.

Causes

Type 1 diabetes is usually a progressive autoimmune disease, in which the beta cells that produce insulin are slowly destroyed by the body's own immune system. It is unknown what first starts this cascade of immune events, but evidence suggests that both a genetic predisposition and environmental factors, such as a viral infection, are involved.

Islets of Langerhans contain beta cells and are located within the pancreas. Beta cells produce insulin which is needed to metabolize glucose within the body.

Certain factors are thought to be important in this process:

White blood cells called T lymphocytes produce immune factors called cytokines that attack and gradually destroy the beta cells of the pancreas. Important cytokines are interleukin-1beta, tumor necrosis factor-alpha, and interferon-gamma.
Specific proteins are also critical in the process. They include glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD), insulin, and islet cell antigens. These proteins serve as autoantigens. That is, they trigger the self-attack of the autoantibodies on the body's own beta cells.

Progression from the first stage, known as insulitis, to full-blown diabetes can take 7 years or longer. Unfortunately, by the time a person is aware that something is wrong and goes to the doctor with symptoms of type 1 diabetes, about 80 - 90% of the beta cells have been destroyed.

More than half of patients with insulitis do not develop diabetes. Researchers are greatly interested in discovering any factors that prevent the disease.

Researchers have found at least 18 genetic locations, labeled IDDM1 - IDDM18, that are related to type 1 diabetes. The IDDM1 region contains the HLA genes that encode proteins called major histocompatibility complex. The genes in this region affect the immune response. New advances in genetic research are identifying other genetic components of type 1 diabetes. In 2007, scientists announced that they had discovered a gene, KIAA0350, on chromosome 16. Variations in this gene appear to increase the risk of a child developing type 1 diabetes. The research team expects to identify an additional 15 - 20 genes associated with type 1 diabetes.

The odds of inheriting the disease, however, are only 10% if a first-degree relative has diabetes, and even in identical twins, one twin has only a 33% chance of having type 1 diabetes if the other has it. Children are more likely to inherit the disease from a father with type 1 diabetes than from a mother with the disorder.

Genetic factors cannot fully explain the development of diabetes. Over the past 30 years, a major increase in the incidence of type 1 diabetes has been reported in certain European countries, and the incidence has nearly tripled in the northeastern U.S. If genetic factors were the only cause of type 1 diabetes, such an increase in cases would take at least 400 years.

Some researchers believe one or more viral infections may trigger the disease in genetically susceptible individuals. Researchers suggest the following scenario:

An infection introduces a viral protein that resembles a beta-cell protein.
T cells and antibodies are tricked by this resemblance into attacking the beta protein as well as the virus.

Among the viruses under scrutiny are enteric viruses, which attack the intestinal tract. Coxsackieviruses are a family of enteric viruses of particular interest. (One study has suggested that respiratory infection in a child's first year, and not later, may be protective against diabetes, perhaps by priming the immune response so that it is better able to respond later on to other organisms.)

Risk Factors

An estimated 1 million people in the U.S. have type 1 diabetes, with about 30,000 new cases diagnosed each year. It is much less common than type 2, however, consisting of only 5 - 10% of all cases of diabetes. Nevertheless, like type 2 diabetes, the incidence of type 1 diabetes among children and adolescents has been rising over the past few decades. Experts estimate that about 1 in every 400 - 600 children and adolescents has type 1 diabetes. While type 2 diabetes has been increasing among African-American and Hispanic adolescents, the highest rates of type 1 diabetes are found among Caucasian youth.

Type 1 can occur at any age but usually appears between infancy and the late 30s, most typically in childhood or adolescence. Boys and girls are equally vulnerable. Studies report the following may be risk factors for developing type 1 diabetes:

Being ill in early infancy.
Early foods. Some studies have reported that early exposure to cow's milk in infancy and not being breast fed increased the risk for type 1 diabetes. Two studies in 2003 suggested that very early exposure to cereal -- not cow's milk -- plays a role in risk. Any risk from early dietary factors is still very low and likely to affect children who already have a genetically impaired immune response to dietary proteins. Breast milk contains factors that may help regulate the immune response and prevent diabetes in such children. National differences in risk also suggest that not all cow's milk is the same, and some proteins may confer higher risks than others.
Having a parent with type 1 diabetes.
Having an older mother.
Having a mother who had preeclampsia during pregnancy.
Obesity in children has long been linked to a higher risk for type 2 diabetes. Two 2001 studies reported an association between high weight at birth and obesity during childhood as risk factors for type 1 diabetes as well. The common risk factor may be an increase in insulin secretion, which occurs with obesity. This theoretically could overstress the beta cells so that they become susceptible to damage by overactive immune factors (particularly cytokines), and eventually to destruction in children genetically vulnerable to type 1 diabetes.

Until recently, diabetes in children was almost always type 1 diabetes. Of major concern, however, are estimates that between 8 - 45% of new diabetes cases in children are now type 2, most likely because of the increase in childhood obesity. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

The incidence of type 1 diabetes is higher than average among people with other autoimmune diseases, including Grave's disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis (a form of hypothyroidism), Addison's disease, multiple sclerosis (MS), and pernicious anemia. Research has raised the possibility that all autoimmune diseases share a common genetic basis. A 2001 study found, for example, that the T-cell immune factors in type 1 diabetes target the same self-antigens as in multiple sclerosis (MS). Both diseases have been associated with cow's milk protein. Many questions are unanswered, however. It is not known why the diseases develop in different locations to cause separate disorders or why some autoimmune events occur in everyone but not everyone develops an autoimmune disease.

There is a very wide variation in incidence of type 1 among population groups. Type 1 diabetes appears to be most common in people of northern European descent and in specific Mediterranean groups (such as Sardinians). It is less common among Asians and African-Americans. Still, African-Americans with type 1 diabetes are 50% more likely to die from it than Caucasians, mostly due to lower-quality health care.

Symptoms

The process that destroys the insulin-producing beta cells can be long and insidious. At the point when insulin production bottoms out, however, type 1 diabetes usually appears suddenly and progresses quickly. Warning signs of type 1 diabetes include:

Frequent urination (in children, a recurrence of bed-wetting after toilet training has been completed)
Unusual thirst, especially for sweet, cold drinks
Extreme hunger
Sudden, sometimes dramatic, weight loss
Weakness
Extreme fatigue
Blurred vision or other changes in eyesight
Irritability
Nausea and vomiting (acute symptoms)

Children with type 1 diabetes may also be restless, apathetic, and have trouble functioning at school. In severe cases, diabetic coma may be the first sign of type 1 diabetes.

Life-Threatening Complications

Diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) is a life-threatening complication that develops when insulin stores are depleted. It is almost always caused by noncompliance with insulin treatments. Other contributing factors are lack of health insurance and intentionally reducing insulin levels in order to lose weight. In one study, adolescent girls were at higher risk for ketoacidosis than other groups of children and young people.

Diabetic ketoacidosis often develop as follows:

The process is usually triggered in insulin-deficient patients by a stressful event, most often pneumonia or urinary tract infections. Other triggers include alcohol abuse, physical injury, pulmonary embolism, heart attacks, or other illnesses.
Severely low insulin levels cause excessive amounts of glucose in the bloodstream (hyperglycemia).
Fat breakdown then accelerates and increases the production of fatty acids.

These fatty acids are converted into chemicals called ketone bodies, which are toxic at high levels. Symptoms and complications include:

Nausea and vomiting
Deep and rapid breathing may with frequent sighing
Rapid heartbeat
Cerebral edema, or brain swelling, is a rare but very dangerous complication that occurs in 1% of ketoacidosis cases and results in coma, brain damage, or death in many cases. Research now suggests that the risk for this complication is significantly higher in children with severe ketoacidosis (indicated by low carbon dioxide levels and high nitrogen urea levels), and possibly if they are also treated with bicarbonate to reduce acid levels.
Other serious complications from DKA include aspiration pneumonia and adult respiratory distress syndrome.
If the condition persists, coma and eventually death may occur, although over the past 20 years, death from DKA has decreased to about 2% of all cases.

Life-saving treatment uses rapid rehydration with a salt (saline) solution followed by low-dose insulin and potassium replacement.

Ketoacidosis is a serious condition of glucose build-up in the blood and urine. A simple urine test can determine if high ketone levels are present.

Tight blood sugar (glucose) control increases the risk of low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Hypoglycemia, also called insulin shock, occurs if blood glucose levels fall below normal. Hypoglycemia may also be caused by insufficient intake of food, or excess exercise or alcohol. Usually the condition is manageable, but occasionally, it can be severe or even life threatening, particularly if the patient fails to recognize the symptoms.

Risk Factors for Severe Hypoglycemia. Among young patients, the youngest children and boys of any age are at higher risk for hypoglycemia. Specific risk factors for severe hypoglycemia include:

Intensively controlling blood glucose and HbA1c levels
Having long-term diabetes
Being less educated about the condition
Being underinsured
Having psychiatric disorders

Hypoglycemia unawareness. Hypoglycemia unawareness is a condition in which people become insensitive to hypoglycemic symptoms. It affects about 25% of patients who use insulin, nearly always people with type 1 diabetes. In such cases, hypoglycemia appears suddenly, without warning, and can escalate to a severe level. Even a single recent episode of hypoglycemia may make it more difficult to detect the next episode. With vigilant monitoring and by rigorously avoiding low blood glucose levels, patients can often regain the ability to sense the symptoms. However, even very careful testing may fail to detect a problem, particularly one that occurs during sleep.

Symptoms. Mild symptoms usually occur at moderately low and easily correctable levels of blood glucose. They include:

Sweating
Trembling
Hunger
Rapid heartbeat

Severely low blood glucose levels can cause neurologic symptoms such as:

Confusion
Weakness
Disorientation
Combativeness
In rare and worst cases, coma, seizure, and death

Preventive Measures. The following tips may help avoid hypoglycemia or prepare for attacks.

Nocturnal hypoglycemia (which occurs during sleep) is a common problem for children, even those on nonintensive insulin therapy. (The risk for hypoglycemia is high in any case in children.) Bedtime snacks are advisable if blood glucose levels are below 180 mg/dL (10 mmol/L). Protein snacks may be best. (The use of the insulin pump may help prevent hypoglycemic episodes.)
Some research has suggested that children (particularly thin children) are at higher risk for hypoglycemia because the injection goes into muscle tissue. Pinching the skin so that only fat (and not muscle) tissue is gathered or using shorter needles may help.
Various insulin regimens are available that can reduce the risk. For example, taking a fast-acting insulin (insulin lispro) before the evening meal may be particularly helpful in preventing hypoglycemia.
Patients who intensively control their blood sugar should monitor blood levels as often as possible, four times or more per day. This is particularly important for patients with hypoglycemia unawareness.
In adults, it is particularly critical to monitor blood glucose levels before driving, when hypoglycemia can be very hazardous.
Patients who are at risk for hypoglycemia should always carry hard candy, juice, sugar packets, or commercially available glucose substitutes.

Family and friends should be aware of the symptoms and be prepared:

If the patient is helpless (but not unconscious), family or friends should administer three to five pieces of hard candy, two to three packets of sugar, half a cup (four ounces) of fruit juice, or a commercially available glucose solution.
If there is inadequate response within 15 minutes, additional oral sugar should be provided or the patient should receive emergency medical treatment, possibly including the intravenous administration of a glucose solution.
Family members and friends can learn to inject glucagon, a hormone, which, in contrast to insulin, raises blood glucose.

Click the icon to see an example of a glucagon kit.

Experts have been concerned that the increased incidence of hypoglycemia accompanying strict blood glucose control could cause mental deterioration over time, but a 6-year study has found no evidence of this in adolescents and adults. (The effect on young children, however, is not known.)

Diagnosis

Fasting Plasma Glucose. The fasting plasma glucose (FPG) test is the standard test for diagnosing diabetes. It is a simple blood test taken after 8 hours of fasting. In general, results indicate the following:

FPG levels are considered normal up to 100 mg/dL (or 5.5 mmol/L).
Levels between 100 - 125 mg/dL (5.5 - 7.0 mmol/L) are referred to as impaired fasting glucose or pre-diabetes. These levels are considered to be risk factors for type 2 diabetes and its complications.
Diabetes is diagnosed when FPG levels are 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) or higher.

The FPG test is not always reliable, so a repeat test is recommended if the initial test suggests the presence of diabetes, or if the tests are normal in people who have symptoms or risk factors for diabetes. For example, people who take the test in the afternoon and show normal results may actually have abnormal levels that would be revealed if they are tested in the morning.

It first uses an FPG test.
A blood test is then taken 2 hours later after drinking a special glucose solution.

The following results suggest different conditions:

OGTT levels are normal up to 140 mg/dL.
Levels between 140 - 199 mg/dL are referred to as impaired glucose tolerance or pre-diabetes.
Diabetes is diagnosed when OGTT levels are 200 mg/dL or higher.

Both the FPG and OGTT tests require that the patient not eat for at least 8 hours prior to the test.

The oral glucose tolerance test is used to diagnose diabetes. The first portion of the test involves drinking a special glucose solution. Blood is then taken several hours later to test for the level of glucose in the blood. Patients who have diabetes will have higher than normal levels of glucose in their blood.

Test for Glycated Hemoglobin. Another test examines blood levels glycated hemoglobin, also known as hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c). Measuring glycated hemoglobin is not currently used for an initial diagnosis, but it may be useful for determining the severity of diabetes.

The basis for its use as a diagnostic measurement in diabetes is as follows:

Hemoglobin is a protein molecule found in red blood cells. When glucose binds to it, the hemoglobin becomes modified, a process called glycation.
Glycation affects a number of proteins, and elevated levels of glycolated hemoglobin is strongly associated with complications of diabetes.
A glycated hemoglobin level of 1% above normal range identifies diabetes in 98% of patients. Normal HbA1c levels do not necessarily rule out diabetes, but if diabetes is present and levels are normal, the risk for complications is low.

The test is not affected by food intake so it can be taken at any time. A home test has been developed that might make it easier to measure HbA1c. In general, measurements suggest the following:

Normal HbA1c levels should be below 7%.
Levels of 11 - 12% glycolated hemoglobin indicate poor control of carbohydrates. High levels are also markers for kidney trouble.

Testing for Insulin Resistance. Investigators hope that some day a simple test for insulin resistance will be available to identify people at risk for diabetes. Some research suggests that measuring insulin and triglyceride levels during a fasting period may predict a person's sensitivity to insulin.

Type 1 diabetes is characterized by the presence of a variety of antibodies that attack the islet cells. These antibodies are referred to as autoantibodies because they attack the body's own cells -- not a foreign invader. Blood tests for these autoantibodies can help differentiate between type 1 and type 2 diabetes.

Screening for Heart Disease. All patients with diabetes should be tested for high blood pressure (hypertension) and unhealthy cholesterol and lipid levels and given an electrocardiogram. For cholesterol, people with diabetes should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Blood pressure goals should be 130/80 mmHg or lower. Other tests may be needed in patients with signs of heart disease.

High blood pressure is strongly associated with diabetic nephropathy (kidney disease). In fact, patients with type 2 diabetes who show signs of microalbuminuria typically already have hypertension. Type 1 diabetes patients with microalbuminuria, on the other hand, usually have normal blood pressure readings in the doctor's office. A 2002 study using home monitors, however, found that in patients with type 1 diabetes, high systolic blood pressure during sleep often occurs before development of nephropathy. (Systolic pressure is the first and higher number in a blood pressure reading.) Home blood pressure monitoring, may help identify patients with type 1 diabetes who are at risk for kidney damage.

Click the icon to see an image of an ECG.

Screening for Kidney Damage. The earliest manifestation of kidney disease is microalbuminuria, in which tiny amounts (30 - 300 mg per day) of protein called albumin are found in the urine. Microalbuminuria is also a marker for other complications involving blood vessel abnormalities, including heart attack and stroke.

Screening for Retinopathy. The American Diabetes Association recommends that patients with type 1 diabetes have an annual comprehensive eye exam, with dilation, to check for signs of retina disease (retinopathy). Patients at low risk may need exams only every 2 - 3 years.

Screening for Neuropathy. All patients should be screened for nerve damage (neuropathy), including a comprehensive foot exam. Patients who have loss of sensation in their feet should have a foot exam every 3 - 6 months to check for ulcers or infections.

Screening for Thyroid Abnormalities. Thyroid function tests should be administered.

Dietary Goals and Exercise

The treatment goals for a diabetes diet are:

Achieve near-normal blood glucose levels. People with type 1 diabetes must coordinate calorie intake with medication or insulin administration, exercise, and other variables to control blood glucose levels. New forms of insulin now allow more flexibility in timing meals.
Protect the heart and aim for healthy lipid (cholesterol and triglyceride) levels and control of blood pressure.
Achieve reasonable weight. A reasonable weight is usually defined as what is achievable and sustainable, rather than one that is culturally defined as desirable or ideal. Children, pregnant women, and people recovering from illness should be sure to maintain adequate calories for health.
Manage or prevent complications of diabetes. People with diabetes, whether type 1 or 2, are at risk for a number of medical complications, including heart and kidney disease. Dietary requirements for diabetes must take these disorders into consideration.
Promote overall health.

Overall Guidelines. There is no such thing as a single diabetes diet. Patients should meet with a professional dietitian to plan an individualized diet within the general guidelines that takes into consideration their own health needs.

Healthy eating habits along with good control of blood glucose are the basic goals, and several good dietary methods are available to meet them. General dietary guidelines for diabetes recommend:

Carbohydrates should provide 45 – 65% of total daily calories. The type and amount of carbohydrate are both important. Best choices are vegetables, fruits, beans, and whole grains. These foods are also high in fiber. Patients with diabetes should monitor their carbohydrate intake either through carbohydrate counting or meal planning exchange lists
Fats should provide 25 – 35% of daily calories. Monounsaturated (olive, peanut, canola oils; avocados; nuts) and omega-3 polyunsaturated (fish, flaxseed oil, walnuts) fats are the best types. Limit saturated fat (red meat, butter) to less than 7% of daily calories. Choose nonfat or low-fat dairy instead of whole milk products. Limit trans-fats (hydrogenated fat found in snack foods, fried foods, commercially baked goods) to less than 1% of total calories.
Protein should provide 12 – 20% of daily calories, although this may vary depending on a patient’s individual health requirements. Patients with kidney disease should limit protein intake to less than 10% of calories. Fish, soy, and poultry are better protein choices than red meat

[See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Weight gain is a potential side effect of intense diabetic control with insulin. Being overweight can increase the risk for health problems. On the other hand, studies suggest that more than one-third of women with diabetes omit or underuse insulin in order to lose weight. Eating disorders have become a serious problem within the general population and are especially dangerous in patients with diabetes. Some evidence suggests that they contribute to about 20% of cases of recurrent ketoacidosis in young women. Ketoacidosis is a significant complication of insulin depletion and can be life threatening.

Aerobic exercise has significant and particular benefits for people with type 1 diabetes. It increases sensitivity to insulin, lowers blood pressure, improves cholesterol levels, and decreases body fat. Because glucose levels swing dramatically during workouts, people with type 1 diabetes need to take certain precautions:

Monitor glucose levels carefully before, during, and after workouts.
Avoid exercise if glucose levels are above 300 mg/dL or under 100 mg/dL.
To avoid hypoglycemia, inject insulin in sites away from the muscles they use the most during exercise.
Before exercising, avoid alcohol and if possible certain drugs, including beta-blockers, which increase the risk of hypoglycemia.
Insulin-dependent athletes may need to decrease insulin doses or take in more carbohydrates, especially in the form of pre-exercise snacks. Skim milk is particularly helpful. They should also drink plenty of fluids.
Good, protective footwear is essential to help avoid injuries and wounds to the feet.

Resistance or high impact exercises should be avoided. They can strain weakened blood vessels in the eyes of patients with retinopathy. High-impact exercise may also injure blood vessels in the feet. Because patients with diabetes may have silent heart disease, they should always check with their doctors before undertaking vigorous exercise.

A 2006 study of over 19,000 children with type 1 diabetes found that regular physical activity helps improve blood sugar levels without increasing the risk of severe hypoglycemia. The researchers suggest that doctors recommend regular exercise for pediatric patients with type 1 diabetes.

Treatment

Insulin is essential for strict control of blood glucose levels in type 1 diabetes. Tight blood glucose control is the best way to prevent major complications in type 1 diabetes including those that affect the kidneys, eyes, nerve pathways, and blood vessels. Intensive insulin treatment in early diabetes may even help preserve any residual insulin secretion for at least 2 years.

There are, however, some significant problems with intensive insulin therapy:

There is a higher risk for low blood sugar (hypoglycemia).
Many patients experience significant weight gain from insulin administration, which may have adverse effects on blood pressure and cholesterol levels. It is important to manage heart disease risk factors that might develop as a result of insulin treatment.

A diet plan that compensates for insulin administration and supplies healthy foods is extremely important. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.] Pancreas transplantation eventually may be recommended for patients who cannot control glucose levels without frequent episodes of severe hypoglycemia.

The goal of intensive insulin therapy is to keep blood glucose levels as close to normal as possible. In one major study, even when levels were 40% higher than nondiabetic levels, benefits were still observed.


	Normal	Goal
Blood glucose levels before meals	Less than 110 mg/dL (or 6.1 mmol/L)	90 - 130 mg/dL (or 5 - 7.2 mmol/L)
Bedtime blood glucose levels	Less than 120 mg/dL (6.6 mmol/L)	110 - 150 mg/dL (or 6.1 - 8.3 mmol/L)
Glycated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels	4 - 6%	Less than 7%
Source: National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse, National Institutes of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases.

Standard insulin therapy usually consists of one or two daily insulin injections, one daily blood sugar test, and visits to the health care team every 3 months. For strictly controlling blood glucose, however, intensive management is required. The regimen is complicated although newer insulin forms may make it easier.

There are two components to flexible insulin administration and a number of variations of insulin delivery for accomplishing them:

Basal insulin administration. The basal component of the treatment attempts to provide a steady amount of background insulin throughout the day. Basal insulin levels maintain regular blood glucose needs. Insulin glargine now offers the most consistent insulin activity level, but other intermediate and long-acting forms may be beneficial when administered twice a day. Short-acting insulin delivered continuously using a pump is proving to a very good way to provide basal rates of insulin.
Mealtime insulin administration. Meals require a boost (a bolus) of insulin to regulate the sudden rise in glucose levels after a meal.

In achieving insulin control the patient must also take other steps:

The patient should perform four or more blood glucose tests during the day.
Patients should coordinate insulin administration with calorie intake. In general, they should eat three meals each day at regular intervals. Snacks are often required.
Insulin requirements vary depending on many non-nutritional situations during the day, including exercise and sleep. People are at enhanced risk for low blood sugar during exercise. Some patients experience a sudden rise in blood glucose levels in the morning -- the so-called "dawn phenomenon."
The patient must also maintain a good diet plan and should visit the health care team of doctors, nurses, and dietitians once a month.

Because of the higher risk for hypoglycemia in children, experts recommend that intensive treatment be used very cautiously in children under 13 and not at all in very young children.

Insulin cannot be taken orally because the body's digestive juices destroy it. Injections of insulin under the skin ensure that it is absorbed slowly by the body for a long-lasting effect. The timing and frequency of insulin injections depend upon a number of factors:

The duration of insulin action. Insulin is available in several forms, including: standard, intermediate, long-acting, and rapid-acting.
Amount and type of food eaten. Ingestion of food makes the blood glucose level rise. Alcohol lowers levels.
The person's level of physical activity. Exercise lowers glucose levels.

Fast-Acting Insulin. Insulin lispro (Humalog) and insulin aspart (Novo Rapid, Novolog) lower blood sugar very quickly, usually within 5 minutes after injection. Insulin peaks in about 4 hours and continues to work for about 4 hours. This rapid action reduces the risk for hypoglycemic events after eating (postprandial hypoglycemia). Optimal timing for administering this insulin is about 15 minutes before a meal, but it can be also taken immediately after a meal (but within 30 minutes). Fast-acting insulins may be especially useful for meals with high carbohydrates.

Regular Insulin. Regular insulin begins to act 30 minutes after injection, reaches its peak at 2 - 4 hours, and lasts about 6 hours. Regular insulin may be administered before a meal and may be better for high-fat meals.

Intermediate Insulin. NPH (neutral protamine Hagedorn) insulin has been the standard intermediate form. It works within 2 - 4 hours, peaks 4 - 12 hours later, and lasts up to 18 hours. Lente (insulin zinc) is another intermediate insulin that peaks 4 - 12 hours and lasts up to 18 hours.

Long-Acting (Ultralente) Insulin. Long-acting insulins, such as insulin glargine (Lantus), are released slowly. Insulin glargine matches parts of natural insulin and maintains stable activity for more than 24 hours. Studies suggest that it poses less of a risk for hypoglycemia and weight gain than NPH. It has a higher incidence of pain at the injection site than NPH. Ultralente insulin peaks at 10 hours and lasts up to 20 hours but varies greatly in activity from day to day.

Combinations. Regimens generally include combinations of short and longer-acting insulins to help match the natural cycle. For example, one approach in patients who are intensively controlling their glucose levels uses 3 injections of insulin, which includes a mixture of regular insulin and NPH at dinner. Another approach uses 4 injections, including a separate short-acting form at dinner and NPH at bedtime, which may pose a lower risk for nighttime hypoglycemia than the 3-injection regimen.

Insulin Pumps. An insulin pump can improve blood glucose control and quality of life with fewer hypoglycemic episodes than multiple injections. The pumps correct for the “dawn phenomenon” (sudden rise of blood glucose in the morning) and allow quick reductions for specific situations, such as exercise. Many different brands are available.

The typical pump is about the size of a beeper and has a digital display. Some are worn externally and are programmed to deliver insulin through a catheter in the skin or the abdomen. They generally use rapid-acting insulin, the most predictable type. They work by administering a small amount of insulin continuously (the basal rate) and a higher dose (a bolus dose) when food is eaten.

Many adults, adolescents, and school children use insulin pumps. A 2006 study found that even very young children (ages 2 - 7 years) can successfully use insulin pumps and that the pumps provided better blood sugar control than twice-daily insulin injections.

The catheter at the end of the insulin pump is inserted through a needle into the abdominal fat of a person with diabetes. Dosage instructions are entered into the pump's small computer, and the appropriate amount of insulin is then injected into the body in a calculated, controlled manner.

Learning to use the pump can be complicated, although over time most patients find the devices are fairly easy to use. To achieve good control, patients and parents of children must undergo some training. The patient and doctor must determine the amount of insulin used -- it is not automatically calculated. This requires an initial learning period, including understanding insulin needs over the course of the day and in different situations and knowledge of carbohydrate counting. Frequent blood testing is very important, particularly during the training period.

Insulin pumps are more expensive than insulin shots and occasionally have some complications, such as blockage in the device or skin irritation at the infusion site. In spite of early reports of a higher risk for ketoacidosis with pumps, more recent studies have found no higher risk.

Insulin Pens. Insulin pens, which contain cartridges of insulin, have been available for some time. Until recently, they were fairly complicated and difficult to use. Newer, prefilled pens (Humulin Pen, Humalog) are disposable and allow the patient to dial in the correct amount.

Inhaled Aerosol. In 2006, the FDA approved the first non-injected form of insulin. Exubera is an inhaled form of insulin. It is approved for adults but should not be used by patients who smoke or have quit smoking within the past 6 months. Patients with asthma, bronchitis, or emphysema should also not use inhaled insulin. Scientists are also developing other types of non-injected insulin, including spray formulas.

Other Alternative Insulin Delivery Methods. Another promising avenue of investigation for delivering insulin is the use of ultrasound pulses.

Pramlintide (Symlin) is a new type of injectable drug that can help control postprandial hyperglycemia, the sudden increase in blood sugar after a meal. Pramlintide is injected before meals and can help lower blood sugar levels in the 3 hours after meals. Pramlintide is used in addition to insulin for patients who take insulin regularly but still need better blood sugar control. The FDA approved this drug in 2005 for adults with type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Pramlintide and insulin are the only two drugs approved for treatment of type 1 diabetes.

Pramlintide is a synthetic form of amylin, a hormone that is related to insulin. Side effects may include nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, headache, fatigue, and dizziness. Patients with type 1 diabetes have an increased risk of severe low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) that may occur within 3 hours following a pramlintide injection. This drug should not be used if patients have trouble knowing when their blood sugar is low or have slow stomach emptying (gastroparesis).

CD3-Antibodies. A new type of drug called a CD3 antibody is showing promise for helping patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. In phase II clinical trials, patients received the drug for 6 days. Results from a 2005 trial published in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that the CD3 antibody helped stimulate the patients’ natural insulin production and decreased their need for insulin drug therapy. The beneficial effects lasted up to 18 months after CD3 treatment. Researchers think that this drug affects the autoimmune response involved in type 1 diabetes and helps preserve the residual beta cell function of the pancreas.

Monitoring Tests

Both low blood sugar (hypoglycemia) and high blood sugar (hyperglycemia) are of concern for patients who take insulin. It is important, therefore, to carefully monitor blood glucose levels. In general, patients with type 1 diabetes need to take readings four or more times a day. Patients should aim for the following measurements:

Pre-meal glucose levels of between 90 - 130 mg/dL
Bedtime levels of between 110 - 150 mg/dL

Different goals may be required for specific individuals, including pregnant women, very old and very young people, and those with accompanying serious medical conditions.

Finger-Prick Test. A typical blood sugar test includes the following:

A drop of blood is obtained by pricking the finger.
The blood is then applied to a chemically treated strip.
Monitors read and provide results.

Home monitors are about 10 - 15% less accurate than laboratory monitors are and many do not meet the standards of the American Diabetes Association. Most doctors believe, however, that they are accurate enough to indicate when blood sugar is too low.

To monitor the amount of glucose within the blood a person with diabetes should test their blood regularly. The procedure is quite simple and can often be done at home.

Some simple procedures may improve accuracy:

Testing the meter once a month.
Recalibrating it whenever a new packet of strips is used.
Using fresh strips; outdated strips may not provide accurate results.
Keeping the meter clean.
Periodically comparing the meter results with the results from a laboratory.

Supplementary Monitoring Devices. Other devices are available for monitoring blood glucose. These devices are used in addition to traditional fingerstick test kits and glucose meters but do not replace them:

Continuous glucose monitoring systems (CGMS) use a needle-like sensor inserted under the skin of the abdomen to monitor glucose levels every 5 minutes. In 2007, the STS-7 System was approved. Using a disposable sensor, the STS-7 measures glucose levels for up to a week. An alarm will sound if glucose levels are too high or low. The older Minimed system measures glucose over a 72-hour period and has wireless communication between the monitor and an insulin pump.
GlucoWatch is a battery-powered wristwatch-like device that measures glucose by sending tiny electric currents through the skin, a technique called reverse iontophoresis. It is painless and has a warning device when detecting high glucose levels. It takes 2 hours to warm up, and the sensor pads need to be changed every day. Glucowatch measures glucose levels three times per hour for up to 12 hours. About a quarter of the time, the results differ significantly from actual fingerstick tests, however.

Hemoglobin A1c (also called HbA1c , HA1c, or A1C) is measured periodically every 2 - 3 months to determine the average blood-sugar level over the lifespan of the red blood cell. Normal A1C levels should be below 7%. Home tests are also available for measuring A1C.

Urine tests are useful for detecting the presence of ketones. These tests should always be performed during illness or stressful situations, when diabetes is likely to go out of control. The patient should also undergo yearly urine tests for microalbuminuria (small amounts of protein in the urine), a risk factor for future kidney disease.

Long-Term Complications

Type 1 diabetes reduces the normal lifespan by an average of 5 - 8 years. However, survival rates are improving in all ethnic groups and both genders. Longer survival rates are probably due to improvements in monitoring and tighter control of blood glucose. There are two important approaches to preventing complications from type 1 diabetes:

Intensive control of blood glucose and keeping glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) levels below 7%. This approach is proving to prevent complications due to vascular (blood vessel) abnormalities and nerve damage (neuropathy) that can cause major damage to organs, including the eyes, kidneys, and heart.
Managing risk factors for heart disease. Blood glucose control helps the heart, but it is also very important that people with diabetes control blood pressure, cholesterol levels, and other factors associated with heart disease.

Patients with type 1 diabetes have a 10 times greater risk of heart disease than healthy patients. Heart attacks account for 60% and strokes for 25% of deaths in patients with diabetes. Diabetes affects the heart in many ways:

Both type 1 and 2 diabetes accelerate the progression of atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries). Diabetes can adversely affect blood lipid levels by lowering HDL ("good cholesterol") and increasing triglycerides. This can lead to coronary artery disease, heart attack, or stroke.
In type 1 diabetes, high blood pressure (hypertension) usually develops if the kidneys become damaged. High blood pressure is another major cause of heart attack, stroke, and heart failure. Children with diabetes are also at risk for hypertension.
Impaired nerve function (neuropathy) associated with diabetes also causes heart abnormalities. Some experts estimate that the mortality rates from neuropathy-related heart conditions ranges from 15 - 53%.

Atherosclerosis is a disease of the arteries in which fatty material is deposited in the vessel wall, resulting in narrowing and eventual impairment of blood flow. Severely restricted blood flow in the arteries to the heart muscle leads to symptoms such as chest pain. Atherosclerosis shows no symptoms until a complication occurs.

Click the icon to see an image of the kidney.

Results from the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial (DCCT) prove that intensive blood sugar control reduces the long-term risk of heart disease complications by 50%. The results indicate that intensive blood sugar control is even more important in reducing these risks than blood pressure- and cholesterol-lowering drugs. Original participants in the trial received intensive blood glucose control for 6 years during the 1980s. Researchers continued to follow these patients’ progress during the next 17 years. A follow-up study, published in 2005 in the New England Journal of Medicine, found that the benefits of tight blood glucose control persisted over time and halved the risk of heart attack, stroke, angina, or coronary artery disease.

Aspirin for Reducing the Risk for Blood Clots. Taking a daily aspirin reduces the risk for blood clotting and may help protect against heart attacks. In a 2000 study, low-dose aspirin was associated with a 30% lower risk for death from heart disease in adults with type 2 diabetes.

Reducing Blood Pressure. Strict control of blood pressure is critical for preventing complications of diabetes and has proven to improve survival rates. Patients should strive for blood pressure levels of less than 130/80 mm Hg (systolic/diastolic). (Controlling systolic pressure may be especially important for reducing the risk for kidney complications.)

Dozens of anti-hypertensive drugs are available. Most fall into the following categories:

Diuretics rid the body of extra sodium (salt) and water. There are three main types of diuretics: Potassium-sparing, thiazide, and loop.
Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors reduce the production of angiotensin, a chemical that causes arteries to narrow.
Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) block angiotensin.
Beta-blockers block the effects of adrenaline and ease the heart’s pumping action.
Calcium-channel blockers (CCBs) decrease the contractions of the heart and widen blood vessels.

Many patients require more than one type of drug to control blood pressure. For patients with diabetes who have microalbuminuria, the ADA strongly recommends ACE inhibitors or ARBs. Microalbuminuria is an accumulation of protein in the blood, which can signal the onset of kidney disease (nephropathy).

The 2005 landmark Antihypertensive and Lipid Lowering Treatment to Prevent Heart Attack Trial (ALLHAT) indicated that a thiazide-type diuretic works as well as an ACE inhibitor or CCB for patients with type 2 diabetes and high blood pressure. Compared with ACE inhibitors or CCBs, diuretics appeared to be better at lowering systolic blood pressure and preventing heart failure. In addition, the trial suggested that diuretics are especially helpful for African-Americans, by offering greater protection than ACE inhibitors or CCBS in preventing strokes. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Improving Cholesterol and Lipid Levels. Abnormal cholesterol and lipid levels are common in diabetes. High LDL (“bad”) cholesterol should always be lowered, but people with diabetes also often have additional harmful imbalances, including low HDL (“good”) cholesterol and high triglycerides. Patients should aim for LDL levels below 100 mg/dL, HDL levels over 50 mg/dL, and triglyceride levels below 150 mg/dL. Patients with diabetes and existing heart disease should strive for even lower LDL levels; the American Diabetes Association recommends LDL levels below 70 mg/dL for these patients.

Statins are the best cholesterol-lowering drugs. They include atorvastatin (Lipitor), lovastatin (Mevacor and generics), pravastatin (Pravachol), simvastatin (Zocor and generics), fluvastatin (Lescol), and rosuvastatin (Crestor). These drugs are very effective for lowering LDL cholesterol levels. Recent studies indicate that aggressive high-dose statin therapy may be an important treatment approach for high-risk patients who need to substantially lower their LDL levels. A 2006 study found that patients with diabetes and heart disease who were treated with 80 mg daily of atorvastatin had a 25% lower risk of heart attack and stroke than patients who received a 10 mg daily dose.

Although lowering LDL cholesterol is beneficial, statins are not as effective as other medications -- such as fibrates, niacin, ezetimbe, or bile acid sequesters -- in addressing HDL and triglyceride imbalances. This is a common problem in type 2 diabetes. Combining a statin with one of these drugs may be helpful for people with diabetes who have heart disease, low HDL, and near-normal LDL levels. Although combinations of statins and fibrates or niacin increase the risk of myopathy, both combinations are considered safe if used with extra care.

Fibrates, such as gemfibrozil (Lopid) and fenofibrate (Tricor), are usually the first choice. Niacin has the most favorable effect on raising HDL and lowering triglycerides of all the cholesterol drugs. However, about 30% of patients who take high-dose niacin experience increased blood glucose levels. Moderate doses of niacin can achieve lipid control without causing serious blood glucose problems. [See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Treatment and Prevention of Nephropathy. Tight control of blood sugar and blood pressure is essential for preventing the onset of kidney disease. Long-term studies report that strict control of these two conditions produces a 60% reduction in new cases of nephropathy and a delay in progression of the disease. Research indicates that ACE inhibitors are the best class of blood pressure medications for delaying kidney disease and slowing disease progression in patients with type 1 diabetes. Angiotensin-receptor blockers (ARBs) are also very helpful.

Diabetic nephropathy, the leading cause of end-stage renal disease (ESRD), occurs in about 20 - 40% of patients with diabetes. Patients with ESRD have 13 times the risk of death compared to other patients with type 1 diabetes. If the kidneys fail, dialysis is required. Symptoms of kidney failure may include swelling in the feet and ankles, itching, fatigue, and pale skin color. On an encouraging note, a 2005 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that the prognosis of end-stage renal disease has greatly improved during the last 4 decades for patients with type 1 diabetes. The outlook was best for patients who were diagnosed with diabetes at a young age (under 5 years old). In addition, the study found that fewer people with type 1 diabetes are developing ESRD.

Anemia is a common complication of end-stage kidney disease. Patients on dialysis usually require injections of erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs to increase red blood cell counts and control anemia. Patients with end-stage kidney disease should be aware of the current controversies surrounding the dosing of these drugs.

In 2006, two important New England Journal of Medicine studies indicated that aggressive dosing to completely normalize hemoglobin levels does not work better than standard dosing that only partially corrects anemia. In 2007, the FDA issued new warnings on darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp) and epoetin alfa (Epogen and Procrit). The warnings describe an increased risk for blood clots, strokes, and heart attacks in patients with end-stage kidney disease when these drugs were given at higher than recommended doses. The FDA has set new dosing and hemoglobin target levels for these drugs.

The FDA recommends that patients with end-stage kidney disease who receive erythropoiesis-stimulating drugs should:

Maintain hemoglobin levels that do not exceed 12 g/dL
Receive frequent blood tests to monitor hemoglobin levels
Contact their doctors if they experience such symptoms as shortness of breath, pain, swelling in the legs, or increases in blood pressure

[See In-Depth Report #57: Anemia.]

Diabetes reduces or distorts nerve function, causing a condition called neuropathy. Neuropathy refers to a group of disorders that affect nerves. The two main types of neuropathy are:

Peripheral (affects nerves in the toes, feet, legs, hand, and arms)
Autonomic (affects nerves that help regulate digestive, bowel, bladder, heart, and sexual function)

Tingling
Weakness
Burning sensations
Loss of the sense of warm or cold
Numbness (if the nerves are severely damaged, the patient may be unaware that a blister or minor wound has become infected)
Deep pain

Autonomic neuropathy can cause digestive problems (constipation, diarrhea, nausea, vomiting), bladder infections, and erectile dysfunction. In some cases, neuropathy may mask angina, the warning chest pain for heart disease and heart attack. Patients with diabetes should be aware of other warning signs of a heart attack, including sudden fatigue, sweating, shortness of breath, nausea, and vomiting.

Pain-Relief Treatment for Peripheral Neuropathy. A number of different drugs are used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief: They include:

Nonprescription analgesics, such as aspirin, acetaminophen, and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). (Patients with stomach or kidney problems should check with their doctors before using these drugs.)
Prescription painkillers, such as tramadol (Ultram). Tramadol is a drug that is similar to opioids. It can help relieve pain but has significant side effects, including nausea, constipation, and headache.
Topical medications, particularly capsaicin (the active ingredient in hot peppers), are applied to the skin to relieve minor local pain. A 5% lidocaine patch has also shown good results in clinical trials.
Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline (Elavil) or doxepin (Sinequan), are effective in reducing pain from neuropathy in up to 75% of patients. A combination of doxepin and capsaicin (applied to the skin) may be particularly beneficial. Unfortunately, tricyclics may cause heart rhythm problems.
Duloxetine (Cymbalta) is a serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor, a newer type of antidepressant, which was approved in 2004 for treatment of pain associated with diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
The anti-convulsant drug pregabalin (Lyrica) was approved in 2004 for neuropathic pain management. It is classified as a controlled substance (like narcotics), which indicates a potential risk for abuse. Other anti-seizure drugs used for peripheral neuropathy pain relief include gabapentin (Neurontin) and valproate (Depakote).

Erectile dysfunction is also associated with neuropathy. Studies indicate that phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE-5) drugs, such as sildenafil (Viagra), vardenafil (Levitra), and tadalafil (Cialis), are safe and effective, at least in the short term, for patients with diabetes. Typical side effects are minimal but may include headache, flushing, and upper respiratory tract and flu-like symptoms.

Diabetes is responsible for more than half of all lower limb amputations performed in the U.S. Each year there are about 88,000 non-injury amputations, 50 - 75% of them due to diabetes. The number is increasing as the prevalence in diabetes type 2 rises. According to a 2005 study in the Lancet, every 30 seconds someone in the world receives a lower limb amputation due to diabetes. About 85% of amputations start with foot ulcers, which develop in about 12% of people with diabetes.

Charcot Foot. Charcot foot or Charcot joint (medically referred to as neuropathic arthropathy) occurs in up to 2.5% of people with diabetes. Early changes appear like an infection, with the foot becoming swollen, red, and warm. A seriously affected foot can become deformed. The bones may crack, splinter, and erode, and the joints may shift, change shape, and become unstable. It typically develops in people who have neuropathy to the extent that they cannot feel sensation in the foot and are not aware of an existing injury. Instead of resting an injured foot or seeking medical help, the patient often continues normal activity, causing further damage.

Measures to Prevent Foot Ulcers. Preventive foot care can significantly reduce the risk of ulcers and amputation. Some tips for preventing problems include:

Patients should inspect their feet daily and watch for changes in color or texture, odor, and firm or hardened areas, which may indicate infection and potential ulcers.
When washing the feet, the water should be warm (not hot) and the feet and areas between the toes should be thoroughly dried afterward. Check water temperature with the hand or a thermometer before stepping in.
Moisturizers should be applied, but not between the toes.
Corns and calluses should be gently pumiced and toenails trimmed short and the edges filed to avoid cutting adjacent toes.
Patients should not use medicated pads or try to shave the corns or calluses themselves.
Well-fitting footwear is very important. People should be sure the shoe is wide enough; according to a 2001 study, 30% of patients with diabetes wear shoes that are too narrow. Patients should also avoid high heels, sandals, thongs, and going barefoot. Shoes with a rocker sole (LucRo) reduce pressure under the heel and front of the foot by 35 - 65% and may be particularly helpful. Custom-molded boots increase the surface area over which foot pressure is distributed. This reduces stress on the ulcers and allows them to heal.
Shoes should be changed often during the day.
Wear socks, particularly with extra padding (which can be specially purchased).
Patients should avoid tight stockings or any clothing that constricts the legs and feet.
Foot pain, numbness, or tingling is worse at night; diphenhydramine (Benadryl) may help.
A specialist in foot care should be consulted for any problems.

Click the icon to see an image of foot inspection.

Treating Foot Ulcers in Diabetes. About one-third of foot ulcers will heal within 20 weeks with good wound care treatments. Some treatments are as follows:

Antibiotics are generally given. In some cases, hospitalization and intravenous antibiotics for up to 28 days may be needed for severe foot ulcers.
In virtually all cases, wound care requires debridement, which is the removal of injured tissue until only healthy tissue remains. Debridement may be accomplished using chemical (enzymes), surgical, or mechanical (irrigation) means.
Hydrogels (Nu-Gel, Intrasite Gel, Scherisorb, Clearsite, Duoderm, Geliperm) are helpful in healing ulcers and are noninvasive and soothing.
Felted foam may be helpful in healing ulcers on the sole of the foot. Felted foam uses a multi-layered foam pad over the bottom of the foot with an opening over the ulcer.

Other Treatments for Foot Ulcers. Doctors are also using or investigating other treatments to heal ulcers. These include:

Administering hyperbaric oxygen (oxygen given at high pressure) is showing promise in promoting healing. In one study, patients who had had ulcers that had not responded to treatment for over 3 months received daily treatments that lasted 90 minutes for 2 weeks. About 15 days after completion, patients who received oxygen had significant reduction in ulcers, sometimes with complete healing. Other studies are also demonstrating good results.
Monochromatic near-infrared photo energy (MIRE) uses light therapy to improve sensation in the feet of patients with peripheral neuropathy.
Total-contact casting (TCC) uses a cast that is designed to match the exact contour of the foot and to distribute weight along the entire length of the foot. It is usually changed weekly. It may be helpful for ulcer healing and for Charcot foot. Although it is very effective in healing ulcers, recurrence is common.

Diabetes accounts for 12,000 - 24,000 of new cases of blindness annually and is the leading cause of new cases of blindness in adults ages 20 - 74. The most common eye disorder in diabetes is retinopathy. People with diabetes are also at higher risk for developing cataracts and certain types of glaucoma. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts and In-Depth Report #25: Glaucoma.]

Description of Retinopathy. Retinopathy is a condition in which the retina becomes damaged. The two primary abnormalities that occur are a weakening of the blood vessels in the retina and the obstruction in the capillaries -- probably from very tiny blood clots. Retinopathy generally occurs in one or two phases:

Click the icon to see an image of diabetic retinopathy.

The early and more common type of this disorder is called nonproliferative or background retinopathy. The blood vessels in the retina are abnormally weakened. They rupture and leak, and waxy areas may form. If these processes affect the central portion of the retina, swelling may occur, causing reduced or blurred vision.
If the capillaries become blocked and blood flow is cut off, soft, "woolly" areas may develop in the retina's nerve layer. These woolly areas may signal the development of proliferative retinopathy. Often there are no symptoms of progressing retinopathy. In this more severe condition, new abnormal blood vessels form and grow on the surface of the retina. They may spread into the cavity of the eye or bleed into the back of the eye. Major hemorrhage or retinal detachment can result, causing severe visual loss or blindness. The sensation of seeing flashing lights may indicate retinal detachment.

According to a 2003 study, about 40% of young adults with type 1 diabetes had developed retinopathy within 10 years of diagnosis. (Although this rate is high, it is significantly lower than in previous years when blood glucose control was not as strict.) The risk is lower in patients with type 2, although in one study over 20% had signs of retinopathy 6 years after diagnosis. In general, all patients with diabetes should have a yearly eye examination. Patients with no signs of retinal damage or low risk factors for retinopathy may only require screening every 2 - 3 years.

Click the icon to see an animation on diabetic retinopathy.

Diabetes doubles the risk for depression. Furthermore, depression, in turn, increases the risk for hyperglycemia and complications of diabetes, according to one study. Restoring mental health, both through medication and psychotherapy, not only improves quality of life but may help patients control their blood sugar levels.

Diabetes changes bone quality and density, but the effects differ depending on type:

Type 1 diabetes is associated with a slightly reduced bone density, putting patients at risk for osteoporosis and possibly fractures. The best medications for bone loss in patients with diabetes are bisphosphonates, such as alendronate (Fosamax) and risedronate (Actonel). They not only help prevent bone loss but may even reduce daily insulin requirements in patients taking insulin. [See In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]
Type 2 diabetes, on the other hand, is associated with an increased bone density but is also associated with fractures. In such cases, the bone quality itself may be impaired.

Older patients with either type of diabetes are at risk for falling, which compounds the risk for fracture.

Diabetes increases the risk for other conditions, including:

Hearing loss
Periodontal disease
Carpal tunnel syndrome
Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, also called nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); a particular danger for people who are obese
Colorectal cancer
Uterine cancer

Diabetes and Pregnancy. Both temporary diabetes that occurs during pregnancy (gestational diabetes) and pregnancy in a patient with existing diabetes can increase the risk for birth defects. Studies indicate that high blood sugar levels (hyperglycemia) may affect the developing fetus as soon as it is conceived.

Because glucose crosses the placenta, a woman with diabetes can pass high levels of blood glucose to the fetus. In response, the fetus secretes large amounts of insulin. This combination of high fetal blood levels of insulin and glucose can have significant effects:

Excessive fetal weight gain, which can lead to complications during delivery
Birth defects
Breathing problems and delayed lung development
Low blood sugar
Higher future risk for obesity and diabetes

In addition to endangering the fetus, diabetes also presents risks to the pregnant woman, particularly preeclampsia, which is a potentially dangerous condition involving very high blood pressure during pregnancy. Pregnant women with diabetes are also at greater risk for retinopathy.

Some recommendations for preventing complications include:

Intensive blood sugar control during pregnancy may reduce the risk for problems in the infant.
Monitoring blood glucose after meals may protect against preeclampsia more effectively than monitoring before meals.
Aerobic exercise before and during pregnancy can lower glucose levels. (All pregnant women, particularly those with diabetes, should check with their doctors before embarking on a rigorous exercise regimen.)
To prevent birth defects that affect the heart and nervous system, women with diabetes should take a higher dose of folic acid from the time of conception up to week 12 of pregnancy. They should also be checked for any heart problems.
Women with diabetes should have an eye examination during pregnancy and up to a year afterward.

Although there was some concern that short-acting insulin lispro might increase the risk for birth defects, the most recent evidence suggests that it does not. In fact, some experts believe it achieves a better outcome and should be preferred to regular insulin in pregnant women. More research is needed.

Effect on Estrogen. Diabetes appears to blunt some of the effects of estrogen, which may increase the risk for heart disease. Women with diabetes have a higher risk for early menopause, which, in one study, occurred at an average age of about 41 years.

Reproductive Cancers. Women with type 1 diabetes often have lumps in the breast that are benign but which make mammograms difficult to interpret. It is not clear whether these lumps are risk factors for breast cancer. One study indicated that women with diabetes have a higher risk for endometrial cancer and possibly for breast cancer.

Lack of Blood Glucose Control. Control of blood glucose levels is generally very poor in adolescents and young adults. Adolescents with diabetes are at higher risk than adults for ketoacidosis resulting from noncompliance. In a British study of young adults with type 1 diabetes, 15% were already hypertensive, and about half of these young people had signs of kidney damage. Young people who do not control glucose are also at high risk for permanent damage in small vessels, such as those in the eyes.

Self-Destructive Behaviors. One study found that young people with diabetes have a higher than average rate of suicidal fantasies. Although the actual rate of suicide was no higher than that of their nondiabetic peers, such thoughts are strongly associated with self-destructive behavior.

Of particular note, up to one-third of young women with type 1 diabetes have eating disorders and under-use insulin to lose weight. Anorexia and bulimia pose significant health dangers in any young person -- but they can be especially severe in people with diabetes.

Transplantation Procedures

Major advances in islet-cell transplantation are allowing more patients to come off insulin or reduce their use of it.

Major clinical trials are now using a specific islet-cell (also called beta-cell) transplantation procedure called the Edmonton protocol, which usually involves the following steps:

As soon as there are sufficient numbers of islets available for transplantation, the patient is given intravenous antibiotics and oral vitamins E, B6, and A.
A machine isolates islet cells taken from donor pancreases, generally from cadavers. Two or three organs are usually needed in order to supply enough islet cells to have any effect on insulin production. (This is a major limitation of the procedure.)
Once the islets have been isolated, they are injected directly in a major vein in the patient's liver.
The islets are carried to capillaries in the liver where they produce insulin.
Specific drugs, such as tacrolimus, sirolimus, or rapamycin (Rapamume), are used to suppress the immune system. (Unlike immunosuppressant drugs used in other transplantation procedures, these drugs do not contain steroids, which destroy islet cells.) Immunosuppressants are needed for the rest of the patient's life so that the body does not reject these foreign islet cells.
The procedure has to be performed two or more times over a period of 2 - 3 months. This generally requires multiple pancreas donors in order to achieve complete independence from insulin therapy. This is a major limitation to the procedure.

In 2006, the New England Journal of Medicine published the results of the first multicenter trial of the Edmonton protocol. The results indicated that this treatment may benefit some patients with severe type 1 diabetes. Of the 36 patients who underwent the transplant procedure, 44% no longer needed insulin injections a year after the final treatment. However, two-thirds of these insulin-independent patients needed to resume insulin injections within 2 years.

The Edmonton protocol achieved partial islet function in 28% of patients, which helped control hypoglycemic unawareness, a serious complication of diabetes. (In hypoglycemic unawareness, patients no longer recognize the symptoms of severe low blood sugar.) Even though these patients still needed insulin shots, they had better control of their diabetes. Researchers are continuing to work on refining the Edmonton protocol so that its benefits can be more sustainable and long lasting.

A major obstacle for the islet cell transplantation is the need for two or more donor pancreases to supply sufficient islet cells. Unfortunately, there are not enough pancreases available to make this procedure feasible for even 1% of patients. Researchers, then, are looking for alternative sources for islet cells. In one center, for example, researchers used pig islet cells as the donor source in children and did not administer immunosuppressant drugs. Half the children responded well to this approach. Another study reported that select patients may require only one donor.

Other research is focusing on umbilical cord cells, embryonic or adult stem cells, bone marrow transplantation, and other types of cellular therapies. These studies are still in very early stages, but experts predict that there will be major research advances in these fields in the coming years. A small, preliminary study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American MedicalAssociation looked at the effects of autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (AHST) in patients newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. AHST is an experimental treatment for type 1 diabetes. It involves treating a patient with high doses of drugs to suppress the immune system, then harvesting the patient’s own blood cells and re-infusing them back into the body. In the study, 14 out of 15 patients who underwent AHST were able to stop taking insulin shots.

Whole pancreas transplants and double transplants of pancreases and kidneys are proving to have a good long-term success rate for some patients with type 1 diabetes. The operations help to prevent further kidney damage, and long-term studies indicate that they may even eventually reverse some existing damage. There is some evidence that heart disease and diabetic neuropathy improve after pancreas transplantation (although not retinopathy). One 10-year study reported that survival rate at 10 years was 76%, and two-thirds of the patients had both pancreas and kidney function. Immunosuppressive drugs are needed lifelong with this procedure. Experts generally recommend transplants in cases of end-stage kidney failure or when diabetes poses more of a threat to the patient's life than the transplant itself.

Uncontrolled diabetes causes damage to many tissues of the body, including the kidneys. Kidney damage caused by diabetes most often involves thickening and hardening of the internal kidney structures. Strict blood glucose control may delay the progression of kidney disease in type 1 and type 2 diabetics.

Prevention

Fingerstick blood tests are now available that can test for autoantibodies that identify children who are at high risk for developing type 1 diabetes. At this time, however, there is no way to prevent type 1 diabetes, and all preventive therapies are investigative. Until there are ways to prevent the condition, such screening tests are expensive and provide little value.

Investigational approaches focus on preventing type 1 diabetes or at least delaying it as long as possible. Preventive measures are sometimes defined as primary and secondary:

Primary prevention attempts to preserve all beta cells before the disease process starts.
Secondary prevention aims to deter further beta cell destruction once it has started and before symptoms arise.

For primary prevention, one experimental approach involves oral insulin, which is taken as a pill once a day. Unlike insulin injections that lower blood sugar, oral insulin does not affect blood glucose levels because it is quickly broken down in the digestive system. It may, however, help calm the immune system and prevent its attack on beta cells. Another study is exploring whether docosahexaenoic acid (DHA), an omega-3 fatty acid, can help prevent development of autoimmune type 1 diabetes in newborns who are at high risk for the disease.

Secondary prevention focuses on preserving beta cells and their insulin-producing function. Researchers are exploring several treatments for patients who are newly diagnosed with type 1 diabetes. These experimental therapies include:

Rituximab (Rituxan), a monoclonal antibody drug used for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, is being studied in patients with type 1 diabetes for its effects on disrupting the immune system’s attack on beta cells.
Immune-suppressing drugs, such as mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) alone or in combination with daclizumab (DZB), are used to prevent rejection in organ transplantation. Researchers hope that these drugs may be able to slow or stop the autoimmune disease process of type 1 diabetes.
CD3-antibody drug therapy is showing promise in retaining newly diagnosed patients’ natural insulin production and decreasing their need for insulin therapy.

Resources

www.diabetes.org -- American Diabetes Association
www.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.jdrf.org -- Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation
www.nei.nih.gov -- National Eye Institute
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.kidney.org -- National Kidney Foundation
www.diabetestrialnet.org -- Type 1 Diabetes International Clinical Trial Net
www.medicalert.org -- Bracelets or neck chain emblems with personal medical information
www.childrenwithdiabetes.com -- Children with diabetes online community

References

American Diabetes Association (ADA). Standards of medical care in diabetes. VI. Prevention and management of diabetes complications. Diabetes Care. 2007 Jan;30(Suppl 1):S15-24.

Hakonarson H, Grant SFA, Bradfield JP, Marchand L, Kim CE, Glessner JT, et al. A genome-wide association study identifies KIAA0350 as a type 1 diabetes gene. Nature. Published online 15 July 2007.

SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Liese AD, D'Agostino RB, Hamman RF, Kilgo PD, Lawrence JM, et al. The burden of diabetes mellitus among US youth: prevalence estimates from the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study. Pediatrics. 2006 Oct;118(4):1510-8.

Shapiro AM, Ricordi C, Hering BJ, Auchincloss H, Lindblad R, Robertson RP, et al. International trial of the Edmonton protocol for islet transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2006 Sep 28;355(13):1318-30.

Singh AK, Szczech L, Tang KL, Barnhart H, Sapp S, Wolfson M, et al. Correction of anemia with epoetin alfa in chronic kidney disease. N Engl J Med. 2006 Nov 16;355(20):2085-98.

Skyler JS. Cellular therapy for type 1 diabetes: has the time come? JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1599-600.

Vardi M, Nini A. Phosphodiesterase inhibitors for erectile dysfunction in patients with diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Jan 24(1):CD002187.

Voltarelli JC, Couri CE, Stracieri AB, Oliveira MC, Moraes DA, Pieroni F, et al. Autologous nonmyeloablative hematopoietic stem cell transplantation in newly diagnosed type 1 diabetes mellitus. JAMA. 2007 Apr 11;297(14):1568-76.

Writing Group for the SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study Group , Dabelea D, Bell RA, D'Agostino RB, Imperatore G, Johansen JM, et al. Incidence of diabetes in youth in the United States. JAMA. 2007 Jun 27;297(24):2716-24.

Review Date:
7/19/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com